Honda 2005 Accord Hybrid Service Manual Download Page 2157

Page: 2157 / 2282

«
...
2155
2156
2157
2158
2159
...
»

Summary of Contents for 2005 Accord Hybrid

Page 1: ...E M s l s l You WILL be KILLED or SERIOUSLY HURT if you don t follow instructions r i X Y i l s m i H t l You CAN be KILLED or SERIOUSLY HURT if you don t follow instructions n i t f f l l l l L i f l...

Page 2: ...sonal injury or death in the event of a severe frontal or side collision all SRS service work must be performed by an authorized Honda dealer Improper service procedures including incorrect removal an...

Page 3: ...Chassis and Paint Codes 1 2 Identification Number Locations 1 3 Warning Caution Label Locations 1 4 Under hood Emission Control Label 1 6 Lift and Support Points 1 7 Towing 1 8 Parts Marking 1 9 Serv...

Page 4: ...l Vehicle Identification Number and Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standard Certification and COLOR LABEL Vehicle Identification Number and Canadian Motor Vehicle Safety Standard Certification and COLOR...

Page 5: ...1 3...

Page 6: ...on the U S model Passenger s Compartment SRS WARNING INFORMATION SRS INFORMATION U S model FRONT PASSENGER MODULE DANGER STEERING COLUMN NOTICE MONITOR NOTICE SIDE MODULE DANGER FRONT SEAT BELT TENSIO...

Page 7: ...BATTERY DISPOSAL INFORMATION 1 5...

Page 8: ...EL YEAR NEW LEV IIULEV PASSENGER CARS EPA CERTIFICATION TEST FUEL FOR CFV EPA UNLEADED GASOLINE Engine and Evaporative Families Engine Family 5 HNX V 03 0 1B4 a b c d e a Model Year 5 2005 b Manufactu...

Page 9: ...and inspect the lift points for solid contact with the lift blocks Safety Stands Floor Jack 1 When lifting the front of the vehicle set the parking brake When lifting the rear of the vehicle put the g...

Page 10: ...ay of towing the vehicle Sling type Equipment The tow truck uses metal cables with hooks on the ends These hooks go around parts of the frame or suspension and the cables lift that end of the vehicle...

Page 11: ...ing labels during body repair Mask the labels before repairing the part IMA System The Accord Hybrid has an Auto Stop system that shuts the engine off under certain conditions to improve fuel economy...

Page 12: ......

Page 13: ...ifferential 2 6 Steering 2 14 Suspension 2 14 Brakes 2 15 Air Conditioning 2 15 Design Specifications Dimensions 2 16 Weight U S A 2 16 Weight CANADA 2 16 Engine 2 16 Starter 2 16 Motor 2 16 Main Batt...

Page 14: ...4 0 5 mm 0 016 0 020 in 0 20 mm 0 003 in Starter Commutator runout 0 05 mm 0 002 in max 0 10 mm 0 004 in Starter Commutator O D 29 3 29 5 mm 1 154 1 161 in 28 8 mm 1 134 in Starter Brush length 7 7 8...

Page 15: ...uide clearance Exhaust 0 055 0 080 mm 0 0022 0 0031 in 0 11 mm 0 004 in Valve seat Width Intake 1 25 1 55 mm 0 049 0 061 in 2 00 mm 0 079 in Valve seat Width Exhaust 1 25 1 55 mm 0 049 0 061 in 2 00 m...

Page 16: ...cond 0 40 0 55 mm 0 016 0 022 in 0 70 mm 0 028 in Piston ring Ring end gap Oil 0 20 0 70 mm 0 008 0 028 in 0 80 mm 0 031 in Piston pin O D 21 962 21 965 mm 0 8646 0 8648 in 21 954 mm 0 8643 in Piston...

Page 17: ...2 71 psi Item Measurement Qualification Standard or New Radiator Coolant capacities including engine Engine overhaul 8 4 L 2 22 US gal heater hoses and reservoir Coolant change 6 7 L 1 77 US gal Use H...

Page 18: ...0 kPa 7 55 kgf cm2 107 psi Torque converter Stall speed Check with vehicle on level ground 1 900 rpm 1 750 2 050 rpm Clutch Clutch end plate to top disc clearance 1st 2nd 3rd 4th 5th 1st hold Clutch r...

Page 19: ...10 0 265 mm 0 008 0 010 in ATF pump Gear to body clearance Driven gear 0 070 0 125 mm 0 003 0 005 in ATF pump Driven gear I D 14 016 14 034 mm 0 5518 0 5525 in When worn or damaged ATF pump Driven gea...

Page 20: ...maged Countershaft 56 mm washer thickness F 1 425 mm 0 0561 in When worn or damaged Countershaft 56 mm washer thickness G 1 405 mm 0 0553 in When worn or damaged Countershaft 50 2 mm washer thickness...

Page 21: ...aft 52 mm thrust washer thickness E 2 505 mm 0 099 in When worn or damaged Secondary shaft 52 mm thrust washer thickness F 2 530 mm 0 100 in When worn or damaged Secondary shaft 52 mm thrust washer th...

Page 22: ...damaged 0 1 40 mm 0 055 in When worn or damaged P 1 44 mm 0 057 in When worn or damaged Q 1 48 mm 0 058 in When worn or damaged R 1 52 mm 0 060 in When worn or damaged S 1 56 mm 0 061 in When worn or...

Page 23: ...mm 0 1659 in When worn or damaged M 4 235 mm 0 1667 in When worn or damaged N 4 255 mm 0 1675 in When worn or damaged 26 5 mm washer thickness A 1 05 mm 0 041 in When worn or damaged B 1 13 mm 0 044...

Page 24: ...2 Main valve body spring see page 14 296 Lock up timing valve spring 0 65 mm 0 026 in 6 6 mm 0 260 in 34 8 mm 1 370 in 15 6 Main valve body spring see page 14 296 Relief valve spring 1 0 mm 0 039 in 9...

Page 25: ...0 079 in 13 1 mm 0 516in 42 9 mm 1 689 in 9 8 Item Measurement Qualification Standard or New Service Limit A T differential carrier Pinion shaft contact area I D 18 000 18 025 mm 0 7087 0 7096 in A T...

Page 26: ...om locked position 1 0 5 Suspension Item Measurement Qualification Standard or New Service Limit Wheel alignment Camber Front 0 0 0 4 5 Rear 1 0 0 3 0 Caster Front 3 1 5 4 5 Total Toe in Front 0 2 m m...

Page 27: ...in 1 6 mm 0 06 in Brake pad Thickness Rear 8 9 9 1 mm 0 35 0 36 in 1 6 mm 0 06 in ir Conditioning Item Measurement Qualification Standard or New Refrigerant Type HFC 134a R 134a Refrigerant Capacity...

Page 28: ...GINE Bore and stroke 86 x 86 mm 3 39 x 3 39 in ENGINE Displacement 2 997 cm3 183 cu in ENGINE Compression ratio 10 0 ENGINE Valve train Belt driven SOHC i VTEC 4 valves per cylinder ENGINE Lubrication...

Page 29: ...t double wishbone coil spring with stabilizer SUSPENSION Type Rear Independent double wishbone coil spring with stabilizer SUSPENSION Shock absorber Front Telescopic hydraulic nitrogen gas filled SUSP...

Page 30: ...550 g 17 6 19 4 oz ELECTRICAL Battery 12 V 5 2 AH 5 hours RATINGS Starter 12 V 1 6 kW Alternator 12 V 1 0 5 A Fuses Under hood fuse relay box 100 A 50 A 40 A 30 A 20 A 15 A 10 A 7 5 A Under dash fuse...

Page 31: ...Body Specifications specs 1 820 mm 71 7 in 2 19...

Page 32: ......

Page 33: ...Maintenance Lubricants and Fluids Maintenance Schedule Listed by Distance Time for Normal Conditions Listed by Distance Time for Severe Conditions...

Page 34: ...DOT 3 Brake Fluid P N 08798 9008 Always use Honda Heavy Duty DOT 3 Brake Fluid Using a non Honda brake fluid can cause corrosion and decrease the life of the system D Power steering gearbox Steering G...

Page 35: ...3 3...

Page 36: ...o items in A 60 000 miles 96 000 km 4 years Do items in A B and C 67 500 miles 108 000 km Do items in A 75 000 miles 120 000 km 5 years Do items in A and B 82 500 miles 132 000 km Do items in A 90 000...

Page 37: ...n components see page 18 3 every 15 000 miles 24 000 km or 1 year Check bolts for tightness Check condition of ball joint boots for deterioration and damage B Inspect driveshaft boots see page 16 3 ev...

Page 38: ...f noisy Intake 0 20 0 24 m m 0 008 0 009 in Exhaust 0 28 0 32 m m 0 011 0 013 in Inspect the valve clearance see page 6 10 every 105 000 miles 168 000 km otherwise adjust only if noisy Intake 0 20 0 2...

Page 39: ...ms in A 22 500 miles 36 000 km Do items in A and B 26 250 miles 42 000 km Do items in A 30 000 miles 48 000 km 2 years Do items in A B C and D 33 750 miles 54 000 km Do items in A 37 500 miles 60 000...

Page 40: ...F and G 108 750 miles 174 000 km Do items in A 112 500 miles 180 000 km Do items in A and B 116 250 miles 186 000 km Do items in A 120 000 miles 192 000 km 8 years Do items in A B C D E and H 123 750...

Page 41: ...les 24 000 km or 1 year C Check parking brake adjustment see page 19 7 every 15 000 miles 24 000 km or 1 year Check the number of clicks 7 to 9 when parking brake lever pulled with 196 N 20 kgf 44 Ibf...

Page 42: ...itiy 3 4 L 3 6 US qt use Honda ATF Z1 F Inspect the valve clearance see page 6 10 every 105 000 miles 168 000 km otherwise adjust only if noisy Intake 0 20 0 24 m m 0 008 0 009 in Exhaust 0 28 0 32 m...

Page 43: ......

Page 44: ...S could lead to personal injury caused by unintentional deployment of the airbags and or side airbags Do not bump or impact the SRS unit front impact sensors or side impact sensors when the ignition s...

Page 45: ...4 14 Ignition System Component Location Index 4 19 Circuit Diagram 4 20 Ignition Timing Inspection 4 21 Ignition Coil Removal Installation 4 22 Ignition Coil Relay Circuit Troubleshooting 4 23 Spark P...

Page 46: ...Starting System C o m p o n e n t Location Index STARTER Circuit Troubleshooting page 4 5 Solenoid Test page 4 10 Performance Test page 4 11 Replacement page 4 12 Overhaul page 4 14 4 2...

Page 47: ...a plugged or damaged fuel line see page 11 358 4 Check for a plugged fuel filter see page 11 365 5 Check the throttle body see page 11 381 6 Check for low engine compression see page 6 7 7 Check for...

Page 48: ...Starting System Circuit Diagram UNDER HOOD FUSE RELAY BOX IGNITION SWITCH YEL GRN BLU BLK T RED BLK WHT 3 EPS CONTROL UNIT RED WHT BLU YEL BLU WHT RVS ST TRANSMISSION RANGE SWITCH G101 G102 4...

Page 49: ...step 2 on page 11 3 3 On the HDS select PGM FI INSPECTION and then ALL INJECTORS OFF 4 Turn the IMA battery module switch OFF see page 12 4 5 With the shift lever in P or N position turn the ignition...

Page 50: ...eck B 9 Remove the starter cut relay from the under dash fuse relay box and test it see page 22 72 Is the relay OK Y E S G o t o step 10 NO Replace the starter cut relay 10 Check the ignition switch s...

Page 51: ...y 4P socket terminal No 2 and body ground STARTER CUT RELAY 4P SOCKET 1 2 4 3 Terminal side of female terminals Is there continuity YES Repair a short in the wire between the under dash fuse relay box...

Page 52: ...tion switch ON II and jump the SCS line with the HDS then turn the ignition switch OFF NOTE This must be done to protect the PCM from damage 20 Disconnect PCM connector E 31P 21 Measure the voltage be...

Page 53: ...nd is the current draw less than or equal to 400 A Y E S G o t o step 25 NO Replace the starter or remove and disassemble it and check for the following Drag in the starter armature Shorted armature w...

Page 54: ...le to the battery first and then the negative cable 8 Enter the anti theft codes for the radio and the navigation system then enter the customer s audio presets 9 Do the power window control unit rese...

Page 55: ...connect the battery from the M terminal If the pinion does not retract the hold in coil of the solenoid is working properly 5 Disconnect the battery from the starter body If the pinion retracts immedi...

Page 56: ...ble 3 Remove the battery 4 Remove the lower radiator hose A from it clamp and remove the transmission dipstick B A 5 Remove the harness clamp A 6 Disconnect the starter cable B from the B terminal the...

Page 57: ...h ON see page 12 4 13 Reset the MCM see page 12 6 14 Enter the anti theft codes for the radio and the navigation system then enter the customer s audio presets 15 Do the power window control unit rese...

Page 58: ...Starting System Starter Overhaul Disassembly Reassembly END COVER ARMATURE HOUSING PLANETARY G E A R IDLER GEAR disulfide 4 14...

Page 59: ...ection and Test 5 Disassemble the starter as shown at the beginning of this procedure 6 Inspect the armature for wear or damage from contact with the permanent magnet If there is wear or damage replac...

Page 60: ...runout is not within the service limit replace the armature Commutator Runout Standard New 0 05 mm 0 002 in max Service Limit 0 1 mm 0 004 in 10 Check the mica depth A If the mica is too high B under...

Page 61: ...ature coil core B and between the commutator and armature shaft C If there is continuity replace the armature Starter Brush Inspection 14 Measure the brush length A If it is shorter than the service l...

Page 62: ...oothly in reverse If it does not lock in either direction or it locks in both directions replace it A B Starter Reassembly 20 Install the armature into the housing 21 Place the brush holder assembly o...

Page 63: ...Ignition System C o m p o n e n t Location Index UNDER DASH FUSE RELAY BOX 4 19...

Page 64: ...USE RELAY BOX UNDER DASH FUSE RELAY BOX No 22 120A No 19 40A BLK RED IMo 2 15 A IGNITION COIL RELAY PCM IGPLS6 IGPLS5 IGPLS4 1GPLS3 IGPLS2 GRN BLK WHT IGPLS1 MRLY BRN WHT BLK RED WHT BLU BLU RED YEL G...

Page 65: ...ice loop 6 Aim the light toward the pointer A on the timing belt cover Check the ignition timing under a no load condition headlights blower fan rear window defogger and air conditioner are turned off...

Page 66: ...er 3 Disconnect the ignition coil connectors A then remove the front bank ignition coils B B 4 Disconnect the ignition coil connectors A then remove the rear bank ignition coils B 6 x 1 0 mm 12N m 1 2...

Page 67: ...Y E S G o t o step 4 NO Replace the under dash fuse relay box 4 Check for continuity between ignition coil relay 4P socket terminal No 2 and the No 1 ignition coil 3P connector terminal No 3 IGNITION...

Page 68: ...continuity between ignition coil relay 4P socket terminal No 3 and powertrain control module PCM connector terminal E5 IGNITION COIL RELAY 4P SOCKET Terminal side of female terminals 1 Wire side of f...

Page 69: ...clean the electrode with a plug cleaner NOTE Do not use a wire brush or scrape the iridium electrode since this will damage the electrode Use a chemical cleaner such as Carb Spray to clean contaminati...

Page 70: ...Location Index BRAKE PEDAL POSITION SWITCH POWERTRAIN CONTROL Test page 22 169 MODULE PCM Pedal Height Adjustment page 19 5 Cruise Control Input Test page 4 30 TRANSMISSION RANGE SWITCH Test page 14...

Page 71: ...resume accel switch signal input 3 Do the cruise control combination switch test see page 4 32 Open circuit loose or disconnected terminals GRYor LTBLU wire Set speed does not cancel when the brake pe...

Page 72: ...osition switch adjustment and idle stop switch adjustment see page 19 5 3 Check the No 13 20 A fuse in the under hood fuse relay box and No 18 15 A fuse in the under dash fuse relay box 4 Do the cruis...

Page 73: ...Circuit Diagram ENGINE I 0 UNDER HOOD FUSE RELAY BOX CRUISE CONTROL DMAIN THROTTLE BODY THROTTLE ACTUATOR CONTROL MODULE 4 29...

Page 74: ...oor ground at G101 Cruise control main switch signal Cruise control main switch ON and OFF Body Electrical Gauges CRUISE CONTROL MAIN SW should indicate ON when the cruise control main switch is turne...

Page 75: ...dule and the cruise control combination switch Cancel switch signal Cancel switch pressed and released Body Electrical Gauges CRUISE CONTROL SET S W a n d CRUISE CONTROL RESUME SW should indicate ON w...

Page 76: ...in each switch position according to the table If there is continuity and it matches the table but switch failure occurred on the cruise control unit input test check and repair the wire harness on th...

Page 77: ......

Page 78: ...high voltage cables and their covers are identified by orange coloring The safety labels are attached to high voltage and other related parts see page 1 4 You must be familiar with the IMA system bef...

Page 79: ...5 2 Engine Installation 5 11 Side Engine Transmission Mount Replacement 5 21 Front Engine Mount Replacement 5 22 Rear Engine Mount Replacement 5 24 Cylinder Head 6 1 Engine Block 7 1 Engine Lubricatio...

Page 80: ...for the radio and navigation system then write down the customer s audio presets 2 Remove the support strut from the engine hood Move the engine hood to a vertical position then reinstall the right si...

Page 81: ...13 Remove the harness clamp A starter cable B and ground cable C 14 Remove the auxiliary under hood fuse relay box B A and the harness holder B from the bracket and disconnect the engine wire harness...

Page 82: ...harness connectors B on the left side of the engine compartment 17 Remove the evaporative emission EVAP canister hose A then remove the purge joint B from the bracket 18 Remove the quick connect fitti...

Page 83: ...remove the reserve tank C D 22 Remove the two bolts D and loosen the bolt E then remove the A C condenser fan shroud 23 Remove the A C compressor motor power cable clamps 24 Remove the A C compressor...

Page 84: ...ist to full height 31 Remove the front wheels 32 Remove the splash shield 33 Loosen the drain plug in the radiator and drain the engine coolant see page 10 6 34 Drain the automatic transmission fluid...

Page 85: ...ount 43 Lower the vehicle on the hoist 44 Remove the upper radiator hose A and lower radiator hose B 45 Remove the heater hose clamp A and the heater hoses B 46 Remove the ATF cooler hoses from the tr...

Page 86: ...the bracket bolt hole to attach the engine balancer bar rear arm 49 Lift and support the engine with the engine hanger A and engine balancer bar B Attach the front arm C to the front cylinder head wi...

Page 87: ...ctor B 52 Remove the front mount stop C then remove the front mount bolt D 53 Disconnect the rear active control engine mount actuator connector A B C A 54 Remove the rear mount stop B then remove the...

Page 88: ...ecurely attach them with four bolts 61 Remove the subframe 62 Check that the engine transmission is completely free of vacuum hoses fuel and coolant hoses and electrical wiring 63 Lower the vehicle an...

Page 89: ...ine support hanger A and Reds AAR T 12566 available through Honda Tool and Equipment program 888 424 6857 Engine hanger balance bar VSB02C000019 1 Install the engine and accessory brackets and tighten...

Page 90: ...with the harness clamp bracket bolt 8 x 1 25 mm G Lift the engine into position in the vehicle NOTE Reinstall all mounting bolts support nuts in the sequences given Failure to follow this may cause e...

Page 91: ...ighten the stiffener bolts to the specified torque C 8 Tighten the mid mount mounting bolts 9 Remove the jack and front subframe adapter 10 Lower the vehicle on the hoist then remove the engine hanger...

Page 92: ...stall 19 Tighten the two bolts securing the upper bracket 20 Raise the vehicle on the hoist to full height 21 Install exhaust pipe A using new gaskets B and new self locking nuts C the front mount sto...

Page 93: ...the knuckles see step 29 on page 17 58 25 Install the damper fork see step 3 on page 18 21 26 Connect the stabilizer links see page 18 23 27 Install the splash shield 28 Install the front wheels 29 Lo...

Page 94: ...der head 8 x 1 25 mm 22 N m 2 2 kgfm 16 Ibf ft 36 Align the reference mark A on the steering joint and steering gearbox pinion shaft Connect the steering joint B to the steering gearbox pinion shaft C...

Page 95: ...cont d 5 17...

Page 96: ...ge joint A to the bracket then install the evaporative emission EVAP canister hose B 46 Connect the engine wire harness connectors A then install the harness clamp B B 47 Connect the IMA power cable s...

Page 97: ...starter cable A harness clamp B and ground cable C 8 x 1 25 mm 9 8 N m 1 0 kgf m 7 2 Ibfft 50 Install the IMA power cable clamps 51 Install the intake manifold cover 8 x 1 25 mm 22 N m 2 2 kgf m 16 Ib...

Page 98: ...line 59 Refill the engine with engine oil see step 4 on page 8 7 60 Refill the transmission with ATF see page 14 231 62 Do the powertrain control module PCM reset procedure see page 11 4 63 Do the cr...

Page 99: ...S i d e E n g i n e T r a n s m i s s i o n Mount Replacement SIDE ENGINE MOUNT 12 x 1 25 m m 64 N m 6 5 kgf m 47 TRANSMISSION LOWER MOUNT 10 x 1 25 m m 44 N m 4 5 k g f m 3 3 Ibfft 5 21...

Page 100: ...oosen the drain plug in the radiator and drain the engine coolant see page 10 6 5 Remove the harness clamps A then disconnect the fan motor connector B A B 6 Loosen the two bolts C securing the fan sh...

Page 101: ...t active control engine mount actuator connector B 12 Remove the front mount stop C then remove the front mount bolt D 13 Remove the front mount E 14 Install in the reverse order of removal 15 Refill...

Page 102: ...ect fitting cover A then disconnect the fuel feed hose see page 11 361 A 9 Disconnect the IMA power cable see page 12 3 10 Remove the heater hose clamp and the heater hoses see step 45 on page 5 7 11...

Page 103: ...Removal 6 32 Cylinder Head Cover Installation 6 33 Cylinder Head Removal 6 36 Camshaft Replacement 6 39 Cylinder Head Inspection for Warpage 6 41 Rocker Arm Assembly Removal 6 42 Rocker Arm and Shaft...

Page 104: ...e Regulator 1 07HAH PJ7A100 Valve Guide Reamer 5 5 mm 1 07JAA 001020A Socket 19 m m 1 07JAB 001020A Holder Handle 1 07PAD 0010000 Stem Seal Driver 1 070AB RJA0100 Crankshaft Pulley Holder 1 07742 0010...

Page 105: ...C o m p o n e n t Location Index RUBBER SEALS TIMING BELT Inspection page 6 15 Removal page 6 16 Installation page 6 19 Replacement page 6 24 cont d 6 3...

Page 106: ...Cylinder Head C o m p o n e n t Location Index cont d 6 4...

Page 107: ...SEAL Replacement page 6 50 EXHAUST VALVE GUIDE Replacement page 6 52 HOLLOW DOWEL PINS On the camshaft thrust cover end SOLID DOWEL PINS On the camshaft oil seal end SEALING BOLT Installation page 6...

Page 108: ...BLY EXHAUST VALVE SPRING EXHAUST VALVE SEAL Replacement page 6 50 EXHAUST VALVE GUIDE Replacement page 6 52 VALVE COTTERS SPRING RETAINER INTAKE VALVE SPRING INTAKE VALVE SEAL VALVE SPRING SEAT INTAKE...

Page 109: ...x ignition coils see page 4 22 6 Remove the six spark plugs 7 Attach the compression gauge to the spark plug hole 8 Open the throttle fully then crank the engine with the starter motor and measure the...

Page 110: ...ing replace the primary and secondary rocker arms as an assembly and retest If the intake secondary rocker arm does not move go to step 5 5 Push on the exhaust secondary rocker arms A for the No 1 cyl...

Page 111: ...ocker arm C for the No 1 cylinder The intake secondary rocker arm should move independently of the intake primary rocker arm A and intake primary rocker arm B If the intake secondary rocker arm does n...

Page 112: ...placing replace the primary and secondary rocker arms as an assembly and retest If the exhaust secondary rocker arm moves freely go to step 14 14 Repeat step 12 and 13 for No 2 and No 3 cylinders with...

Page 113: ...mm 0 011 0 013 in REAR No 1 EXHAUST No 2 No 3 No 1 No 2 No 3 INTAKE FRONT INTAKE No 4 No 5 No 6 D Q DT O O O r O O o o u Q or OJl No 4 No 5 No 6 EXHAUST 4 Insert the feeler gauge A between the adjusti...

Page 114: ...fied Torque Front 14 N m 1 4 kgf m 10 Ibfft Apply new engine oil to the nut threads Rear 20 N m 2 0 kgf m 14 Ibfft 7 Rotate the crankshaft clockwise Align the pointer A on the front upper cover with t...

Page 115: ...Align the pointer A on the front upper cover with the No 3 piston TDC mark B on the front camshaft pulley 14 Check and if necessary adjust the valve clearance on the No 3 cylinder 15 Rotate the cranks...

Page 116: ...nt wheel 3 Remove the splash shield Installation 1 Remove any oil or clean the pulleys A crankshaft B bolt C and washer D Lubricate new engine oil as shown X Remove any oil O Clean 0 Lubricate with ne...

Page 117: ...bolt head lines up with the mark on the crankshaft pulley A 07JAB 001020A C 07JAA 001020A or commercially available D 3 Install the A C compressor belt see page 21 100 4 Install the splash shield 5 I...

Page 118: ...Remove the splash shield 4 Turn the crankshaft so its white mark A lines up with the pointer B 5 Check that the No 1 piston top dead center TDC mark A on the front camshaft pulley and the pointer B on...

Page 119: ...ensor mounting bolt B then remove the right front strut bar C from the body A 14 Install the engine support hanger AAR T 12566 to the vehicle and attach the hook A to the engine hanger B Tighten the w...

Page 120: ...rear upper cover B 18 Remove the lower cover 19 Remove one of the battery clamp bolts from the battery tray and grind the end of it as shown 20 Screw the battery clamp bolt in as shown to hold the tim...

Page 121: ...talling a used belt If you are installing a new belt refer to the timing belt replacement procedure see page 6 24 1 Clean the timing belt pulleys timing belt guide plate and the upper and lower covers...

Page 122: ...ler pulley 5 If the auto tensioner has extended and the timing belt cannot be installed perform the timing belt replacement procedure see page 6 24 6 Install the timing belt in a counterclockwise sequ...

Page 123: ...k cover 9 Install the engine mount bracket 6 x 1 0 mm 12 N m 1 2 kgf m 8 7 Ibfft 10 x 1 25 mm 44 N m 4 5 kgf m 33 Ibfft 10 Install the timing belt guide plate as shown 11 Install the lower cover 6 x 1...

Page 124: ...five or six turns clockwise so the timing belt positions itself on the pulleys 15 Turn the crankshaft pulley so its white mark A lines up with the pointer B 16 Check the camshaft pulley marks If the c...

Page 125: ...nstall the throttle cable clamp B and accelerator pedal position APP sensor mounting bolt C 8 x 1 25 mm 22 N m Ikgfm 16 Ibf ft B 8 x 1 25 mm 22 N m 2 2 kgfm 16 Ibf ft 6 x 1 0 mm 9 8 N m 1 0 kgfm 7 2 I...

Page 126: ...lear CKP pattern learn procedure see page 11 4 Timing Belt Replacement 1 Remove the timing belt see page 6 16 2 Clean the timing belt pulleys timing belt guide plate and the upper and lower covers 3 S...

Page 127: ...e battery clamp bolt from the back cover 6 Remove the auto tensioner 7 Align the holes on the rod and housing of the auto tensioner 8 Use a hydraulic press to slowly compress the auto tensioner Insert...

Page 128: ...uster Tighten it by hand do not use a wrench 11 Apply liquid thread lock to the idler pulley bolt then loosely install the idler pulley 12 Install the timing belt in a counterclockwise sequence starti...

Page 129: ...nsioner 15 Remove the battery clamp bolt from the back cover 16 Install the engine mount bracket 6 x 1 0 mm 12 N m 1 2 kgfm 8 7 Ibf ft 17 Install the timing belt guide plate as shown 10 x 1 25 mm 44 N...

Page 130: ...Ibfft 19 Install the front upper cover A and rear upper cover B B 20 Install the crankshaft pulley see page 6 14 21 Rotate the crankshaft pulley about five or six turns clockwise so the timing belt p...

Page 131: ...A then tighten the bolts in the numbered sequence shown 1 0 x 1 25 mm 54 N m 5 5 kgf m 40 Ibfft 12 x 1 25 mm 64 N m 6 5 kgf m 47 Ibfft 6 x 1 0 mm 12 N m 1 2 kgf m 8 7 Ibfft 26 Install the ground cabl...

Page 132: ...ll the A C compressor motor power cable clamps 32 Install the front grille cover see step 1 on page 20 111 33 Install the A C compressor belt auto tensioner see page 21 102 34 Install the A C compress...

Page 133: ...drive pulley 4 Install the new timing belt drive pulley 5 Install the CKP sensor see page 11 216 6 Install the timing belt see page 6 19 Timing Belt Adjuster Replacement 1 Remove the timing belt see p...

Page 134: ...right side windshield wiper arm see page 22 221 2 Remove the passenger s cowl cover see page 20 113 3 Remove the harness clamp A and accelerator pedal position APP sensor mounting bolt B then remove t...

Page 135: ...clean the head cover gasket and the groove 3 Install the head cover gasket A in the groove of the cylinder head cover B Make sure the head cover gasket is seated securely 4 Clean the head cover conta...

Page 136: ...ignition coils to the front cylinder head see page 4 22 11 Install the intake manifold see page 9 5 REAR 1 Check the spark plug seals for damage If any seal is damaged replace it 2 Thoroughly clean t...

Page 137: ...k plug seals A on the spark plug tubes and install the rear cylinder head cover B 8 Visually check the spark plug seals for damage 9 Inspect the cover washers C Replace any washer that is damaged or d...

Page 138: ...rops below 100 F 38 C before loosening the cylinder head bolts Mark all wiring and hoses to avoid misconnection Also be sure that they do not contact other wiring or hoses or interfere with other part...

Page 139: ...cont d 6 37...

Page 140: ...page 10 9 16 Remove the front and rear camshaft pulleys A and front and rear back covers B 17 Remove the cylinder head covers see page 6 32 18 Remove the cylinder head bolts To prevent warpage unscre...

Page 141: ...nce see page 6 10 16 Fill the radiator with engine coolant and bleed the air out see step 8 on page 10 7 17 Install the battery Clean the battery posts and cable terminals with sandpaper then assemble...

Page 142: ...ad see step 8 on page 6 59 NOTE Do not install the parts if 4 minutes or more have elapsed since applying the liquid gasket Instead reapply liquid gasket after removing the old residue 12 Apply new en...

Page 143: ...g the edges and three ways across the center If warpage is less than 0 05 m m 0 002 in cylinder head resurfacing is not required If warpage is between 0 05 m m 0 002 in and 0 2 m m 0 008 in resurface...

Page 144: ...rocker shaft mounting bolts The bolts will keep the springs and the rocker arms on the shafts REAR 4 Remove the cylinder head cover see page 6 32 5 Loosen the locknuts and adjusting screws A 6 Remove...

Page 145: ...installed in the same positions if reused When removing or installing the rocker arm assembly do not remove the rocker shaft mounting bolts The bolts wil keep the springs and rocker arms on the shaft...

Page 146: ...e rocker arms rocker shaft bridge and rocker shaft on the shaft If the rocker shaft does not remove or does not install by hand remove or install the rocker shaft by heating the rocker shaft bridge Bu...

Page 147: ...o Shaft Clearance Standard New 0 019 0 058 mm 0 0007 0 0023 in Service Limit 0 058 mm 0 0023 in REAR Intake Rocker Arm to Shaft Clearance Standard New 0 015 0 046 mm 0 0006 0 0018 in Service Limit 0 0...

Page 148: ...arms If they do not move smoothly replace the rocker arm set NOTE Apply new engine oil to the pistons when reassembling When removing the pistons from the intake primary rocker arm B and exhaust seco...

Page 149: ...to the specified torque Specified Torque 8 x 1 25 mm 22 N m 2 2 kgf m 15 Ibf ft 5 Seat the camshaft by pushing it toward the rear of the cylinder head 6 Zero the dial indicator against the end of the...

Page 150: ...Measure the inside diameter of each camshaft bearing surface and check for an out of round condition If the camshaft to holder clearance is within limits go to step 13 If the camshaft to holder cleara...

Page 151: ...nce replace the cylinder head Camshaft Total Runout Standard New 0 03 mm 0 001 in max Service Limit 0 04 mm 0 002 in 13 Measure cam lobe height NOTE When measuring the cam lobe height of the rear cams...

Page 152: ...Remove the cylinder head see page 6 36 2 Using an appropriate sized socket A and plastic mallet B lightly tap the valve retainer to loosen the valve cotters 3 Install the valve spring compressor atta...

Page 153: ...recheck it using a new valve If the measurement is now within the service limit reassemble using a new valve If the measurement with a new valve still exceeds the service limit go to step 3 Intake Va...

Page 154: ...eat the cylinder head to 300 F 150 C Monitor the temperature with a cooking thermometer Do not get the head hotter than 300 F 150 C excessive heat may loosen the valve seats 5 Working from the camshaf...

Page 155: ...ight Intake 21 20 22 20 mm 0 835 0 874 in Exhaust 20 63 21 63 mm 0 812 0 852 in 10 Coat both the reamer and the valve guide with cutting oil 11 Rotate the reamer clockwise the full length of the valve...

Page 156: ...ters Valve Seat Width Standard New 1 25 1 55 mm 0 049 0 061 in Service Limit 2 00 mm 0 079 in 6 After resurfacing the seat inspect it for even valve seating Apply Prussian Blue compound A to the valve...

Page 157: ...mm 1 841 1 872 in Service Limit 47 80 mm 1 882 in Exhaust Valve Stem Installed Height Standard New 46 68 47 48 mm 1 838 1 869 in Service Limit 47 73 mm 1 879 in 9 If the valve stem installed height is...

Page 158: ...haust valve seals C have a black spring D and intake valve seals E have a white spring F They are not interchangeable I 07PAD 0010000 NOTE Use 5 5 m m side Install the valve spring and valve retainer...

Page 159: ...16 Ibf ft 4 Insert the camshaft B into the cylinder head then install the camshaft thrust cover C Always use a new O ring D 5 Check that the oil seal lips are not distorted 6 Install the solid dowel...

Page 160: ...le the rocker arm assembly see page 6 44 2 Loosen the valve adjusting screws 3 Apply a light coat of new engine oil around the camshaft oil seal 4 Gently tap the new camshaft oil seal A into the cylin...

Page 161: ...g the liquid gasket Instead reapply liquid gasket after removing the old residue 9 Set the rocker arm assembly in place and loosely install the bolts Make sure that the rocker arms are properly positi...

Page 162: ...tall the back cover B then install the camshaft pulley C 12 x 1 25 mm 90 N m 9 2 kgfm 67 Ibf ft Cylinder Head Installation Install the cylinder head in the reverse order of removal 1 Clean the cylinde...

Page 163: ...aft pulleys to TDC by aligning the plate and the upper and lower covers TDC marks A on the camshaft pulleys with the pointers B on the back covers 5 Set the timing belt drive pulley to top dead center...

Page 164: ...3 Ibfft Use a beam type torque wrench When using a preset type torque wrench be sure to tighten slowly and not to overtighten If a bolt makes any noise while you are torquing it loosen the bolt and re...

Page 165: ...s see page 6 33 19 Install the intake manifold see page 9 5 20 Install the A C compressor belt see page 21 100 21 After installation check that all tubes hoses and connectors are installed correctly 2...

Page 166: ...Cylinder Head Sealing Bolt Installation NOTE When installing the sealing bolt always use new washer FRONT 6 64...

Page 167: ...l 7 11 Crankshaft and Piston Removal 7 13 Crankshaft Inspection 7 15 Block and Piston Inspection 7 16 Cylinder Bore Honing 7 18 Piston Pin and Connecting Rod Replacement 7 19 Piston Ring Replacement 7...

Page 168: ...Engine Block Special Tools Ref No Tool Number Description Qty 070AD RCA0100 Oil Seal Driver 64 m m 1 070AD RCA0200 Driver Attachment 106 m m 1 07749 0010000 Driver 1 7 2...

Page 169: ...C o m p o n e n t Location Index OIL FILTER B A S E OIL FILTER ASSEMBLY cont d 7 3...

Page 170: ...15 Out of Round page 7 1 Removal page 7 13 Installation page l MAIN BEARINGS Oil Clearance page 7 7 Selection page 7 8 THRUST WASHERS 24 OIL J E T BOLTS Inspection page 8 10 OIL JETS Do not reuse the...

Page 171: ...NNECTING ROD End Play page 7 6 Small End Measurement page 7 20 CONNECTING ROD BEARING ENGINE BLOCK Cylinder Bore Inspection page 7 16 Warpage Inspection page 7 16 Cylinder Bore Honing page 7 18 Ridge...

Page 172: ...rance install a new connecting rod and recheck If it is still out of tolerance replace the crankshaft see page 7 13 Play Inspection 5 Push the crankshaft firmly away from the dial indicator and zero t...

Page 173: ...and the bearing cap side bolts to 49 N m 5 0 kgf m 36 Ibf ft in the proper sequence see step 21 on page 7 26 NOTE Do not rotate the crankshaft during inspection 5 Remove the cap and bearing half and m...

Page 174: ...ent No 1 JOURNAL PULLEY END Bearing Identification Color code is on the edge of the bearing Larger crank bore 1 or I 2 or II 3 or III 4 or llll 5 or Hill 6 or llllll f f A or I B o r l l C o r III D o...

Page 175: ...e the widest part of the plastigage Connecting Rod Bearing to Journal Oil Clearance Standard New 0 020 0 044 mm 0 0008 0 0017 in Service Limit 0 050 mm 0 0020 in 6 If the plastigage measures too wide...

Page 176: ...gs If the codes are indecipherable because of an accumulation of dirt and dust do not scrub them with a wire brush or scraper Clean them only with solvent or detergent Half of number or bar is stamped...

Page 177: ...ine balancer bar front arm see step 47 on page 5 8 18 Remove the harness clamp bracket from the rear cylinder head use the bracket bolt hole to attach engine balancer bar rear arm see step 48 on page...

Page 178: ...y catalytic converter rear WU TWC bracket 30 Remove the sealing bolts A and the four bolts B securing the transmission 31 Remove the bolts securing the oil pan 32 Using a flat blade screwdriver separa...

Page 179: ...drive pulley from the crankshaft 6 Remove the oil pan see page 7 11 7 Remove the engine block end cover 8 Remove the oil filter base oil filter assembly 9 Remove the oil screen A baffle plate B and oi...

Page 180: ...setting the crank pin at bottom dead center BDC for each cylinder Remove the piston assembly by pushing on the connecting rod Take care not to damage the oil jets crank pin or cylinder with the conne...

Page 181: ...l passages with pipe cleaners or a suitable brush 3 Check the keyway and threads 4 Measure out of round at the middle of each rod and main journal in two places The difference between measurements on...

Page 182: ...ments on each journal must not be more than the service limit Crankshaft Total Runout Standard New 0 025 mm 0 0010 in max Service Limit 0 030 mm 0 0012 in 1 Remove the piston from the engine block see...

Page 183: ...t 86 065 mm 3 3884 in Oversize 0 25 86 250 86 265 mm 3 3957 3 3963 in 0 50 86 500 86 515 mm 3 4055 3 4061 in Reboring Limit 0 5 mm 0 02 in Bore Taper Limit Difference between first and third measureme...

Page 184: ...ee page 8 9 3 Hone the cylinder bores with honing oil and a fine 400 grit stone in a 60 degree Crosshatch pattern NOTE Use only a rigid hone with 400 grit or finer stone such as Sunnen Ammco or equiva...

Page 185: ...ntil the end gaps are lined up with the cutouts in the piston pin bores B NOTE Take care not to damage the ring grooves B 3 Remove snap rings A from both sides of the piston Start at the cutout in the...

Page 186: ...48 in Service Limit 21 954 mm 0 8643 in 2 Zero the dial indicator to the piston pin diameter 3 Check the difference between the piston pin diameter and piston pin hole diameter on the piston Piston Pi...

Page 187: ...in the piston the bore in the connecting rod and the piston pin with new engine oil 3 Heat the piston to about 158 F 70 C 4 Assemble the piston A and connecting rod B with the embossed marks C on the...

Page 188: ...n is to be separated from the connecting rod do not install new rings yet 4 Using a piston push a new ring A into the cylinder bore 15 20 m m 0 6 0 8 in from the bottom 5 Measure the piston ring end g...

Page 189: ...05 in 7 After installing a new set of rings measure the ring to groove clearance Top Ring Clearance Standard New 0 055 0 080 mm 0 0022 0 0031 in Service Limit 0 15 mm 0 006 in Second Ring Clearance St...

Page 190: ...ing rods 4 Apply new engine oil to all the main bearing and rod bearing journals 5 Lower the crankshaft A into the block A 6 Apply new engine oil to the thrust washer surfaces Install the thrust washe...

Page 191: ...rd force on the ring compressor B to prevent the rings from expanding before entering the cylinder bore 13 Stop after the ring compressor pops free and check the connecting rod to crank journal alignm...

Page 192: ...the bearing cap side bolts B to the specified torque in the sequence shown Repeat the torque sequence again to ensure the bolts are properly torqued A 11 x 1 5 mm 74 N m 7 5 kgfm 54 Ibf ft B 10 x 1 2...

Page 193: ...block end cover mating surfaces 26 Apply liquid gasket P N 08717 0004 08718 0001 08718 0003 or 08718 0009 evenly to the engine block mating surface of the engine block end cover NOTE Do not install t...

Page 194: ...nce applying the liquid gasket Instead reapply liquid gasket after removing the old residue Apply liquid gasket along the broken line 33 Grease the lip of the oil seal and apply oil to the new O rings...

Page 195: ...eaches normal operating temperature then continue to run it for about 15 minutes 1 Remove all of the old liquid gasket from the oil pan mating surfaces bolts and bolt holes 2 Clean and dry the oil pan...

Page 196: ...the four subframe mounting bolts and four 12 x 1 25 mm bolts with the stiffeners see step 5 on page 5 12 10 Loosely install both of the new mid mounting bolts see step 6 on page 5 13 11 Align the ref...

Page 197: ...es see step 29 on page 17 58 25 Install the damper fork see step 3 on page 18 21 26 Connect the stabilizer links see page 18 23 27 Install splash shield see step 27 on page 5 15 28 Install the front w...

Page 198: ...storted Transmission End Crankshaft Oil Seal Installation In Car Special Tools Required Driver 07749 0010000 Driver attachment 106 m m 070AD RCA0200 1 Remove the IMA motor housing see page 12 153 2 Re...

Page 199: ...Coolant Drain Bolt Installation NOTE When installing the drain bolt always use new washer 78 N m 8 0 kgfm 58 Ibfft 7 33...

Page 200: ......

Page 201: ...om Troubleshooting Index 8 5 Oil Pressure Switch Test 8 6 Oil Pressure Test 8 6 Engine Oil Replacement 8 7 Engine Oil Filter Replacement 8 7 Oil Filter Feed Pipe Replacement 8 9 OilJet Replacement 8 9...

Page 202: ...Engine Lubrication Special Tools Ref No Tool Number Description Qty 07HAA PJ70101 070AD RCA0100 Oil Filter Wrench Oil Seal Driver 64 m m 1 1 8 2...

Page 203: ...C o m p o n e n t Location Index cont d 8 3...

Page 204: ...Engine Lubrication C o m p o n e n t Location Index cont d 8 4...

Page 205: ...see page 7 16 4 Check for oil leaks 5 Check the operation of the positive crankcase ventilation PCV system see page 11 407 6 Check the engine oil for dirt or improper viscosity Low engine oil pressur...

Page 206: ...emove the engine oil pressure switch then install an oil pressure gauge A A 2 Start the engine Shut it off immediately if the gauge registers no oil pressure Repair the problem before continuing 3 All...

Page 207: ...S qt 5 Run the engine for more than 3 minutes then check for oil leakage Engine Oil Filter R e p l a c e m e n t Special Tools Required Oil filter wrench 07HAA PJ70101 1 Remove the oil filter with the...

Page 208: ...inst the block and note which number or mark is at the bottom Tighten the filter by turning it clockwise three numbers or marks from the one you noted For example if mark V is at the bottom when the s...

Page 209: ...he other nut A 4 Tighten the oil filter feed pipe to 49 N m 5 0 kgf m 36 Ibf ft then remove the nuts from the oil filter feed pipe 5 Install the filter see page 8 7 Oil J e t R e p l a c e m e n t 1 R...

Page 210: ...ure that a 0 6 m m 0 02 in diameter drill will go through the oil intake 0 7 m m 0 03 in diameter Make sure the check ball A moves smoothly and has a stroke of about 4 0 m m 0 16 in Check the oil jet...

Page 211: ...Oil P u m p Overhaul Exploded View 6 x 1 0 mm 6 N m SEALING BOLT 38 N m 3 9 kgfm 28 Ibf ft cont 8...

Page 212: ...bolts and the oil pump assembly B Inspection 1 Remove the screws from the pump housing then separate the housing and cover 2 Check the inner to outer rotor radial clearance between the inner rotor A a...

Page 213: ...pect both rotors and pump housing for scoring or other damage Replace parts if necessary 6 Apply liquid thread lock to the pump housing screws then install the oil pump cover 7 Check that the oil pump...

Page 214: ...id gasket Instead reapply liquid gasket after removing the old residue 8 Grease the lip of the oil seal and apply oil to the new O rings A A B 9 Install the dowel pins B then align the inner rotor wit...

Page 215: ...8 kgfm 13 Ibf ft 2 Remove all of the old liquid gasket from the switch and switch mounting hole 3 Apply a very small amount of liquid gasket to the oil pressure switch threads then install the oil pr...

Page 216: ......

Page 217: ...Engine Mechanical Intake Manifold and Exhaust System Intake Manifold Removal and Installation 9 2 Exhaust Pipe and Muffler Replacement 9 7...

Page 218: ...8 7 Ibf ft EXHAUST GAS RECIRCULATION EGR PIPE EVAPORATIVE EMISSION EVAP CANISTER PURGE VALVE 6 x 1 0 mm 9 8 N m 1 0 kgf m 7 2 Ibf ft INTAKE MANIFOLD Do not screw or unscrew the 6 m m bolts securing th...

Page 219: ...cont d 9 3...

Page 220: ...ector Manifold absolute pressure MAP sensor connector Evaporative emission EVAP canister purge valve connector Intake manifold tuning IMT actuator connector 7 Remove the upper cover mounting bolts and...

Page 221: ...nifold gasket Specified Torque 8 x 1 25 mm 22 N m 2 2 kgf m 16 Ibfft 2 Install the upper cover Tighten the bolts and nuts sequentially in two or three steps Always use new gaskets Specified Torque 6 x...

Page 222: ...nstall the air intake duct A then install the breather pipe B 7 Clean up any spilled engine coolant 8 After installation check that all tubes hoses and connectors are installed correctly 9 Install the...

Page 223: ...E x h a u s t Pipe a n d Muffler R e p l a c e m e n t NOTE Use new gaskets and self locking nuts when reassembling SELF LOCKING NUT 10 x 1 25 mm 33 N m 3 4 kgfm 25 Ibf ft Replace 9 7...

Page 224: ......

Page 225: ...er Pump Inspection 10 5 Water Pump Replacement 10 5 Coolant Check 10 6 Coolant Replacement 10 6 Thermostat Replacement 10 8 Water Passage Replacement 10 9 Radiator and Fan Replacement 10 12 Fan Contro...

Page 226: ...Cooling System C o m p o n e n t Location Index RADIATOR RADIATOR FAN ASSEMBLY Replacement page 10 12 Replacement page 10 12 Fan Motor Test page 10 4 10 2...

Page 227: ...f the pressure drops replace the cap Radiator T e s t 1 Wait until the engine is cool then carefully remove the radiator cap and fill the radiator with engine coolant to the top of the filler neck 2 A...

Page 228: ...ace the thermostat if it is open at room temperature To test a closed thermostat 1 Suspend the thermostat A in a container of water Do not let the thermometer B touch the bottom of the hot container 2...

Page 229: ...6 3 Remove the timing belt adjuster see page 6 31 4 Remove the water pump A by removing the five bolts 6 x 1 0 mm 12 N m 1 2 kgfm 8 7 Ibf ft 5 Inspect and clean the O ring groove and the mating surfac...

Page 230: ...Replacement 1 Start the engine Set the heater temperature control dial to maximum heat then turn off the ignition switch Make sure the engine and radiator are cool to the touch 2 Remove the radiator...

Page 231: ...the level in the radiator and add Honda All Season Antifreeze Coolant Type 2 if needed 13 Put the radiator cap on tightly then run the engine again and check for leaks NOTE Always use Honda All Season...

Page 232: ...e the ground cable and thermostat cover then remove the thermostat THERMOSTAT nstall with pin up THERMOSTAT COVER GROUND CABLE 6 x 1 0 mm 12 N m 1 2 kgfm 8 7 Ibfft 4 Install the thermostat with a new...

Page 233: ...pass hose B ground cable C and harness holder mounting bolt D 6 Remove the heater hoses 7 Remove the engine wire harness connectors from the water passage Engine coolant temperature ECT sensor 1 conne...

Page 234: ...F to the thermostat then install the thermostat with pin G up and install the thermostat cover 12 Install the ECT sensor 1 and ECT sensor 2 using the new O rings H 13 Install the EGR valve using a ne...

Page 235: ...mounting bolt D 19 Install the upper radiator hose A and lower radiator hose B 20 Install the intake manifold see page 9 5 21 After installation check that all tubes hoses and connectors are installed...

Page 236: ...Ibf ft UPPER B R A C K E T S AND C U S H I O N S RADIATOR L O W E R C U S H I O N S 6 x 1 0 m m 12N m 1 2 k g f m 8 7 Ibf ft 6 x 1 0 m m 7 1 N m 0 72 kgf m 5 2 Ibf ft A C C O N D E N S E R F A N S H R...

Page 237: ...Fan Controls C o m p o n e n t Location Index Replacement page 11 215 A C CONDENSER FAN RADIATOR FAN Replacement page 11 218 ASSEMBLY ASSEMBLY Motor Test page 10 4 Motor Test page 10 4 10 13...

Page 238: ...tween fan control relay 5P socket terminal No 1 and condenser fan motor 2P connector terminal No 1 Cleanliness and tightness of all connectors Both the radiator fan and the A C condenser fan run at hi...

Page 239: ...AN RELAY A C CONDENSER FAN RELAY BLU BLK GRN BLU YEL GRN WHT BLU YEL A C CM D E N S E R FAN MOTOR BLU BLK BLU BLK RADIATOR t M JFAN MOTOR IGNITION SWITCH WHT K C H BLK RED IG2 HOT in ON III WHT GRN YE...

Page 240: ...RADIATOR FAN RELAY 4P SOCKET 1 1 2 2 4 3 JUMPER WIRE Terminal side of female terminals Does the radiator fan run at high speed Y E S G o t o step 5 NO Repair an open in the wire between radiator fan r...

Page 241: ...S Signal Circuit Troubleshooting 11 336 Brake Pedal Position Switch Signal Circuit Troubleshooting 11 338 R f l p t e i i e B s p m i o e d u r a 11 339 Fuel Supply System Component Location Index 11...

Page 242: ...Pressure Gauge 0 4 in Hg 1 07NAJ P07010A Pressure Gauge Adapter 1 07SAZ 001000A Backprobe Set 07ZAJ S5A0200 Oil Pressure Hose 1 1 07406 0020201 A T Pressure Hose 1 2 07406 0070300 A T Low Pressure Ga...

Page 243: ...he engine is not started the MIL will stay on for 15 20 seconds see page 11 63 2 If the MIL stays on connect the HDS to the data link connector DLC A located under the driver s side of the dashboard 3...

Page 244: ...air of a misfire or the CKP sensor DTC Clear 1 Clear the DTC with the HDS while the engine is stopped cont d CKP Pattern Clear CKP Pattern Learn NOTE The ECT needs to be at 176 F 80 C or higher 1 Clea...

Page 245: ...troubleshooting requires voltage or resistance checks at the PCM connectors remove the PCM and test it 1 Jump the SCS line with the HDS 2 Remove the center lower covers A A 3 Remove the duct B 4 Disc...

Page 246: ...e Update the PCM only if the PCM does not have the latest software loaded NOTE Do not turn the ignition switch OFF while updating the PCM If you turn the ignition switch OFF before completion the PCM...

Page 247: ...o PCM Updating If DTC is not indicated go to step 5 5 Do the PCM idle learn procedure see page 11 340 6 Do the CKP pattern clear pattern learn procedure How to Substitute the PCM 1 Connect the HDS to...

Page 248: ...cont d OBD Status The OBD status shows the current system status of each DTC and all of the parameters This function is used to see if the technician s repair was successfully finished The results of...

Page 249: ...el Ratio A F Sensor Bank 1 Sensor 1 Heater Circuit Malfunction ON see page 11 96 P0137 161 P0137 Rear Secondary Heated Oxygen Sensor Secondary H02S Bank 1 Sensor 2 Circuit Low Voltage ON see page 11 1...

Page 250: ...ission EVAP Canister Purge Valve Circuit Malfunction ON see page 11 409 P0451 91 P0451 Fuel Tank Pressure FTP Sensor Range Performance Problem ON see page 11 413 P0452 91 Fuel Tank Pressure FTP Sensor...

Page 251: ...P0AB7 195 Rear Engine Mount Actuator Control Circuit Low Current OFF see page 11 286 P0AB8 195 Rear Engine Mount Actuator Control Circuit High Current OFF see page 11 290 P0AC4 69 IMA System Malfunct...

Page 252: ...N see page 11 236 P2108 40 Throttle Actuator Control Module Problem ON see page 11 238 P2118 40 Throttle Actuator Current Range Performance Problem ON see page 11 239 P2122 37 Accelerator Pedal Positi...

Page 253: ...ge 11 399 P2422 117 P2422 Evaporative Emission EVAP Canister Vent Shut Valve Closed Malfunction ON see page 11 433 P2552 40 Throttle Actuator Control Module Relay Malfunction ON see page 11 256 P2610...

Page 254: ...eaks Contaminated fuel Weak spark Cold fast idle too low MIL works OK no DTCs set 1 Do the PCM idle learn procedure see page 11 340 2 Check the idle speed see page 11 339 3 Clean the throttle body see...

Page 255: ...Brake booster vacuum hose clogged cracked poor connection Difficult to refuel MIL works OK no DTCs set 1 Check the fuel vent tube between the EVAP canister and the fuel tank 2 Check the fuel tank vapo...

Page 256: ...cycle the PCM stores a Temporary DTC The MIL does not come on If the failure continues in the second drive cycle the PCM stores a DTC and turns on the MIL Fail safe Function When an abnormality occurs...

Page 257: ...15 A N o 23 B IG MAIN 50 A N o 19 OPTION 40 A N o 13 HORN STOP 20 A UNDER DASH FUSE RELAY BOX DNo 2 IG COIL 15 A N o 19 FUEL PUMP 15A N o 18 ACG 15 A N o 30 A C 7 5 A N o 21 METER 7 5 A N o 4 A F SEN...

Page 258: ...JECTOR No 4 INJECTOR No 5 INJECTOR No 6 INJECTOR CMP S E N S O R CKP S E N S O R A B A31 INJ2 A30 INJ3 A27 INJ6 S G 2 C 1 2 ECT1 A14 KS B6 I M T B4 I MAP S E N S O R 0 3 1 1 1 1 1 1 N O P Q R W IAT S...

Page 259: ...No 6 IGNITION COIL cont d 11 19...

Page 260: ...A LINK CONNECTOR 1 THROTTLE ACTUATOR CONTROL MODULE E31 METINH E 1 6 S C S I D S S W E 9 V S S O U T E 1 1 S G 3 C4 0 A P S B C 1 7 BRAKE PEDAL POSITION SWITCH O J 3 IDLE STOP SWITCH T o NAVIGATION UN...

Page 261: ...N S O R E O P S E N S O R D1 IMACANL D8 MOTCKP D 1 4 M O T N E P D5 M PMON V G D10 0 r E O P S C D2 FUEL PUMP CONTROL MODULE V T E C SOLENOID VALVE w To ACTIVE NOISE CONTROL UNIT M A F S E N S O R IAT...

Page 262: ...U T C H TRANSMISSION FLUID P R E S S U R E SWITCH X 2ND CLUTCH TRANSMISSION FLUID P R E S S U R E SWITCH SHIFT LOCK SOLENOID E22 S L S ATF T E M P E R A T U R E S E N S O R UP SHIFT SOLENOID V A L V...

Page 263: ...D FUSE RELAY BOX B OPTION 40 A AUXILIARY FUSE HOLDER B ACM 15 A PCM A 31P PCM B 24P P C M C 22P PCMD 17P PCM E 31P 1 2 3 4 5 6 T 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 1 1...

Page 264: ...Fuel and Emissions Systems S y s t e m Description cont d Vacuum Hose Routing MANIFOLD ABSOLUTE PRESSURE MAP SENSOR 11 24...

Page 265: ...ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE ECT SENSOR 1 8 REAR WARM UP THREE WAY CATALYTIC CONVERTER ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE ECT SENSOR 2 WU TWC INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE IAT SENSOR 2 8 THREE WAY CATALYTIC CONVERTER...

Page 266: ...BLK WHT AFSHTCB1 AIR FUEL RATIO A F SENSOR HEATER CONTROL BANK 1 Drives rear A F sensor heater Bank 1 sensor 1 With ignition switch ON II battery voltage With fully warmed up engine running about 0 V...

Page 267: ...EL GRN IGPLS1 No 1 IGNITION COIL PULSE Drives No 1 ignition coil With ignition switch ON II 0 V With engine running pulses 21 BRN INJ1 No 1 INJECTOR Drives No 1 injector At idle duty controlled With i...

Page 268: ...ACTUATOR SIDE Drives IMT actuator With ignition switch ON II battery voltage 5 BLU RED EGR EXHAUST GAS RECIRCULATION EGR VALVE Drives EGR valve With EGR operating duty controlled With EGR not operati...

Page 269: ...SH02SB2 SECONDARY HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR SECONDARY H02S BANK 2 SENSOR 2 Detects front secondary H02S Bank 2 sensor 2 signal With throttle fully opened from idle with fully warmed up engine above 0 6 V...

Page 270: ...h ignition switch ON II and accelerator pedal pressed about 4 5 V With ignition switch ON I and accelerator pedal released about 0 5 V 6 YEL GRN VCC3 SENSOR VOLTAGE Provides sensor voltage With igniti...

Page 271: ...APSB ACCELERATOR PEDAL POSITION APP SENSOR B Detects APP sensor B signal With ignition switch ON II and accelerator pedal pressed about 2 3 V With ignition switch ON II and accelerator pedal released...

Page 272: ...nition switch OFF 0 V 8 RED MOTCRK MOTOR CONTROL MODULE MOTOR ROTOR POSITION SIGNAL Detects motor rotor position signal With IMA rotor operating pulses 9 RED YEL IAT1 INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE IAT SENSOR...

Page 273: ...AY LOW Drives condenser fan relay With ignition switch ON II battery voltage 7 WHT CKPOUT CRANKSHAFT POSITION CKP OUTPUT SIGNAL Sends CKP signal to MCM With ignition switch ON II pulses 8 LT GRN BKSW...

Page 274: ...19 GRN ATPP TRANSMISSION RANGE SWITCH PARK Detects transmission range switch Park signal In Park 0 V In any other position battery voltage 20 RED CMPOUT CAMSHAFT POSITION CMP OUTPUT SIGNAL Sends CMP s...

Page 275: ...nkshaft Position CKP Sensor The CKP sensor detects crankshaft speed and is used by the PCM to determine ignition timing and timing for fuel injection of each cylinder as well as detecting engine misfi...

Page 276: ...le may fail the test or the test cannot be finished To check if the readiness codes are set to complete turn the ignition switch ON II but do not start the engine The MIL will come on for 15 20 second...

Page 277: ...PCM controls the throttle actuator to maintain the proper idle speed according to engine loads Acceleration control When the accelerator pedal is pressed the PCM opens the throttle valve depending on...

Page 278: ...fuel at engine speeds over 5 000 rpm Engine speed of fuel cut is lower on a cold engine Fuel Pump Control When the ignition is turned on the PCM grounds PGM FI main relay 2 FUEL PUMP which feeds curre...

Page 279: ...Refer to the System Diagram to see a functional layout of the system EVAP Canister The EVAP canister temporarily stores fuel vapor from the fuel tank until it can be purged from the EVAP canister int...

Page 280: ...w Since the valves on the rear bank are closed the frictional losses from valve spring compression and pumping are reduced because no air is compressed in the rear bank This reduces engine drag VEHICL...

Page 281: ...inder Mode exhaust valve side The VTEC spool valve switches oil pressure Oil pressure then enters primary rocker arm A from the oil passage in the exhaust rocker shaft and it moves the VTEC switching...

Page 282: ...OLENOID VALVE VTEC SPOOL VALVE To DRAIN RETURN SPRING PRIMARY ROCKER ARM B PRIMARY ROCKER ARM A SECONDARY ROCKER ARM During Cylinder Pause Mode exhaust valve side The VTEC spool valve switches oil pre...

Page 283: ...ncludes conventional liquid filled engine mounts that absorb vibration In addition the front and rear engine mount contains an actuator that cancels engine vibration by producing a counter or reverse...

Page 284: ...oster Pressure Sensor System Diagram The brake booster pressure sensor converts brake booster vacuum into an electrical input to the PCM This input is used to control idle stop operations BRAKE BOOSTE...

Page 285: ...s temporary DTC A Second drive cycle During the second drive cycle after a cold start if the fuel fill cap is still loose or missing the PCM alerts the driver to check the fuel fill cap by showing a C...

Page 286: ...onically controlled by this system A P P S E N S O R A A P P S E N S O R B Y E L G R N R E D B L U G R N L Y E L B L U R E D Y E L r G R N Y E L BLK LT B L U P C I V 1 From T H R O T T L E A C T U A T...

Page 287: ...d by closing and opening the intake manifold tuning IMT valve which changes the effective length of the intake runners When the valve is closed there is high torque at low engine speed When the valve...

Page 288: ...intake manifold into the combustion chambers The PCM memory includes the ideal EGR valve position for varying operating conditions The EGR valve position sensor detects the amount of EGR valve lift a...

Page 289: ...ster into the engine and burned The EVAP canister is purged by drawing fresh air through it and into a port on the intake manifold The purging vacuum is controlled by the EVAP canister purge valve whi...

Page 290: ...P G R N YEL G R N BLK I B 24P JUNCTION CONNECTOR Y E L R E D G R N R E D G R N W H T Y E L R E D 24P JUNCTION 9 I CONNECTOR G R N Y E L R E D W H T G R N Y E L R E D Y E L G R N Y E L Y E L B L U Y E...

Page 291: ...ENOID V A L V E B SHIFT CONTROL SOLENOID V A L V E C A T CLUTCH P R E S S U R E CONTROL SOLENOID V A L V E A A T CLUTCH P R E S S U R E CONTROL SOLENOID V A L V E B A T CLUTCH P R E S S U R E CONTROL...

Page 292: ...E L B L K B L U Y E L B L K Y E L Y E L B L K B L K R E D Y E L B L K W H T B L U Y E L B L K I Y E L B L K C201 15 SEES 0 0 H P YEL BLU RED G R N Y E L No 1 INJECTOR No 2 INJECTOR No 3 INJECTOR No 4...

Page 293: ...K W H T BRN BLK BLK WHT B L K R E D BLK B L K W H T BRN WHT G101 G102 11 24 BLK WHT No 2 IGNITION COIL T o SPARK PLUG No 3 IGNITION COIL T o 7R i SPARK 1 DIi in No 4 IGNITION COIL To 1 nnP I SPARK 1 p...

Page 294: ...P Y E L B L U B L U Y E L G R N Y E L E O P S E N S O R A3 LG1 D16 LG2 A1 PG2 A2 PG1 C251 I 6 B R N Y E L C202 12 G501 C201 a CMP B17 CKPB B L U R E D B R N Y E L 1 24P JUNCTION CONNECTOR H s 24P JUNC...

Page 295: ...5 7 57 J cont d 11 55...

Page 296: ...Y E L APP S E N S O R Y E L G R N GRN BLU GRN BLU R E D B L U RED BLK GRN BLU BLK Y E L G R N GRN BLU GRN BLU R E D B L U RED BLK G R N W H T Y E L R E D BLK THROTTLE ACTUATOR CONTROL MODULE R E D B...

Page 297: ...FWD Y E L G R N B L U Y E L C21 ATP R V S R E D W H T ATP 2 1 1 E15 B L U CANH E26 C203 G R N R E D G R N Y E L E C T S E N S O R 2 TRANSMISSION RANGE SWITCH 28P JUNCTION CONNECTOR m m 8 12 11 17 18...

Page 298: ...L UNIT 28P JUNCTION CONNECTOR 28P JUNCTION CONNECTOR YEL Y E L G R N Y E L I 1 GRN B L U W H T L T BLU Y E L SHIFT LOCK SOLENOID To NAVIGATION UNIT To E P S CONTROL UNIT Y E L G R N LT GRN G R N B L K...

Page 299: ...X _t t B R A K E P E D A L P O S I T I O N S W I T C H 2 8 P J U N C T I O N C O N N E C T O R m L T G R N W H T B L K R E D B R N B L K Brake pedal pressed closed Brake pedal released open I D L E S...

Page 300: ...K R E D UNDER DASH D I O D E FUSE RELAY BOX No 4 A F SENSOR 15 A N o 23 IGP 7 5 A No 2 I G COIL 15 A DNo 18ACG 15 A No 19 FUEL PUMP 15 A No 30 A C 7 5 A No 1 THROTTLE ACTUATOR CONTROL DBW 15 A No 21...

Page 301: ...MODULE BLK WHT Y E L BRN C531 1 C402 _ 5 F U E L PUMP STARTER SIGNAL 7 5 A LT BLU R E D To ATFP UNIT R E D G R N BLK RED BLK RED GRN BLK R E D Y E L AUXILIARY F U S E HOLDER A MAF S E N S O R IAT S E...

Page 302: ...OLRP 1 S O L R M 20 SOLFP 9 LT B L U GRN BLU PUR B L K Y E L B L K Y E L WHT WHT RED WHT RED WHT GRY GRN S O L F M 14 PG1 11 Y E L G R N B L K BLK BLK To E P S CONTROL UNIT ACTIVE NOISE CONTROL UNIT B...

Page 303: ...criteria and the status of the readiness testing Catalytic Converter Monitor and Readiness Code NOTE Do not turn the ignition switch off during the procedure All readiness codes are cleared when the...

Page 304: ...the enable criteria were probably not met repeat the procedure Air Fuel Ratio A F Sensor Monitor and Readiness Code NOTE Do not turn the ignition switch off during the procedure All readiness codes ar...

Page 305: ...talytic converter EVAP control system and A F sensor monitors are active Monitoring also pauses when any related enable criteria are not being met Monitoring resumes when the enable criteria is again...

Page 306: ...AFT POSITION CKP SENSOR Replacement page 11 217 CRANKSHAFT POSITION CKP SENSOR Replacement page 11 216 MASS AIR FLOW MAF SENSOR INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE IAT SENSOR 1 Replacement page 11 220 ENGINE COOLA...

Page 307: ...1 213 FRONT SECONDARY HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR SECONDARY H02S BANK 2 SENSOR 2 Replacement page 11 214 REAR AIR FUEL RATIO A F SENSOR BANK 1 SENSOR 1 Replacement page 11 213 REAR SECONDARY HEATED OXYGEN SE...

Page 308: ...9 Disconnect IAT sensor 2 from the 2P connector 10 Blow hot air on IAT sensor 2 with a hair dryer 11 Connect IAT sensor 2 to its 2P connector but do not install it into the intake manifold 12 Check IA...

Page 309: ...then go to step 13 NO Goto step 18 11 Turn the ignition switch OFF 12 Replace IAT sensor 2 see page 11 215 13 Reconnect all connectors 14 Turn the ignition switch ON II 15 Reset the PCM with the HDS 1...

Page 310: ...f female terminals 6 Turn the ignition switch ON II 7 Check IAT SENSOR 2 in the DATA LIST with the HDS Is about 40 F 40 C or less or 4 90 V or more indicated Y E S G o t o step 8 NO Go to step 18 8 Tu...

Page 311: ...ignition switch ON II 22 Reset the PCM with the HDS 23 Do the PCM idle learn procedure see page 11 340 24 Check for Temporary DTCs or DTCs with the HDS Are any Temporary DTCs or DTCs indicated YES If...

Page 312: ...nt see page 11 382 then go to step 16 NO Goto step 5 5 Turn the ignition switch OFF 6 Turn the ignition switch ON II 7 Check the MAF SENSOR in the DATA LIST with the HDS Is there about 0 2 gm s or 0 5...

Page 313: ...dicated YES If DTC P0101 is indicated check for poor connections or loose terminals at the MAF sensor and the PCM then go to step 1 If any other Temporary DTCs or DTCs are indicated go to the indicate...

Page 314: ...e replace the fuse then go to step 20 4 Turn the ignition switch OFF 5 Disconnect the MAF sensor IAT sensor 1 5P connector 6 Turn the ignition switch ON II 7 Measure voltage between MAF sensor IAT sen...

Page 315: ...U M P E R W I R E Wire side of female terminals 14 Check for continuity between PCM connector terminal D10 and body ground P C M C O N N E C T O R D 1 7 P 1 2 4 5 6 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 V G f...

Page 316: ...go to step 1 If any other Temporary DTCs or DTCs are indicated go to the indicated DTCs troubleshooting NO Troubleshooting is complete 25 Update the PCM if it does not have the latest software or sub...

Page 317: ...R IAT SENSOR 1 5P CONNECTOR 1 2 3 4 5 V G BLK RED JUMPER WIRE Wire side of female terminals 8 Check for continuity between PCM connector terminal D11 and body ground PCM CONNECTOR D 17P 1 2 4 5 6 8 9...

Page 318: ...go to step 1 If any other Temporary DTCs or DTCs are indicated go to the indicated DTCs troubleshooting NO Troubleshooting is complete 20 Update the PCM if it does not have the latest software or sub...

Page 319: ...LIST with the HDS Is about 3 kPa 1 0 in Hg 26 mmHg or 0 23 V or less indicated Y E S G o t o step 9 NO Goto step 7 7 Measure voltage between MAP sensor 3P connector terminals No 1 and No 3 MAP SENSOR...

Page 320: ...orary DTCs or DTCs with the HDS Are any Temporary DTCs or DTCs indicated YES If DTC P0107 is indicated check for poor connections or loose terminals at the MAP sensor and the PCM then go to step 1 If...

Page 321: ...side of female terminals 6 Turn the ignition switch ON II 7 Check the MAP SENSOR in the DATA LIST with the HDS Is 160 kPa 47 1 in Hg 1 197 mmHg or 4 49 V or more indicated Y E S G o t o step 8 NO Got...

Page 322: ...he MAP sensor then g o t o step 21 19 Turn the ignition switch OFF 20 Replace the MAP sensor see page 11 218 21 Reconnect all connectors 22 Turn the ignition switch ON II 23 Reset the PCM with the HDS...

Page 323: ...d the PCM D9 then go to step 13 NO Goto step 18 11 Turn the ignition switch OFF 12 Reconnect all connectors 13 Replace the MAF sensor IAT sensor 1 see page 11 220 14 Turn the ignition switch ON II 15...

Page 324: ...ide of female terminals 6 Turn the ignition switch ON II 7 Check IAT SENSOR 1 in the DATA LIST with the HDS Is about 40 F 40 C or less or 4 90 V or higher indicated Y E S G o t o step 8 NO Goto step 1...

Page 325: ...II 22 Reset the PCM with the HDS 23 Do the PCM idle learn procedure see page 11 340 24 Check for Temporary DTCs or DTCs with the HDS Are any Temporary DTCs or DTCs indicated YES If DTC P0113 is indic...

Page 326: ...lue of ECT SENSOR 1 in the DATA LIST with the HDS 7 Turn the ignition switch OFF 8 Open the hood and let the engine cool for 3 hours 9 Turn the ignition switch ON II 10 Check ECT SENSOR 1 in the DATA...

Page 327: ...n go to step 13 NO Goto step 18 11 Turn the ignition switch OFF 12 Replace ECT sensor 1 see page 11 215 13 Reconnect all connectors 14 Turn the ignition switch ON II 15 Reset the PCM with the HDS 16 D...

Page 328: ...f female terminals 6 Turn the ignition switch ON II 7 Check ECT SENSOR 1 in the DATA LIST with the HDS Is about 40 F 40 C or less or 4 90 V or more indicated YES Go to step 8 NO Go to step 18 8 Turn t...

Page 329: ...nition switch ON II 22 Reset the PCM with the HDS 23 Do the PCM idle learn procedure see page 11 340 24 Check for Temporary DTCs or DTCs with the HDS Are any Temporary DTCs or DTCs indicated YES If DT...

Page 330: ...nsor 2 and the PCM B NO Check the thermostat see page 10 4 then go to step 9 9 Turn the ignition switch OFF 10 Replace ECT sensor 1 see page 11 215 11 Turn the ignition switch ON II 12 Reset the PCM w...

Page 331: ...OR 2 Did temperature rise 17 F 9 5 C or more YES Intermittent failure system is OK at this time Check for poor connections or loose terminals at ECT sensor 1 ECT sensor 2 and the PCM NO Test the therm...

Page 332: ...omes on then let it idle 23 Test drive at a steady speed between 15 75 mph 24 120 km h for 10 minutes 24 Check for Temporary DTCs or DTCs with the HDS Are any Temporary DTCs or DTCs indicated YES If D...

Page 333: ...CONDITION go to step 3 and recheck 6 Turn the ignition switch OFF 7 Replace the A F sensor Sensor 1 see page 11 213 8 Turn the ignition switch ON II 9 Reset the PCM with the HDS 10 Do the PCM idle lea...

Page 334: ...134 and or P0154 indicated Y E S G o t o step 5 NO Intermittent failure system is OK at this time Check for poor connections or loose terminals at the A F sensor Sensor 1 and the PCM 5 Turn the igniti...

Page 335: ...eck for poor connections or loose terminals at the A F sensor Sensor 1 and the PCM then go to step 1 If any other Temporary DTCs or DTCs are indicated go to the indicated DTCs troubleshooting NO Go to...

Page 336: ...19 OPTION 40 A fuse in the under hood fuse relay box No 4 A F SENSOR 15 A fuse in the under dash fuse relay box No 23 IGP 7 5 A fuse in the under dash fuse relay box Are any of the fuses blown YES Rep...

Page 337: ...emale terminals Is there continuity YES Repair short in the wire between the PCM A7 A6 and the A F sensor Sensor 1 then go to step 23 NO Goto step 14 14 Connect A F sensor Sensor 1 8P connector termin...

Page 338: ...BLK 1 2 3 4 6 7 8 JUMPER WIRE 18 Check for continuity between A F sensor relay 4P connector terminal No 2 and body ground A F SENSOR RELAY 4P CONNECTOR IG 1 4 3 Terminal side of female terminals Is t...

Page 339: ...oose terminals at the A F sensor Sensor 1 the A F sensor relay and the PCM then go to step 1 If any other Temporary DTCs or DTCs are indicated go to the indicated DTCs troubleshooting NO Go to step 28...

Page 340: ...connector 7 Turn the ignition switch ON II 8 Check the H02S S2 in the DATA LIST with the HDS Does the voltage stay at 0 29 V or less Y E S G o t o step 9 NO Goto step 13 9 Turn the ignition switch OF...

Page 341: ...If the screen indicates EXECUTING keep driving until a result comes on If the screen indicates OUT OF CONDITION go to step 19 and recheck 23 Update the PCM if it does not have the latest software or...

Page 342: ...H02S Sensor 2 4P connector terminals No 1 and No 2 with a jumper wire SECONDARY H02S SENSOR 2 4P CONNECTOR JUMPER WIRE SH02SB1 GRN SH02SB2 WHT 1 2 3 4 SG2 GRN YEL Wire side of female terminals 8 Turn...

Page 343: ...roubleshooting NO Go to step 28 28 Monitor the OBD STATUS for DTC P0138 and or P0158 in the DTCs MENU with the HDS Does the screen indicate PASSED YES Troubleshooting is c o m p l e t e NO If the scre...

Page 344: ...ition switch OFF 7 Replace the secondary H02S Sensor 2 see page 11 214 8 Turn the ignition switch ON II 9 Reset the PCM with the HDS 10 Do the PCM idle learn procedure see page 11 340 11 Start the eng...

Page 345: ...o 4 A F SENSOR 15 A fuse in under dash fuse relay box No 23 IGP 7 5 A fuse in under dash fuse relay box Are any of the fuses blown YES Repair short in the wire between the A F sensors the A F sensor r...

Page 346: ...dary H02S Sensor 2 4P connector terminal No 3 to body ground with a jumper wire SECONDARY H02S SENSOR 2 4P CONNECTOR 1 2 3 4 S02SHTCB1 BLK WHT S02SHTCB2 GRN RED JUMPER WIRE Wire side of female termina...

Page 347: ...nector terminal E4 and A F sensor relay 4P connector terminal No 4 PCM CONNECTOR E 31P AFSHTCR PNK 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 29 31 Wire side of female ter...

Page 348: ...en indicates FAILED check for poor connections or loose terminals at the secondary H02S Sensor 2 and the PCM then go to step 1 If the screen indicates NOT COMPLETED go to step 25 and recheck 28 Update...

Page 349: ...the injectors see page 11 211 then g o t o step 2 NO Check these items If the pressure is too high replace the fuel pressure regulator see page 11 365 then go to step 2 If the pressure is too low che...

Page 350: ...lowing DTCs first if any of them were stored along with the random misfire DTC s P0107 P0108 P1128 P1129 Manifold absolute pressure MAP sensor P0171 P0172 Fuel system P0335 P0339 P0385 P0389 Crankshaf...

Page 351: ...G o t o step 11 NO Drain the tank see page 11 357 and fill it with a known good fuel then go to step 15 11 Inspect the spark plugs see page 4 25 If the spark plugs are fouled or worn replace them 12...

Page 352: ...06 are indicated check for poor connections or loose terminals at the ignition coil the injector and the PCM then go to troubleshooting DTC P0301 P0302 P0303 P0304 P0305 or P0306 see page 11 113 If an...

Page 353: ...SFIRE CYL4 MISFIRE CYL5 MISFIRE and or CYL6 MISFIRE show misfire counts Y E S G o t o step 9 NO Goto step 6 6 Test drive the vehicle for several minutes in the range of the recorded freeze data 7 Moni...

Page 354: ...misfire counts YES Goto step 18 NO Intermittent misfire due to spark plug fouling no misfire at this time 18 Determine which cylinder had the misfire Does the misfire occur in the cylinder where the...

Page 355: ...tween the ignition coil and G101 then go to step 55 31 Turn the ignition switch OFF 32 Jump theSCS line with the HDS 33 Disconnect PCM connector A 31P 34 Check for continuity between body ground and t...

Page 356: ...04 BRN No 5 P0305 BLK RED No 6 P0306 BRN WHT 36 Check for continuity between body ground and the appropriate PCM connector terminal see table PCM CONNECTOR A 31P IGPLS4 BRN IGPLS2 BLU RED Wire side of...

Page 357: ...14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 INJ1 INJ2 RED INJ6 INJ4 INJ3 WHT BLU h Y E L l BLU J y v y vxv Wire side of female terminals PROBLEM DTC PCM WIRE CYLINDER TERMINAL COLOR No 1 P0301...

Page 358: ...RMINAL COLOR No 1 P0301 A21 BRN No 2 P0302 A31 RED No 3 P0303 A30 BLU No 4 P0304 A29 YEL No 5 P0305 A28 BLK RED No 6 P0306 A27 WHT BLU 52 Connect appropriate injector 2P connector terminal No 1 to bod...

Page 359: ...C PCM WIRE CYLINDER TERMINAL COLOR No 1 P0301 A21 BRN No 2 P0302 A31 RED No 3 P0303 A30 BLU No 4 P0304 A29 YEL No 5 P0305 A28 BLK RED No 6 P0306 A27 WHT BLU Is there continuity YES Goto step 54 NO Rep...

Page 360: ...STATUS for DTC P0301 P0302 P0303 P0304 P0305 or P0306 in the DTCs MENU with the HDS Does the screen indicate PASSED YES Troubleshooting is complete NO If the screen indicates FAILED go to step 1 and...

Page 361: ...nock sensor and the PCM 6 Turn the ignition switch OFF 7 Jump the SCS line with the HDS 8 Disconnect the knock sensor subharness 1P connector 9 Disconnect PCM connector B 24P 10 Check for continuity b...

Page 362: ...ld the engine speed at 3 000 4 000 rpm for at least 10 seconds 22 Check for Temporary DTCs or DTCs with the HDS Are any Temporary DTCs or DTCs indicated Y E S G o t o step 24 NO Goto step 23 23 Monito...

Page 363: ...3 and body ground CKP SENSOR A B 6P CONNECTOR 2 3 4 5 6 IGP YEL BLK IGP YEL BLK Wire side of female terminals Is there battery voltage Y E S G o t o step 9 NO Repair open in the wire between CKP senso...

Page 364: ...see page 11 4 24 Check for Temporary DTCs or DTCs with the HDS Are any Temporary DTCs or DTCs indicated Y E S l f DTC P0335 and or P0385 is indicated check for poor connections or loose terminals at C...

Page 365: ...gine ground Body ground Are the connections OK YES Go to step 8 NO Reconnect the connectors or terminals then go to step 11 8 Check for damage to the CKP sensor A B pulse plate on the timing belt driv...

Page 366: ...ector terminal No 3 and body ground CMP SENSOR 3P CONNECTOR IGP YEL BLK Wire side of female terminals Is there battery voltage YES Goto step 9 NO Repair open in the wire between the CMP sensor and PGM...

Page 367: ...set the PCM with the HDS 21 Clear the CKP pattern with the HDS 22 Do the PCM idle learn procedure see page 11 340 23 Do the CKP pattern learn procedure see page 11 4 24 Start the engine 25 Check for T...

Page 368: ...e the connections OK Y E S G o t o step 8 NO Reconnect or repair the connectors or terminals then go to step 11 8 Check for damage to the CMP sensor pulse projection on the front camshaft pulley see p...

Page 369: ...P SENSOR in the DATA LIST with the HDS Is there about 0 23 V or less Y E S G o t o step 9 NO G o t o step 7 7 Measure voltage between brake booster pressure sensor 3P connector terminals No 1 and No 2...

Page 370: ...heck for Temporary DTCs or DTCs with the HDS Are any Temporary DTCs or DTCs indicated YES If DTC P0557 is indicated check for poor connections or loose terminals at the brake booster pressure sensor a...

Page 371: ...ire side of female terminals 6 Turn the ignition switch ON II 7 Check the BBP SENSOR in the DATA LIST with the HDS Is there about 4 9 V or more YES Goto step 8 NO Goto step 19 8 Remove the jumper wire...

Page 372: ...ensor then go to step 21 15 Turn the ignition switch OFF 16 Connect PCM connector terminals C12 and D5 with a jumper wire PCM CONNECTORS C 22P i 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 2...

Page 373: ...ny other Temporary DTCs or DTCs are indicated go to the indicated DTCs troubleshooting NO Troubleshooting is complete 26 Update the PCM if it does not have the latest software or substitute a known go...

Page 374: ...onnections or loose terminals at the No 8 FI ECU PCM 15 A fuse in the under hood fuse relay box and at the PCM 7 Turn the ignition switch OFF 8 Jump the SCS line with the HDS 9 Disconnect PCM connecto...

Page 375: ...PCM CONNECTOR E 31P MRLY GRN 1 2 3 4 5 6 I 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 29 31 Wire side of female terminals Is there battery voltage Y E S G o t o step 15 NO Goto step 2...

Page 376: ...rary DTCs or DTCs with the HDS Are any Temporary DTCs or DTCs indicated YES If DTC P0563 is indicated check for poor connections or loose terminals at PGM FI main relay 1 Fl MAIN and the PCM then go t...

Page 377: ...eplace the original PCM see page 11 219 NO The update is complete DTC P0603 PCM Internal Control Module Keep Alive Memory KAM Error 1 Turn the ignition switch ON II 2 Clear the DTC with the HDS 3 Chec...

Page 378: ...the HDS 3 Check for Temporary DTCs or DTCs with the HDS Is DTC P060A indicated YES Update the PCM if it does not have the latest software or substitute a known good PCM see page 11 6 then recheck If...

Page 379: ...DTCs or DTCs indicated YES If DTC P0630 is indicated update the PCM if it does not have the latest software or substitute a known good PCM see page 11 6 then recheck If any other Temporary DTCs or DT...

Page 380: ...ication goes away with a known good PCM replace the original PCM see page 11 219 NO Intermittent failure system is OK at this time B DTC P1109 BARO Sensor Circuit Out of Range High 1 Reset the PCM wit...

Page 381: ...215 9 Allow ECT sensor 1 to cool to 77 F 25 C 10 Note the outside temperature 11 Connect ECT sensor 1 to its 2P connector but do not install it into the engine 12 Turn the ignition switch ON II 13 Not...

Page 382: ...ividually Does either sensor differ above 5 4 F 3 C from the outside temperature YES Replace the sensor that differed more than 5 4 F 3 C from the outside temperature then go to step 27 NO Intermitten...

Page 383: ...the ignition switch OFF 8 Replace the MAP sensor see page 11 218 9 Turn the ignition switch ON II 10 Reset the PCM with the HDS 11 Do the PCM idle learn procedure see page 11 340 12 Start the engine H...

Page 384: ...DS Does the screen indicate FAILED Y E S G o t o step 7 NO If the screen indicates PASSED intermittent failure system is OK at this time Check for poor connections or loose terminals at the MAP sensor...

Page 385: ...he HDS Does the screen indicate PASSED YES Troubleshooting is complete NO If the screen indicates FAILED check for poor connections or loose terminals at the MAP sensor and the PCM then go to step 1 I...

Page 386: ...gnition switch OFF 6 Replace the A F sensor Sensor 1 see page 11 213 7 Turn the ignition switch ON II 8 Reset the PCM with the HDS 9 Do the PCM idle learn procedure see page 11 340 10 Start the engine...

Page 387: ...nition switch OFF 8 Jump the SCS line with the HDS 9 Disconnect PCM connector E 31P 10 Check for continuity between PCM connector terminal E18 and body ground PCM CONNECTOR E 31P 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10...

Page 388: ...e 20 Update the PCM if it does not have the latest software or substitute a known good PCM see page 11 6 21 Start the engine 22 Turn on the headlights 23 Check for Temporary DTCs or DTCs with the HDS...

Page 389: ...attery voltage YES Goto step 7 NO Repair open in the wire between the No 18 ACG 15 A fuse and the ELD then go to step 14 7 Turn the ignition switch OFF 8 Connect ELD 3P connector terminal No 3 to body...

Page 390: ...40 18 Check for Temporary DTCs or DTCs with the HDS Are any Temporary DTCs or DTCs indicated Y E S G o t o step 19 NO Troubleshooting is c o m p l e t e 19 Update the PCM if it does not have the lates...

Page 391: ...such a case clear both DTC with the HDS after the troubleshooting Do not turn the ignition switch OFF while updating the PCM If you turn the ignition switch OFF before completion the PCM can be damage...

Page 392: ...10 6 8 Remove ECT sensor 2 see page 11 218 9 Allow ECT sensor 2 to cool to 77 F 25 C 10 Note the outside temperature 11 Connect ECT sensor 2 to its 2P connector but do not install it onto the engine 1...

Page 393: ...ensor differ more than 5 4 F 3 C from the outside temperature YES Replace the sensor that differed more than 5 4 F 3 C from the outside temperature then go to step 27 NO Intermittent failure system is...

Page 394: ...r 2 and the PCM B24 then go to step 13 NO Go to step 18 11 Turn the ignition switch OFF 12 Replace ECT sensor 2 see page 11 218 13 Reconnect all connectors 14 Turn the ignition switch ON II 15 Reset t...

Page 395: ...he ignition switch ON II 7 Check ECT SENSOR 2 in the DATA LIST with the HDS Is about 40 F 40 C or less or 4 90 V or more indicated Y E S G o t o step 8 NO Goto step 18 8 Turn the ignition switch OFF 9...

Page 396: ...ge 11 340 24 Check for Temporary DTCs or DTCs with the HDS Are any Temporary DTCs or DTCs indicated YES If DTC P2185 is indicated check for poor connections or loose terminals at ECT sensor 2 and the...

Page 397: ...the screen indicates FAILED check for poor connections or loose terminals at the A F sensor Sensor 1 and the PCM then go to step 2 If the screen indicates NOT COMPLETED go to step 5 and recheck Is it...

Page 398: ...under these conditions then connect the HDS Engine coolant temperature above 158 F 70 C Transmission in D position Throttle position between 14 degrees and 45 degrees for 2 seconds 6 Monitor the OBD...

Page 399: ...troubleshooting is complete If the PCM was substituted replace the original PCM see page 11 219 DTC P2229 BARO Sensor Circuit High Voltage 1 Turn the ignition switch ON II 2 Check the BARO SENSOR in...

Page 400: ...t this time Check for poor connections or loose terminals at the A F sensor Sensor 1 and the PCM 5 Turn the ignition switch OFF 6 Jump the SCS line with the HDS 7 Disconnect the A F sensor Sensor 1 8P...

Page 401: ...check for poor connections or loose terminals at the A F sensor Sensor 1 and the PCM then go to step 1 If any other Temporary DTCs or DTCs are indicated go to the indicated DTCs troubleshooting N O G...

Page 402: ...is OK at this time Check for poor connections or loose terminals at the A F sensor Sensor 1 and the PCM 5 Turn the ignition switch OFF 6 Jump the SCS line with the HDS 7 Disconnect the A F sensor Sens...

Page 403: ...DTCs or DTCs are indicated go to the indicated DTCs troubleshooting NO Go to step 19 19 Monitor the OBD STATUS for DTC P2238 and or P2241 in the DTCs MENU with the HDS Does the screen indicate PASSED...

Page 404: ...me Check for poor connections or loose terminals at the A F sensor Sensor 1 and the PCM 5 Turn the ignition switch OFF 6 Jump the SCS line with the HDS 7 Disconnect the A F sensor Sensor 1 8P connecto...

Page 405: ...tions or loose terminals at the A F sensor Sensor 1 and the PCM then go to step 1 If any other Temporary DTCs or DTCs are indicated go to the indicated DTCs troubleshooting NO Goto step 20 20 Monitor...

Page 406: ...OK at this time Check for poor connections or loose terminals at the A F sensor Sensor 1 and the PCM 5 Turn the ignition switch OFF 6 Jump the SCS line with the HDS 7 Disconnect the A F sensor Sensor...

Page 407: ...o the indicated DTCs troubleshooting NO Goto step 19 19 Monitor the OBD STATUS for DTC P2245 and or P2249 in the DTCs MENU with the HDS Does the screen indicate PASSED YES Troubleshooting is complete...

Page 408: ...with the HDS Is DTC P2251 and or P2254 indicated YES Goto step 5 NO Intermittent failure system is OK at this time Check for poor connections or loose terminals at the A F sensor Sensor 1 and the PCM...

Page 409: ...check for poor connections or loose terminals at the A F sensor Sensor 1 and the PCM then go to step 1 If any other Temporary DTCs or DTCs are indicated go to the indicated DTCs troubleshooting NO Go...

Page 410: ...OK at this time Check for poor connections or loose terminals at the A F sensor Sensor 1 and the PCM H 5 Turn the ignition switch OFF 6 Jump the SCS line with the HDS 7 Disconnect the A F sensor Senso...

Page 411: ...recheck 20 Update the PCM if it does not have the latest software or substitute a known good PCM see page 11 6 21 Check for Temporary DTCs or DTCs with the HDS Are any Temporary DTCs or DTCs indicate...

Page 412: ...creen indicates OUT OF CONDITION go to step 3 and recheck 6 Turn the ignition switch OFF 7 Replace the secondary H02S Sensor 2 see page 11 214 8 Turn the ignition switch ON II 9 Reset the PCM with the...

Page 413: ...r Temporary DTCs or DTCs with the HDS Is P2610 indicated YES Update the PCM if it does not have the latest software or substitute a known good PCM see page 11 6 then recheck If the symptom indication...

Page 414: ...ck for poor connections or loose terminals at the A F sensor Sensor 1 and the PCM B 5 Turn the ignition switch OFF 6 Jump the SCS line with the HDS 7 Disconnect PCM connector B 24P 8 Check for continu...

Page 415: ...Cs or DTCs are indicated go to the indicated DTCs troubleshooting 17 Update the PCM if it does not have the latest software or substitute a known good PCM see page 11 6 18 Check for Temporary DTCs or...

Page 416: ...K at this time Check for poor connections or loose terminals at the A F sensor Sensor 1 and at the PCM H 5 Turn the ignition switch OFF 6 Jump the SCS line with the HDS 7 Disconnect the A F sensor Sen...

Page 417: ...to step 19 15 Remove the jumper wire from the A F sensor Sensor 1 8P connector then reconnect PCM connectors B 24P and C 22P 16 Start the engine Hold the engine speed at 3 000 rpm without load in Park...

Page 418: ...shooting is complete 24 Update the PCM if it does not have the latest software or substitute a known good PCM see page 11 6 25 Check for Temporary DTCs or DTCs with the HDS Are any Temporary DTCs or D...

Page 419: ...N go to step 3 and recheck 6 Turn the ignition switch OFF 7 Replace the A F sensor Sensor 1 see page 11 213 8 Turn the ignition switch ON II 9 Reset the PCM with the HDS 10 Do the PCM idle learn proce...

Page 420: ...male terminals Is there about 54 66 at room temperature Y E S G o t o step 21 NO Goto step 6 6 Jump the SCS line with the HDS 7 Disconnect PCM connector D 17P 8 Remove the IPU lid see page 12 140 9 Di...

Page 421: ...ve the jumper wire from PCM connector D 17P 16 Reconnect MCM connector A 31P 17 Measure resistance between MCM connector terminals A6 and A7 MCM CONNECTOR A 31P IMACANL RED 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12...

Page 422: ...driver then go to step 43 21 Jump the SCS line with the HDS 22 Disconnect PCM connector D 17P 23 Remove the IPU lid see page 12 140 24 Disconnect MCM connector A 31P see page 12 140 26 Check for cont...

Page 423: ...B 24P see page 12 140 30 Check for continuity between MCM connector terminal B3 and body ground and between terminal B5 and body ground individually MCM CONNECTOR B 24P PG BLK LG BRN YEL 1 M 3 X I 5 1...

Page 424: ...tep 49 43 Turn the ignition switch OFF 44 Reconnect all connectors 45 Turn the ignition switch ON II 46 Reset the PCM with the HDS 47 Do the PCM idle learn procedure see page 11 340 48 Check for Tempo...

Page 425: ...unit 47P connector 9 Disconnect the engine mount control unit 20P connector 10 Disconnect the navigation unit 20P connector 11 Jump the SCS line with the HDS 12 Disconnect PCM connector E 31P 13 Chec...

Page 426: ...t the control module indicated in the last column If all the connections are OK substitute another control module After substituting the control module go to step 18 and recheck PGM FI ABS TCS Body Co...

Page 427: ...37 and U0110 indicated at the same time YES Go to troubleshooting DTC U0037 see page 11 180 NO Goto step 5 5 Check for Temporary DTCs or DTCs in the DTCs MENU with the HDS again Are DTC U0110 U0164 an...

Page 428: ...rary DTCs or DTCs with the HDS Are any Temporary DTCs or DTCs indicated YES If DTC U0110 is indicated check for poor connections or loose terminals at the MCM the A C compressor driver and the PCM the...

Page 429: ...the ABS TCS control unit 47P connector 7 Check for continuity between ABS TCS control unit 47P connector terminals No 14 and No 30 ABS TCS CONTROL UNIT 47P CONNECTOR CANH WHT 1 32 2 3 4 5 6 M 11M 14...

Page 430: ...ABS TCS CONTROL UNIT 47P CONNECTOR 1 2 3 4 5 6 M 1 1 M H 4 16 1 7 1 8 2 0 L M I I I I I 3 0 16 32 l l l l l 3 8 47 GND BLK Wire side of female terminals Is there continuity YES Substitute a known goo...

Page 431: ...ee page 11 187 or DTC U1201 see page 11 197 NO Goto step 6 6 Check the No 29 7 5 A fuse in under dash fuse relay box Is the fuse blown YES Repair short in the wire the A C compressor driver and the No...

Page 432: ...the ignition switch ON II 14 Measure voltage between A C compressor driver 4P connector terminal No 4 and body ground A C COMPRESSOR DRIVER 4P CONNECTOR 1 2 3 4 IG1 BLK YEL Wire side of female termin...

Page 433: ...dle learn procedure see page 11 340 23 Check for Temporary DTCs or DTCs with the HDS Are any Temporary DTCs or DTCs indicated YES If DTC U0164 is indicated check for poor connections or loose terminal...

Page 434: ...pdating the PCM If you turn the ignition switch OFF before completion the PCM can be damaged 1 Do the PCM update procedure PGM FI system see page 11 6 2 Do the PCM update procedure A T system see page...

Page 435: ...Disconnect the engine mount control unit 20P connector 7 Check for continuity between engine mount control unit 20P connector terminals No 5 and No 17 ENGINE MOUNT CONTROL UNIT 20P CONNECTOR CANH WHT...

Page 436: ...body ground ENGINE MOUNT CONTROL UNIT 20P CONNECTOR 1 2 3 4 _ l L 5 6 8 9 10 11 12 14 15 16 17 20 LG BLK Wire side of female terminals Is there continuity YES Substitute a known good engine mount con...

Page 437: ...t the same time YES Go to troubleshooting DTC U0037 see page 11 180 NO Goto step 5 5 Check for Temporary DTCs or DTCs in the DTCs MENU with the HDS again Are DTC U0110 U0164 and U1201 indicated at the...

Page 438: ...I 18 Reset the PCM with the HDS 19 Do the PCM idle learn procedure see page 11 340 20 Check for Temporary DTCs or DTCs with the HDS Are any Temporary DTCs or DTCs indicated YES If DTC U1201 is indicat...

Page 439: ...S communicate with the PCM Y E S G o t o step 10 NO Go to DLC Circuit Troubleshooting see page 11 209 If no problem is found in the DLC troubleshooting go to step 21 10 Check for Temporary DTCs or DTC...

Page 440: ...e page 11 3 20 Turn the ignition switch ON II and read the HDS Does the HDS communicate with the PCM Y E S G o t o step 21 NO Go to DLC Circuit Troubleshooting see page 11 209 21 Check for Temporary D...

Page 441: ...ve PGM FI main relay 1 Fl MAIN A from the under dash fuse relay box 27 Check for continuity between body ground and PGM FI main relay 1 Fl MAIN 4P connector terminals No 1 and No 3 individually PGM FI...

Page 442: ...Fl MAIN 4 P CONNECTOR Terminal side of female terminals Is there continuity YES Repair short in the wire between PGM FI main relay 1 F MAIN and each item Also replace the No 8 Fl ECU PCM 15 A fuse B N...

Page 443: ...27 29 31 Wire side of female terminals Is there battery voltage YES Goto step 40 NO Goto step 34 34 Turn the ignition switch OFF 35 Remove the left kick panel see page 20 45 Then remove PGM FI main r...

Page 444: ...9 NO Repair open in the wire between PGM FI main relay 1 Fl MAIN and the PCM E5 B 40 Turn the ignition switch ON II 41 Measure voltage between body ground and PCM connector terminal A4 PCM CONNECTOR A...

Page 445: ...1 Fl MAIN and the PCM A4 B 50 Measure voltage between body ground and PCM connector terminals A 1 A2 A3 and D16 individually A 31P PCM CONNECTORS PG1 BLK PG2 BLK v v D 17P LG1 BRN YEL 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8...

Page 446: ...ure MAP sensor Output shaft countershaft speed sensor 57 Disconnect PCM connector A 31P 58 Check for continuity between PCM connector terminal A12 and body ground PCM CONNECTOR A 31P 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9...

Page 447: ...shaft mainshaft speed sensor 65 Disconnect PCM connector C 22P 66 Check for continuity between PCM connector terminal C13 and body ground PCM CONNECTOR C 22P I 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 1...

Page 448: ...gnition switch OFF 71 Jump the SCS line with the HDS 72 Disconnect the APP sensor 6P connector 73 Disconnect PCM connector C 22P 74 Check for continuity between PCM connector terminal C6 and body grou...

Page 449: ...Y 4 5 7 9 12 L_ _i 14 16 B WHT GRN Terminal side of female terminals Is there battery voltage YES Goto step 3 NO Repair open in the wire between DLC terminal No 4 and body ground G50U B 3 Measure volt...

Page 450: ...known good PCM see page 11 6 then recheck If the symptom indication goes away with a known good PCM replace the original PCM see page 11 219 NO Repair open in the wire between DLC terminal No 7 and t...

Page 451: ...ld see page 9 3 3 Disconnect the connectors from the injectors A 4 Disconnect the quick connect fittings B and remove the nut C 5 Remove the fuel rail mounting bolts D from the fuel rail E 6 Remove th...

Page 452: ...il 11 Install the injectors in the injector base F 12 Install the fuel rail mounting nuts 13 Connect the connectors on the injectors 14 Connect the quick connect fittings 15 Turn the ignition switch O...

Page 453: ...ect the front A F sensor 8P connector A then remove the A F sensor B with a 02 sensor socket wrench 2 Install the front A F sensor in the reverse order of removal 4P Rear Bank Bank 1 1 Disconnect the...

Page 454: ...isconnect the front secondary H02S 4P connector A then remove the front secondary H02S B with a 0 2 sensor socket wrench 2 Install the front secondary H02S in the reverse order of removal Rear Bank Ba...

Page 455: ...B 5 Install the sensor in the reverse order of removal with a new O ring C Then refill the radiator with engine coolant see page 10 6 IAT S e n s o r 2 Replacement 1 Remove the intake manifold cover...

Page 456: ...belt see page 6 16 2 Remove the fuel rails and the intake runner base 2 Remove the crankshaft pulley see page 6 14 3 Disconnect the knock sensor connector A then 3 Remove the upper and lower timing be...

Page 457: ...6 18 4 Loosen the idler pulley bolt about five or six turns then remove the timing belt from the front camshaft pulley see step 22 on page 6 19 5 Remove the front camshaft pulley A 90 N m 9 2 kgfm 67...

Page 458: ...B 4 Remove the MAP sensor C 5 Install the sensor in the reverse order of removal with a new O ring D E C T S e n s o r 2 R e p l a c e m e n t 1 Remove the throttle body see page 11 386 2 Disconnect...

Page 459: ...l the PCM in the reverse order of removal 11 Open the SCS with the HDS 12 Turn the ignition switch ON II NOTE DTC P0630 VIN Not Programmed or Mismatch will be stored because VIN has not been programme...

Page 460: ...e booster pressure sensor 3P connector A 2 Remove the brake booster pressure sensor B 3 Install the sensor in the reverse order of removal 1 Disconnect the MAF sensor IAT sensor 1 connector A B 1 5 N...

Page 461: ...Electronic Throttle Control System C o m p o n e n t Location Index THROTTLE ACTUATOR CONTROL MODULE RELAY 11 221...

Page 462: ...ontrol module and the PCM then go to step 17 If the connections and terminals are OK go to step 9 NO Goto step 5 5 Turn the ignition switch OFF 6 Disconnect the throttle body 6P connector 7 Disconnect...

Page 463: ...JUMPER WIRE VCC BLU Wire side of female terminals 14 Check for continuity between throttle actuator control module 16P connector terminal No 11 and body ground THROTTLE ACTUATOR CONTROL MODULE 16P CO...

Page 464: ...HDS 20 Do the PCM idle learn procedure see page 11 340 21 Check for Temporary DTCs or DTCs with the HDS Are any Temporary DTCs or DTCs indicated YES If DTC P0122 is indicated check for poor connection...

Page 465: ...223 indicated at the same time Y E S G o t o step 11 NO Goto step 5 5 Measure voltage between throttle body 6P connector terminal No 1 and body ground THROTTLE BODY 6P CONNECTOR 1 2 3 4 5 6 TPSA RED B...

Page 466: ...nition switch OFF 12 Disconnect the throttle body 6P connector 13 Disconnect the throttle actuator control module 16P connector see page 11 265 14 Connect throttle body 6P connector terminal No 4 to b...

Page 467: ...procedure see page 11 340 22 Check for Temporary DTCs or DTCs with the HDS Are any Temporary DTCs or DTCs indicated YES If DTC P0123 is indicated check for poor connections or loose terminals at the t...

Page 468: ...dule and the PCM then go to step 17 If the connections and terminals are OK go to step 9 NO Go to step 5 5 Turn the ignition switch OFF 6 Disconnect the throttle body 6P connector 7 Disconnect the thr...

Page 469: ...JUMPER WIRE VCC BLU Wire side of female terminals 14 Check for continuity between throttle actuator control module 16P connector terminal No 11 and body ground THROTTLE ACTUATOR CONTROL MODULE 16P CON...

Page 470: ...DS 20 Do the PCM idle learn procedure see page 11 340 21 Check for Temporary DTCs or DTCs with the HDS Are any Temporary DTCs or DTCs indicated YES If DTC P0222 is indicated check for poor connections...

Page 471: ...223 indicated at the same time Y E S G o t o step 11 NO Goto step 5 5 Measure voltage between throttle body 6P connector terminal No 3 and body ground THROTTLE BODY 6P CONNECTOR 1 2 3 4 5 6 TPSB RED B...

Page 472: ...Disconnect the throttle body 6P connector 13 Disconnect the throttle actuator control module 16P connector see page 11 265 14 Connect throttle body 6P connector terminal No 4 to body ground with a ju...

Page 473: ...procedure see page 11 340 22 Check for Temporary DTCs or DTCs with the HDS Are any Temporary DTCs or DTCs indicated YES If DTC P0223 is indicated check for poor connections or loose terminals at the t...

Page 474: ...the throttle actuator control module 7 Turn the ignition switch OFF 8 Disconnect the intake air duct from the throttle body 9 Push the throttle valve closed as shown NOTE Do not operate the ignition...

Page 475: ...urn the ignition switch OFF 8 Disconnect the intake air duct from the throttle body 9 Push the throttle valve open as shown NOTE Do not operate the ignition switch during the check Be careful not to p...

Page 476: ...e actuator control module then clean the throttle body see page 11 381 7 Turn the ignition switch OFF 8 Disconnect the intake air duct from the throttle body 9 Turn the ignition switch ON II 10 Clear...

Page 477: ...go to step 1 If any other Temporary DTCs or DTCs are indicated go to the indicated DTCs troubleshooting NO Troubleshooting is complete Is there continuity YES Substitute a known good throttle actuator...

Page 478: ...tch ON II 5 Check for Temporary DTCs or DTCs with the HDS Is DTC P2108 indicated YES Substitute a known good throttle actuator control module see page 11 265 and recheck If DTC P2108 is not indicated...

Page 479: ...BODY 6P CONNECTOR Is there about 1 0 Q or less YES Goto step 5 NO Repair short in the wires between the throttle body and the throttle actuator control module motor drive lines then go to step 6 5 Rep...

Page 480: ...or terminals No 5 and No 6 APP SENSOR 6P CONNECTOR 1 2 3 4 5 6 VCC3 YEL GRN SG3 GRN Wire side of female terminals Is thereabout 5 V YES Goto step 7 NO Goto step 15 7 Turn the ignition switch OFF 8 At...

Page 481: ...12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 JUMPER WIRE Wire side of female terminals 14 At the wire harness side check for continuity between APP sensor 6P connector terminal No 4 and body ground APP SENSOR 6P...

Page 482: ...f any other Temporary DTCs or DTCs are indicated go to the indicated DTCs troubleshooting NO Troubleshooting is c o m p l e t e 22 Update the PCM if it does not have the latest software or substitute...

Page 483: ...8 NO Goto step 7 7 Measure voltage between PCM connector terminals C4 and C6 PCM CONNECTOR C 22P r i SG3 GRN 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 VCC3 YEL GRN Wire side of female t...

Page 484: ...TCs with the HDS Are any Temporary DTCs or DTCs indicated YES If DTC P2123 is indicated check for poor connections or loose terminals at APP sensor A and the PCM then go to step 1 If any other Tempora...

Page 485: ...CONNECTOR VCC2 YEL BLU 1 2 3 4 5 6 SG2 GRN YEL Wire side of female terminals Is there about 5 V YES G o t o step 7 NO Goto step 15 7 Turn the ignition switch OFF 8 At the sensor side measure resistan...

Page 486: ...C 22P I 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 APSB RED YEL JUMPER WIRE Wire side of female terminals 14 At the wire harness side check for continuity between APP sensor 6P connector...

Page 487: ...s or DTCs are indicated go to the indicated DTCs troubleshooting NO Troubleshooting is complete 22 Update the PCM if it does not have the latest software or substitute a known good PCM see page 11 6 2...

Page 488: ...ale terminals Is there about 5 V Y E S G o t o step 8 NO Goto step 7 7 Measure voltage between PCM connector terminals C12 and C13 PCM CONNECTOR C 22P 17 18 11 12 20 SG2 GRN YEL 13 14 21 15 22 VCC2 YE...

Page 489: ...ry DTCs or DTCs indicated YES If DTC P2128 is indicated check for poor connections or loose terminals at APP sensor B and the PCM then go to step 1 If any other Temporary DTCs or DTCs are indicated go...

Page 490: ...h ON II 8 Clear the DTC with the HDS 9 Visually check the throttle valve operation Does the valve move to the fully closed position temporarily YES Goto step 15 NO Goto step 10 10 Turn the ignition sw...

Page 491: ...o step 15 15 Turn the ignition switch OFF 16 Replace the throttle body see page 11 386 17 Reconnect all connectors 18 Turn the ignition switch ON II 19 Reset the PCM with the HDS 20 Do the PCM idle le...

Page 492: ...the ignition switch OFF 7 Jump the SCS line with the HDS 8 Disconnect the APP sensor 6P connector 9 Disconnect PCM connector C 22P 10 Check for continuity between PCM connector terminals C5 and C17 PC...

Page 493: ...tware or substitute a known good PCM see page 11 6 22 Turn the ignition switch OFF 23 Turn the ignition switch ON II 24 Press the accelerator pedal to the floor 25 Check for Temporary DTCs or DTCs wit...

Page 494: ...F 7 Disconnect the intake air duct from the throttle body 8 Turn the ignition switch ON II 9 Clear the DTC with the HDS 10 Do the ETCS TEST in the INSPECTION MENU with the HDS 11 Visually check the th...

Page 495: ...ting NO Troubleshooting iscomplete H Wire side of female terminals Is there continuity YES Substitute a known good throttle actuator control module see page 11 265 then go to step 20 and recheck If DT...

Page 496: ...ition switch OFF 5 Jump the SCS line with the HDS 6 Remove the throttle actuator control module relay A 7 Disconnect PCM connector E 31P 8 Check for continuity between PCM connector terminal E3 and bo...

Page 497: ...any other Temporary DTCs or DTCs are indicated go to the indicated DTCs troubleshooting NO Troubleshooting is complete 17 Update the PCM if it does not have the latest software or substitute a known...

Page 498: ...le actuator control module and the PCM B 6 Clear the DTC with the HDS 7 Turn the ignition switch OFF 8 Disconnect the intake air duct from the throttle body 9 Press the accelerator pedal to the floor...

Page 499: ...tep 50 NO Repair short in the wire between the throttle actuator control module relay B line and the No 1 THROTTLE ACTUATOR CONTROL DBW 15 A fuse then go to step 50 19 Install the throttle actuator co...

Page 500: ...go to step 50 25 Turn the ignition switch ON II 26 Measure voltage between throttle actuator control module relay 4P connector terminal No 4 and body ground THROTTLE ACTUATOR CONTROL MODULE RELAY 4P C...

Page 501: ...8 9 10 11 12 14 Wire side of female terminals 32 Connect throttle actuator control module relay 4P connector terminal No 2 to body ground with a jumper wire THROTTLE ACTUATOR CONTROL MODULE RELAY 4P...

Page 502: ...step 50 39 Check for continuity between PCM connector terminal A25 and throttle actuator control module 16P connector terminal No 6 PCM CONNECTOR A 31P 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19...

Page 503: ...eck for continuity between PCM connector terminal A26 and throttle actuator control module 16P connector terminal No 14 PCM CONNECTOR A 31P 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 23 24...

Page 504: ...idle learn procedure see page 11 340 55 Check for Temporary DTCs or DTCs with the HDS Are any Temporary DTCs or DTCs indicated Y E S l f DTC U0107 is indicated check for poor connections or loose term...

Page 505: ...B and the APP sensor C 4 Install the sensor in the reverse order of removal Throttle Actuator Control Module Replacement 1 Remove the right kick panel see page 20 45 2 Disconnect the throttle actuator...

Page 506: ...Variable Cylinder Management VCM System C o m p o n e n t Location Index 11 266...

Page 507: ...N N E C T O R A V C C 2 Y E L B L U S G 2 G R N Y E L Wire side of female terminals Is there about 5 V Y E S G o t o step 13 NO Goto step 12 8 Turn the ignition switch OFF 9 Jump the SCS line with th...

Page 508: ...hen go to step 1 If any other Temporary DTCs or DTCs are indicated go to the indicated DTCs troubleshooting Are any Temporary DTCs or DTCs indicated NO If the PCM was updated troubleshooting is comple...

Page 509: ...or 5 Connect EOP sensor 3P connector terminals No 2 and No 3 with a jumper wire EOP SENSOR 3P CONNECTOR POILCS BLU YEL SG2 GRN YEL JUMPER WIRE Wire side of female terminals 6 Turn the ignition switch...

Page 510: ...of female terminals Is there countinuity YES Goto step 27 NO Repair open in the wire between the PCM C12 and EOP sensor then go to step 21 15 Turn the ignition switch OFF 16 Connect PCM connector term...

Page 511: ...e HDS Does the screen indicate PASSED YES Troubleshooting is complete NO If the screen indicates FAILED check for poor connections or loose terminals at the EOP sensor and the PCM then go to step 1 If...

Page 512: ...ON II 3 Clear the DTC with the HDS 4 Do the VTEC TEST in the INSPECTION MENU with the HDS Is the result OK YES Intermittent failure system is OK at this time Check for poor connections or loose termin...

Page 513: ...1 500 3 000 rpm 16 Check for Temporary DTCs or DTCs with the HDS Are any Temporary DTCs or DTCs indicated YES If DTC P2646 is indicated check for poor connections or loose terminals at the VTEC solen...

Page 514: ...ON II 3 Clear the DTC with the HDS 4 Do the VTEC TEST in the INSPECTION MENU with the HDS Is the result OK YES Intermittent failure system is OK at this time Check for poor connections or loose termin...

Page 515: ...recheck If the screen indicates NOT COMPLETED go to step 15 and recheck 11 Reconnect all connectors 12 Turn the ignition switch ON II 13 Reset the PCM with the HDS 14 Do the PCM idle learn procedure...

Page 516: ...tween VTEC solenoid valve 2P connector terminals No 1 and No 2 VTEC SOLENOID VALVE 2P CONNECTOR Terminal side of male terminals Is there 14 30 Q Y E S G o t o step 7 NO Goto step 12 7 Check for contin...

Page 517: ...Temporary DTCs or DTCs are indicated go to the indicated DTCs troubleshooting NO Goto step 18 18 Monitor the OBD STATUS for DTC P2648 in the DTCs MENU with the HDS Does the screen indicate PASSED YES...

Page 518: ...h the HDS 9 Disconnect the engine mount control unit 20P connector 10 Disconnect the active noise control ANC unit 16P connector 11 Disconnect PCM connector E 31P 12 Check for continuity between PCM c...

Page 519: ...PCM then go to step 1 If any other Temporary DTCs or DTCs are indicated go to the indicated DTCs troubleshooting NO Goto step 32 32 Monitor the OBD STATUS for DTC P2649 in the DTCs MENU with the HDS D...

Page 520: ...head and check the VTEC solenoid valve filter D for clogging If it is clogged replace the solenoid valve filter the engine oil filter and the engine oil 4 Install the VTEC solenoid valve assembly in t...

Page 521: ...Replacement 1 Remove the intake manifold cover see step 1 on page 9 3 2 Remove the EOP sensor 3P connector A 3 Remove the EOP sensor B 4 Install the EOP sensor in the reverse order of removal with a...

Page 522: ...Active Control Engine Mount ACM System C o m p o n e n t Location Index FRONT ENGINE MOUNT Inspection page 11 322 ENGINE MOUNT CONTROL UNIT Replacement page 11 323 11 282...

Page 523: ...control engine mount ACM actuator rear active control engine mount ACM actuator 2P connector 7 Disconnect the engine mount control unit 20P connector 8 Turn the ignition switch ON II 9 Measure voltage...

Page 524: ...n the engine mount control unit No 9 and No 20 terminals No 1 and No 10 terminals then go to step 14 NO Goto step 12 12 Check the resistance between active control engine mount ACM actuator 2P connect...

Page 525: ...Cs with the HDS Are any Temporary DTCs or DTCs indicated Y E S l f DTC P0A14 and or P0AB6 is indicated check for poor connections or loose terminals at the engine mount control unit and the active con...

Page 526: ...ep 5 IMO Intermittent failure system is OK at this time Check for poor connections or loose terminals at the engine mount control unit and the active control engine mount ACM actuator or the engine mo...

Page 527: ...inuity between body ground and the appropriate engine mount control unit see table ENGINE MOUNT CONTROL UNIT 20P CONNECTOR SOLRM GRN SOLFM YEL GRN 1 2 3 4 i i 5 6 8 9 10 11 12 14 15 16 17 20 SOLRP LT...

Page 528: ...y ground and the appropriate engine mount control unit 20P connector terminal see table ENGINE MOUNT CONTROL UNIT 20P CONNECTOR SOLRM GRN SOLFM YEL GRN 1 2 3 4 i i 5 6 8 9 10 11 12 14 15 16 17 20 SOLR...

Page 529: ...orary DTCs or DTCs with the HDS Are any Temporary DTCs or DTCs indicated Y E S l f DTC P0A15 and or P0AB7 are indicated check for poor connections or loose terminals at the engine mount control unit a...

Page 530: ...nect the appropriate active control engine mount ACM actuator 2P connector 7 Disconnect the engine mount control unit 20P connector 8 Turn the ignition switch ON II 9 Measure voltage between body grou...

Page 531: ...mount control unit No 9 and No 20 terminals No 1 and No 10 terminals then go to step 14 N O G o t o step 12 12 Measure resistance between front rear active control engine mount ACM actuator 2P connect...

Page 532: ...ee page 11 340 18 Check for Temporary DTCs or DTCs with the HDS Are any Temporary DTCs or DTCs with the HDS YES If DTC P0A16 and or P0AB8 are indicated check for poor connections or loose terminals at...

Page 533: ...the HDS Is DTC U1101 indicated Y E S G o t o step 8 NO Go to step 7 7 Check for DTCs with the HDS Is DTC P15AB indicated Y E S G o t o step 8 NO Intermittent failure system is OK at this time Check f...

Page 534: ...pair open in the wire between the No 18 ACG 15 A fuse and the engine mount control unit No 4 then go to step 19 NO Repair short in the wire between the No 18 ACG 15 A fuse and the engine mount control...

Page 535: ...15 E26 and the engine mount control unit No 5 No 17 then goto step 19 CANL line 19 Reconnect all connectors 20 Turn the ignition switch ON II 21 Reset the PCM with the HDS 22 Do the PCM idle learn pro...

Page 536: ...control engine mount ACM actuator 4 Turn the ignition switch OFF 5 Replace the engine mount control unit see page 11 323 6 Turn the ignition switch ON II 7 Reset the PCM with the HDS 8 Do the PCM idle...

Page 537: ...4 Turn the ignition switch OFF 5 Replace the engine mount control unit see page 11 323 6 Turn the ignition switch ON II 7 Reset the PCM with the HDS 8 Do the PCM idle learn procedure see page 11 340...

Page 538: ...ump the SCS line with the HDS 7 Disconnect PCM connector E 31P 8 Disconnect the engine mount control unit 20P connector 9 Check for continuity between PCM connector terminal E21 and engine mount contr...

Page 539: ...Check for Temporary DTCs or DTCs with the HDS Are any Temporary DTCs or DTCs indicated YES If DTC P15AE is indicated check for poor connections or loose terminals at the PCM and the engine mount contr...

Page 540: ...minals at the PCM and the engine mount control unit 5 Turn the ignition switch OFF 6 Check for poor connections at the PCM connector E 31P and the engine mount control unit 20P connector Are the conne...

Page 541: ...of female terminals Is there continuity YES Repair short in the wire between the engine mount control unit No 15 and the PCM E20 then go to step 22 NO Go to step 27 13 Turn the ignition switch OFF 14...

Page 542: ...nt control unit 20P connector 19 Jump the SCS line with the HDS 20 Disconnect PCM connector E 31P 21 Check for continuity between PCM connector terminal E20 and engine mount control unit 20P connector...

Page 543: ...ubleshooting NO Troubleshooting is complete 27 Update the PCM if it does not have the latest software or substitute a known good PCM see page 11 6 28 Check for Temporary DTCs or DTCs with the HDS Are...

Page 544: ...nnections or loose terminals at the PCM and the engine mount control unit B 5 Turn the ignition switch OFF 6 Check for poor connections at PCM connector E 31P and the engine mount control unit 20P con...

Page 545: ...0 CKP1 BLU Wire side of female terminals 14 Connect CKP sensor A B 6P connector terminal No 5 to body ground with a jumper wire CKP SENSOR A B 6P CONNECTOR 1 2 3 4 5 6 CKPA BLU JUMPER WIRE Wire side o...

Page 546: ...switch OFF 18 Disconnect the engine mount control unit 20P connector 19 Jump the SCS line with the HDS 20 Disconnect PCM connector E 31P 21 Check for continuity between PCM connector terminal E7 and e...

Page 547: ...o to the indicated DTCs troubleshooting NO Troubleshooting is complete 27 Update the PCM if it does not have the latest software or substitute a known good PCM see page 11 6 28 Check for Temporary DTC...

Page 548: ...PCM and the engine mount control unit 5 Turn the ignition switch OFF 6 Check for poor connections at PCM connector E 31P and the engine mount control unit 20P connector Is the connection OK 7 Turn th...

Page 549: ...nnect PCM connector E 31P 17 Check for continuity between PCM connector terminal E20 and engine mount control unit 20P connector terminal No 15 and between PCM connector terminal E7 and engine mount c...

Page 550: ...unit then go to step 1 If any other Temporary DTCs or DTCs are indicated go to the indicated DTCs troubleshooting NO Troubleshooting is c o m p l e t e 24 Update the PCM if it does not have latest so...

Page 551: ...ystem is OK at this time Check for poor connections or loose terminals at the engine mount control unit and the active control engine mount ACM control relay 4 Turn the ignition switch OFF 5 Inspect t...

Page 552: ...rol unit No 3 No 12 and the active control engine mount ACM control relay Also replace the ACM 15 A fuse then go to step 20 NO Repair short in the wire between the active control engine mount ACM cont...

Page 553: ...3 Check for continuity between active control engine mount ACM control relay 4P connector terminal No 2 and engine mount control unit 20P connector terminals No 3 and No 12 individually ACTIVE CONTROL...

Page 554: ...control engine mount ACM control relay and the No 18 ACG 15 A fuse Also replace the No 18 ACG 15 A fuse then goto step 20 18 Turn the ignition switch OFF 19 Check for continuity between engine mount...

Page 555: ...Temporary DTCs or DTCs indicated YES If DTC P16C4 is indicated check for poor connections or loose terminals at the engine mount control unit and the active control engine mount ACM control relay the...

Page 556: ...ngine mount ACM control relay OK YES Go to step 4 NO Replace the active control engine mount ACM control relay then go to step 9 4 Turn the ignition switch OFF 5 Disconnect the engine mount control un...

Page 557: ...the HDS Are any Temporary DTCs or DTCs indicated YES If DTC P16C5 is indicated check for poor connections or loose terminals at the engine mount control unit and the active control engine mount ACM c...

Page 558: ...mount control unit and the active control engine mount ACM actuator 5 Turn the ignition switch OFF 6 Disconnect the active control engine mount ACM actuator 2P connector 7 Disconnect the engine mount...

Page 559: ...male terminals Is there about 0 75 1 15 Q YES Replace the engine mount control unit see page 11 323 then go to step 14 NO Replace the front engine mount see page 5 22 and rear engine mount see page 5...

Page 560: ...re see page 11 340 10 Wait 10 seconds 11 Check for Temporary DTCs or DTCs with the HDS Are any Temporary DTCs or DTCs indicated Y E S l f DTC P16C7 and or P16C8 is indicated check for poor connections...

Page 561: ...the engine mount control unit see page 11 323 7 Turn the ignition switch ON II 8 Reset the PCM with the HDS 9 Do the PCM idle learn procedure see page 11 340 10 Wait 10 seconds 11 Check for Temporary...

Page 562: ...rmed radiator mounting parts brackets upper cushions or lower cushions Loose bumper beam Looseness deformation or tears in the rubber portion of the engine or transmission mounts Loose damaged or inte...

Page 563: ...e Mount Control Unit Replacement 1 Disconnect the engine mount control unit 20P connector A 2 Remove the engine mount control unit B 3 Install the engine mount control unit in the reverse order of rem...

Page 564: ...Idle Control System C o m p o n e n t Location Index BRAKE PEDAL POSITION SWITCH Troubleshooting page 11 338 IDLE STOP SWITCH Troubleshooting page 11 334 11 324...

Page 565: ...ONDITION go to step 4 and recheck 6 Remove the intake air duct from the throttle body 7 Check for dirt carbon or damage in the throttle bore Is there dirt carbon or damage in the throttle bore YES If...

Page 566: ...heck for dirt carbon or damage in the throttle bore Is there dirt carbon or damage in the throttle bore YES If there is dirt or carbon clean the throttle body see page 11 381 and also check for a rest...

Page 567: ...Do the PCM idle learn procedure see page 11 340 8 Start the engine Hold the engine speed at 3 000 rpm without load in Park or neutral until the radiator fan comes on then let it idle 9 Check for Tempo...

Page 568: ...tion switch ON II 6 Check the A C PRESSURE SENSOR in the DATA LIST with the HDS Is there about 0 24 V or less Y E S G o t o step 9 NO Goto step 7 7 Measure voltage between A C pressure sensor 3P conne...

Page 569: ...he HDS Are any Temporary DTCs or DTCs indicated YES If DTC P0532 is indicated check for poor connections or loose terminals at the A C pressure sensor and the PCM then go to step 1 If any other Tempor...

Page 570: ...OR ACPD GRN SG2 BLK JUMPER WIRE Wire side of female terminals 6 Turn the ignition switch ON II 7 Check the A C PRESSURE SENSOR in the DATA LIST with the HDS Is there about 4 75 V or more YES Goto step...

Page 571: ...rn the ignition switch OFF 16 Connect PCM connector terminals C12 and D17 with a jumper wire PCM CONNECTORS C 22P 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 SG2 GRN YEL JUMPER WIRE D 17P...

Page 572: ...step 1 If any other Temporary DTCs or DTCs are indicated go to the indicated DTCs troubleshooting NO Troubleshooting is complete 26 Update the PCM if it does not have the latest software or substitute...

Page 573: ...compressor clutch YES Do the A C system test see page 21 107 NO Goto step 9 9 Momentarily connect under hood fuse relay box 16P connector terminal No 15 to body ground with a jumper wire several time...

Page 574: ...le terminals Is there battery voltage YES Goto step 7 NO Goto step 9 7 Press the brake pedal 8 Measure voltage between PCM connector terminal E9 and body ground PCM CONNECTOR E 31P IDSSW BRN BLK 1 2 3...

Page 575: ...switch OFF 16 Check for continuity between PCM connector terminal E9 and idle stop switch 2P connector terminal No 2 IDLE STOP SWITCH 2P CONNECTOR IDSSW BRN BLK PCM CONNECTOR E 31P IDSSW 1 2 3 4 5 6...

Page 576: ...e SCS line with the HDS 8 Disconnect PCM connector E 31P 9 Disconnect EPS control unit 13P connector 10 Connect PCM connector terminal E17 to body ground with a jumper wire PCM CONNECTOR E 31P 1 2 3 4...

Page 577: ...page 17 66 and recheck NO Go to step 16 16 Turn the ignition switch OFF 17 Jump the SCS line with the HDS 18 Disconnect PCM connector E 31P 19 Check for continuity between PCM connector terminal E17...

Page 578: ...M CONNECTOR E 31P BKSW LTGRN 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 A29 31 Is there continuity YES Repair short in the wire between the PCM E8 and the No 13 HORN STOP...

Page 579: ...ne speed at 3 000 rpm without load in Park or neutral until the radiator fan comes on then let it idle 4 Check the idle speed without load conditions headlights blower fan radiator fan and air conditi...

Page 580: ...es not require you to do the idle learn procedure The throttle body is replaced or cleaned Procedure 1 Make sure all electrical items A C audio rear window defogger lights etc are off 2 Reset the PCM...

Page 581: ...acement page 11 365 FUEL FILTER Replacement page 11 365 FUEL RAIL FUEL FILL CAP FUELTANK Draining page 11 357 Replacement page 11 367 FUEL LINE QUICK CONNECT FITTING Precaution page 11 360 Removal pag...

Page 582: ...Fuel Supply System C o m p o n e n t Location Index cont d PGM FI MAIN RELAY 1 Fl MAIN 11 342...

Page 583: ...l gauge sending unit and the gauge assembly then go to step 1 If any other Temporary DTCs or DTCs are indicated go to the indicated DTCs troubleshooting NO Troubleshooting is complete DTC P0462 Fuel L...

Page 584: ...fuel gauge sending unit see page 11 366 then g o t o step 2 2 Turn the ignition switch ON II 3 Reset the PCM with the HDS 4 Do the PCM idle learn procedure see page 11 340 5 Check for Temporary DTCs...

Page 585: ...er dash fuse relay box Is the fuse blown YES Repair short in the wire between PGM FI main relay 2 FUEL PUMP and the No 19 FUEL PUMP 15 A fuse Also replace the No 19 FUEL PUMP 15 A fuse then go to step...

Page 586: ...ep 14 N O Replace PGM FI main relay 1 Fl MAIN then go to step 67 If needed replace the under dash fuse relay box see page 22 70 then go to step 67 14 Measure voltage between PGM FI main relay 2 FUEL P...

Page 587: ...o step 67 18 Turn the ignition switch OFF 19 Jump the SCS line with the HDS 20 Disconnect PCM connector E 31P 21 Connect PGM FI main relay 2 FUEL PUMP 4P connector terminal No 4 to body ground with a...

Page 588: ...L PUMP CONTROL MODULE 10P CONNECTOR 3 4 5 6 7 8 FPCD PNK Wire side of female terminals Is there continuity Y E S G o t o step 32 NO Goto step 35 32 Jump the SCS line with the HDS 33 Disconnect PCM con...

Page 589: ...0 Reconnect the fuel pump control module 10P connector and PCM connector D 17P 41 Turn the ignition switch ON II and measure voltage between PCM connector terminal D15 and body ground within 2 seconds...

Page 590: ...page 11 370 then go to step 67 If DTC P0627 is indicated go to step 73 47 Turn the ignition switch OFF 48 Disconnect the fuel pump control module 10P connector see page 11 370 49 Check for continuity...

Page 591: ...en PCM connector terminal D12 and body ground within 2 seconds PCM CONNECTOR D 17P 1 2 4 5 6 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 FPC BLU Wire side of female terminals Is there battery voltage YES Goto step 56...

Page 592: ...p 67 63 Connect between fuel pump 5P connector terminal No 4 to body ground with a jumper wire 64 Check for continuity between fuel pump control module 10P connector terminal No 7 and body ground FUEL...

Page 593: ...with the HDS Are any Temporary DTCs or DTCs indicated YES If DTC P0627 is indicated check for poor connections or loose terminals at the fuel pump control module PGM FI main relay 2 FUEL PUMP the fuel...

Page 594: ...Make sure you have the anti theft code for the radio and the navigation system then write down the customer s audio presets 6 Disconnect the negative cable from the battery 7 Remove the quick connect...

Page 595: ...ween 3 500 rpm and 4 000 rpm without load in Park or neutral until the BAT displays at least three segments Without the HDS 1 Make sure you have the anti theft code for the radio and the navigation sy...

Page 596: ...tery level gauge BAT displays no segments start the engine and hold it between 3 500 rpm and 4 000 rpm without load in Park or neutral until the BAT displays at least three segments Fuel Pressure T e...

Page 597: ...oor seat back panel 4 Connect a hose to the fuel tank unit 2 Remove the access panel A from the floor 5 Using a hand pump and a container suitable for fuel drain the fuel from the tank 3 Disconnect th...

Page 598: ...Inspection Check the fuel system lines hoses and fuel filter for damage leaks or deterioration Replace any damaged parts Make sure the connections are secure and the quick connect fitting covers are f...

Page 599: ...Check all clamps and retighten any if necessary Make sure that the within the lever clamp is in position end of it the within the lever range shown end of it the range shown 11 359...

Page 600: ...hop towel that was used for wiping battery electrolyte Replace them if they came into contact with electrolyte or something similar When connecting or disconnecting the fuel feed hoses fuel line and q...

Page 601: ...em from the locking tabs C Pull the connector off NOTE Be careful not to damage the line D or other parts Do not use tools If the connector does not move keep the retainer tabs pressed down and altern...

Page 602: ...d line replacing the fuel pump replacing the fuel filter replacing the fuel gauge sending unit replacing the EVAP purge line replacing the EVAP canister It is damaged 1 Check the contact area A of the...

Page 603: ...gs with the line A and align the retainer locking tabs B with the connector tabs C Then press the quick connect fittings onto the line until both retainer pawls lock with a clicking sound NOTE If it i...

Page 604: ...he tabs are firmly locked into place check visually and by pulling the connector 6 Reconnect the negative cable to the battery and turn the ignition switch ON II The fuel pump will run for about 2 sec...

Page 605: ...Remove the fuel tank unit see page 11 366 2 Remove the fuel filter set A A 3l Check these items before installing the fuel tank unit When connecting the wire harness make sure the connection is secure...

Page 606: ...ank unit Make sure the connection is secure and the suction filter G is firmly connected to the fuel pump H When connecting the wire harness make sure the connection is secure and the connectors I are...

Page 607: ...Release the parking brake 5 Remove the mufflers and exhaust pipe B see page 9 7 6 Disconnect the fuel fill neck tube A and breather hose B 7 Disconnect the vapor line A from the EVAP canister B then d...

Page 608: ...Fuel Supply System 11 368...

Page 609: ...l tank straps B A B 16 Lift the fuel tank out of the subframe Installation Install the fuel tank straps A and tighten the bolts B B 38 N m 3 9 kgf m 28 Ibf ft Place a jack or support under the rear su...

Page 610: ...1 Remove the left trunk side trim panel see page 20 53 2 Disconnect the fuel pump control module connector A and clip B 3 Remove the fuel pump control module bracket C 4 Remove the fuel pump control...

Page 611: ...ly replace the gauge assembly and retest 4 Turn the ignition switch OFF 5 Remove the fuel tank see page 11 367 6 Remove the fuel tank unit from the fuel tank see page 11 366 7 Measure resistance betwe...

Page 612: ...step 2 If the low fuel indicator does not flash replace the gauge control module assembly 2 Do multiplex integrated control system troubleshooting test mode A see page 22 84 If any DTCs are indicated...

Page 613: ...C o m p o n e n t Location Index THROTTLE CABLE Adjustment page 11 384 Removal Installation page 11 385 Test page 11 381 Cleaning page 11 381 Removal Installation page 11 386 Disassembly Reassembly p...

Page 614: ...ep 8 8 Turn the ignition switch OFF 9 Jump the SCS line with the HDS 10 Disconnect PCM connector B 24P 11 Check for continuity between PCM connector terminal B11 and body ground PCM CONNECTOR B 24P I...

Page 615: ...NO Repair open in the wire between the PCM B4 and the IMT actuator then go to step 23 18 Check for continuity between PCM connector terminal B3 and body ground PCM CONNECTOR B 24P I M T WHT RED I 1 2...

Page 616: ...ck for Temporary DTCs or DTCs with the HDS Are any Temporary DTCs or DTCs indicated YES If DTC P1077 is indicated check for poor connections or loose terminals at the IMT actuator and the PCM then go...

Page 617: ...actuator 5P connector terminal No l a n d body ground IMT ACTUATOR 5P CONNECTOR VCC2 YEL BLU 1 2 3 V 5 Wire side of female terminals Is there about 5 V Y E S G o t o step 8 NO Repair open in the wire...

Page 618: ...ECTOR 1 2 3 V 5 IMTM WHT BLK JUMPER WIRE Wire side of female terminals 16 Check for continuity between PCM connector terminal B11 and body ground PCM CONNECTOR B 24P I 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14...

Page 619: ...O Repair open in the wire between the PCM B4 and the IMT actuator then go to step 25 20 Check for continuity between PCM connector terminal B3 and body ground PCM CONNECTOR B 24P IMT WHT RED 1 2 3 4 5...

Page 620: ...ck for Temporary DTCs or DTCs with the HDS Are any Temporary DTCs or DTCs indicated Y E S l f DTC P1078 is indicated check for poor connections or loose terminals at the IMT actuator and the PCM then...

Page 621: ...the installed throttle body when you turn the ignition switch ON II or While the ignition switch is ON II If you do you Will seriously injure your finger if the throttle valve is activated 1 Check fo...

Page 622: ...air cleaner element from the air 3 Install the air cleaner in the reverse order of cleaner housing cover removal 4 Check the air cleaner element for damage or clogging If there is damage or clogging r...

Page 623: ...Install the parts in the reverse order of removal IMT Actuator R e p l a c e m e n t 1J Remove the intake manifold cover see step 1 on page 9 3 2 Disconnect the IMT actuator 5P connector A C 9 8 N m...

Page 624: ...ay is not within spec 10 12 m m 3 8 1 2 in loosen the locknut B turn the adjusting nut C until the free play is as specified then retighten the locknut 4 With the cable properly adjusted check the thr...

Page 625: ...d in Park or neutral until the radiator fan comes on then let it idle 7 Hold the cable removing all slack from it 8 Set the cable on the bracket A Adjust the adjusting nut B so that its free play is 0...

Page 626: ...ly skip steps 1 to 3 and begin at step 4 1 Connect the HDS while the engine is stopped 2 Select the INSPECTION MENU with the HDS 3 Do the TP LEARNING CHECK in the ETCS TEST 4 Disconnect the MAP sensor...

Page 627: ...Throttle Body D i s a s s e m b l y R e a s s e m b l y 11 387...

Page 628: ...under these conditions Engine coolant temperature above 158 F 70 C Transmission in D position Vehicle speed between 45 mph 72 km h and 75 mph 120 km h for 5 minutes or more with cruise control set Mai...

Page 629: ...e NO If the screen indicates FAILED check the fuel quality If the screen indicates EXECUTING keep driving until a result comes on If the screen indicates OUT OF CONDITION go to step 13 and recheck Eng...

Page 630: ...shroud see step 6 on page 21 97 2 Disconnect the front air fuel ratio A F sensor connector and front secondary heated oxygen sensor secondary H02S connector 3 Remove the front WU TWC COVER 4 Install...

Page 631: ...y H02S connector 3 Remove the rear WU TWC bracket then remove the rear WU TWC REAR A F SENSOR BANK 1 SENSOR 1 44 N m 4 5 kgfm 33 Ibfft REAR SECONDARY H02S BANK 1 SENSOR 2 44 N m 4 5 kgf m 33 Ibfft 4 I...

Page 632: ...EGR System C o m p o n e n t Location Index EXHAUST G A S RECIRCULATION EGR VALVE Replacement page 11 404 11 392...

Page 633: ...ntil a result comes on If the screen indicates OUT OF CONDITION go to step 5 and recheck 7 Turn the ignition switch OFF 8 Replace the EGR valve see page 11 404 9 Turn the ignition switch ON II 10 Rese...

Page 634: ...m and 3 000 rpm During the drive decelerate with the throttle fully closed for 5 seconds 17 Check for Temporary DTCs or DTCs with the HDS Are any Temporary DTCs or DTCs indicated YES If DTC P0401 is i...

Page 635: ...R valve 6P connector 7 At the sensor side measure resistance between EGR valve 6P connector terminals No 1 and No 2 EGR VALVE 6P CONNECTOR EGRP SG2 Terminal side of male terminals Is there 100 kQ or m...

Page 636: ...LVE 6P CONNECTOR EGR BLU RED JUMPER WIRE 14 Check for continuity between PCM connector terminal B5 and body ground PCM CONNECTOR B 24P EGR BLU RED 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 17 18 19 20 21 22...

Page 637: ...erminals at the EGR valve and the PCM If the connections and terminals are OK go to step 35 If any other Temporary DTCs or DTCs are indicated go to the indicated DTCs troubleshooting NO Goto step 34 3...

Page 638: ...between the EGR valve and the PCM C12 then go to step 10 NO Go to step 14 8 Turn the ignition switch OFF 9 Replace the EGR valve see page 11 404 10 Turn the ignition switch ON II 11 Reset the PCM with...

Page 639: ...in the DATA LIST with the HDS Is about 0 V indicated Y E S G o t o step 8 NO Goto step 19 8 Turn the ignition switch OFF 9 Disconnect the EGR valve 6P connector 10 Turn the ignition switch ON II 11 M...

Page 640: ...wire EGR VALVE 6P CONNECTOR JUMPER WIRE EGRP WHT BLK Wire side of female terminals 18 Check for continuity between PCM connector terminal A24 and body ground PCM CONNECTOR A 31P 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 1...

Page 641: ...21 14 22 7 15 23 24 Wire side of female terminals Is there continuity YES Repair short in the wire between the PCM B5 and the EGR valve then go to step 44 NO Go to step 26 26 Connect EGR valve 6P con...

Page 642: ...male terminals 32 Start the engine and let it idle then connect the negative battery terminal to EGR valve 6P connector terminal No 6 with a jumper wire Does the engine stall or run rough Y E S G o t...

Page 643: ...HDS Does the screen indicate PASSED YES Troubleshooting is complete NO If the screen indicates FAILED go to step 1 and recheck If the screen indicates EXECUTING keep driving until a result comes on I...

Page 644: ...R e p l a c e m e n t 1 Remove the intake manifold cover see step 1 on page 9 3 2 Disconnect the EGR valve 6P connector A 3 Remove the EGR valve B 4 Install the valve in the reverse order of removal...

Page 645: ...n the DTCs MENU with the HDS Does the screen indicate FAILED YES Goto step 7 NO If the screen indicates PASSED go to step 6 If the screen indicates NOT COMPLETED go to step 4 and recheck 6 Monitor the...

Page 646: ...e engine Hold the engine speed at 3 000 rpm without load in Park or neutral until the radiator fan comes on then let it idle 1 minute 17 Check for Temporary DTCs or DTCs with the HDS Are any Temporary...

Page 647: ...should click If there is no clicking sound check the PCV valve grommet for cracks or damage If the grommet is OK replace the PCV valve and recheck P C V V a l v e R e p l a c e m e n t 1 Remove the i...

Page 648: ...EVAP System C o m p o n e n t Location Index PRESSURE FTP it page 11 436 EVAPORATIVE EMISSION EVAP CANISTER Replacement page 11 435 11 408...

Page 649: ...or poor connections or loose terminals at the EVAP canister purge valve and the PCM 5 Turn the ignition switch OFF and allow the engine to cool below 140 F 60 C 6 Disconnect the vacuum hose A from the...

Page 650: ...connector 16 Turn the ignition switch ON II 17 Measure voltage between EVAP canister purge valve 2P connector terminal No 2 and body ground EVAP CANISTER PURGE VALVE 2P CONNECTOR IG1 BLK YEL Wire side...

Page 651: ...the ignition switch ON II 27 Reset the PCM with the HDS 28 Do the PCM idle learn procedure see page 11 340 29 Check for Temporary DTCs or DTCs with the HDS Are any Temporary DTCs or DTCs indicated YE...

Page 652: ...any Temporary DTCs or DTCs indicated YES If DTC P0443 is indicated check for poor connections or loose terminals at the EVAP canister purge valve and the PCM then go to step 1 If any other Temporary...

Page 653: ...ace the FTP sensor see page 11 436 7 Turn the ignition switch ON II 8 Reset the PCM with the HDS 9 Do the PCM idle learn procedure see page 11 340 10 Start the engine and let it idle 1 minute 11 Check...

Page 654: ...ate FAILED Y E S G o t o step 10 NO If the screen indicates PASSED intermittent failure system is OK at this time Check for poor connections or loose terminals at the FTP sensor and the PCM If the scr...

Page 655: ...ep 28 20 Turn the ignition switch OFF 21 Replace the FTP sensor see page 11 436 22 Reconnect all connectors 23 Turn the ignition switch ON II 24 Reset the PCM with the HDS 25 Do the PCM idle learn pro...

Page 656: ...HDS Are any Temporary DTCs or DTCs indicated YES If DTC P0452 is indicated check for poor connections or loose terminals at the FTP sensor and the PCM then go to step 1 If any other Temporary DTCs or...

Page 657: ...Check for poor connections or loose terminals at the FTP sensor and the PCM If the screen indicates NOT COMPLETED go to step 6 and recheck 10 Turn the ignition switch OFF 11 Disconnect the FTP sensor...

Page 658: ...in the wire between the PCM C12 and the FTP sensor then go to step 27 21 Turn the ignition switch OFF 22 Connect PCM connector terminals C12 and E29 with a jumper wire PCM CONNECTORS C 22P I 1 1 2 3 4...

Page 659: ...bleshooting is complete NO If the screen indicates FAILED check for poor connections or loose terminals at the FTP sensor and the PCM then go to step 1 If the screen indicates NOT COMPLETED go to step...

Page 660: ...will not fill the tank just before starting these procedures 1 Check the fuel fill cap the cap must say Tighten to click It should turn 1 4 turn after it s tight then it clicks Is the correct fuel fil...

Page 661: ...ank vapor recirculation tube A from the EVAP canister B and plug the EVAP canister port C B C 12 Disconnect the vacuum hose purge line from the EVAP canister purge valve A in the engine compartment an...

Page 662: ...step 23 FTP sensor O ring EVAP canister vent shut valve case and O ring EVAP canister NO Reconnect or repair the PCS hose then go to step 23 21 Do the EVAP CVS OFF in the INSPECTION MENU with the HDS...

Page 663: ...fill pipe then go to step 19 NO Go to step 3 3 Turn the ignition switch ON II 4 Clear the DTC with the HDS 5 Do the EVAP FUNCTION TEST in the INSPECTION MENU with the HDS Is the result OK YES Intermit...

Page 664: ...e IMO Check for poor connections or loose terminals at the FTP sensor or the EVAP canister vent shut valve and the PCM then go to step 1 18 Reinstall the EVAP canister vent shut valve 19 Turn the igni...

Page 665: ...EVAP canister vent shut valve and the PCM NO Goto step 4 4 Turn the ignition switch OFF 5 Replace the EVAP canister purge valve see page 11 436 6 Turn the ignition switch ON II 7 Reset the PCM with th...

Page 666: ...poor connections or loose terminals at the FTP sensor the EVAP canister purge valve or the EVAP canister vent shut valve and the PCM NO Go to step 5 5 Check for a loose or damaged PCS line between the...

Page 667: ...Remove the FTP sensor with its connector connected see page 11 436 16 Connect a T fitting A from the vacuum gauge and a vacuum pump gauge 0 30 in Hg to the FTP sensor B as shown B A 17 Check and reco...

Page 668: ...the ignition switch ON II 26 Reset the PCM with the HDS 27 Do the PCM idle learn procedure see page 11 340 28 Do the EVAP FUNCTION TEST in the INSPECTION MENU with the HDS Is the result OK YES Trouble...

Page 669: ...itch OFF 7 Disconnect the EVAP canister vent shut valve 2P connector 8 Turn the ignition switch ON II 9 Measure voltage between EVAP canister vent shut valve 2P connector terminal No 2 and body ground...

Page 670: ...9 NO Goto step 16 17 Check for continuity between PCM connector terminal E10 and body ground PCM CONNECTOR E 31P 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 29 31 VSV LT GR...

Page 671: ...cated DTCs troubleshooting NO Troubleshooting is complete 25 Update the PCM if it does not have the latest software or substitute a known good PCM see page 11 6 26 Do the EVAP CVS ON in the INSPECTION...

Page 672: ...4 Check for Temporary DTCs or DTCs with the HDS Is DTC P0499 indicated YES Update the PCM if it does not have the latest software or substitute a known good PCM see page 11 6 then recheck If the symp...

Page 673: ...0 NO If the screen indicates PASSED intermittent failure system is OK at this time check for poor connections or loose terminals at the FTP sensor or the EVAP canister vent shut valve and the PCM If t...

Page 674: ...ch ON II 26 Reset the PCM with the HDS 27 Do the PCM idle learn procedure see page 11 340 28 Start the engine Hold the engine speed at 3 000 rpm without load in Park or neutral until the radiator fan...

Page 675: ...ses A the FTP sensor 3P connector B and the EVAP canister vent shut valve 2P connector C D 9 8 N m 1 0 kgfm 7 2 Ibf ft 3 Remove the bolts D 4 Remove the EVAP canister assembly E 5 Remove the EVAP cani...

Page 676: ...sensor A 3 Install the sensor in the reverse order of removal with a new O ring B EVAP Canister Purge Valve Replacement 1 Disconnect the hoses A and the EVAP canister purge valve 2P connector B 2 Rem...

Page 677: ...the EVAP canister see page 11 435 2 Pry the lock tabs outward A then remove the EVAP canister vent shut valve B NOTE Be careful not to damage the lock tabs 3 Install the valve in the reverse order of...

Page 678: ......

Page 679: ...moval Installation 12 141 Junction Board Disassembly Reassembly 12 142 DC DC Converter Removal Installation 12 143 Motor Current Sensor Removal Installation 12 143 MPI Module Removal Installation 12 1...

Page 680: ...IMA System Special Tools Ref No Tool Number Description Qty 07AAF RCJA100 Rotor Puller 1 These tools are available for loan from AHM Special Tools 12 2...

Page 681: ...ircuit Wait for 5 or more minutes after turning off the battery module switch then disconnect the negative cable from the 12V battery it takes about 5 minutes for the PDU capacitor to discharge Before...

Page 682: ...h lid A from the the battery module 7 2 Ibfft 4 Turn the battery module switch A OFF then check that the bolt B is showing A 5 Wait at least 5 minutes to allow the PDU capacitors to discharge 6 Remove...

Page 683: ...Check for DTCs If the IMA system indicator has come on 1 Start the engine and check the IMA system indicator A 2 If the IMA system indicator stays on turn the ignition switch OFF then connect the HDS...

Page 684: ...rpm without load in Park or neutral until the BAT displays at least three segments 5 Do the PCM idle learn procedure see page 11 340 cont d Motor Rotor Position Calibration Do the motor rotor positio...

Page 685: ...IPU lid see page 12 140 2 Remove the harness holder A the MCM relay B and the clip C 9 8 N m 1 0 kgfm 7 2 Ibf ft 3 Remove the bolts D disconnect ground bolt E and then raise the MCM F 4 Connect the b...

Page 686: ...tery is fully charged To prevent MCM damage do not operate anything electrical audio system brakes A C power windows door locks etc during the update If you need to diagnose the Honda interface module...

Page 687: ...mperature Sensor 1 Circuit Low Voltage ON see page 12 62 P0A9E 50 Battery Module Temperature Sensor 1 Circuit High Voltage ON see page 12 64 P0AA6 59 High Voltage Short Circuit ON see page 12 66 P0AA7...

Page 688: ...ge 12 121 P1636 32 Motor Power Inverter MPI Module Internal Circuit Malfunction ON see page 12 124 P1673 22 Motor Control Module MCM Relay Stays Activated ON see page 12 124 P16C1 91 Motor Control Mod...

Page 689: ...side for battery current sensor With ignition switch ON II about 12 V 9 GRN IPWR h ISOC SENSOR POWER Provides positive power source side for battery current sensor With ignition switch ON II about ba...

Page 690: ...L Motor rotor position sensor S4 signal output With engine running pulses 24 WHT GRN S3 MOTOR ROTOR POSITION SENSOR S3 SIGNAL Motor rotor position sensor S3 signal output With engine running pulses 25...

Page 691: ...ture 11 BLK FANCTL FAN CONTROL IPU module fan speed control signal output IPU module fan OFF about 5 V IPU module fan ON duty controlled 12 RED PRE PRE CHARGE CONTACTOR Drives bypass contactor momenta...

Page 692: ...GE BATTERY 3 VOLTAGE Battery module No 3 terminal voltage input With battery module switch ON about 7 10 of VHBO voltage compared to VHB11 terminal 6 GRN YEL VHB1 HIGH VOLTAGE BATTERY 1 VOLTAGE Batter...

Page 693: ...eceleration The IMA motor directly connected to the engine crankshaft functions as a generator during deceleration an engine starter and a motor to assist the engine that drives the wheels The IMA sys...

Page 694: ...driven by six cylinders with wide open throttle and the IMA motor assists the engine to increase torque Area 2 At high engine speed except wide open throttle and deceleration the engine is driven by...

Page 695: ...Ibf ft to assist the engine The PCM and MCM communicate to control the assist to maintain the battery module SOC within a specified range When the battery module SOC is below the specified range the...

Page 696: ...prohibits the engine from stopping 1 When the PCM A T system prohibits the engine from s t o p p i n g 2 When the IMA battery state of charge is low When the IMA battery module temperature is low When...

Page 697: ...mputes the battery module state of charge SOC and controls the IPU module fan INPUT ASSIST REGENERATIVE PERFORMANCE MOTOR ROTOR POSITION SENSOR BATTERY CURRENT SENSOR BATTERY MODULE VOLTAGE PHASE MOTO...

Page 698: ...ed through the heat sink is exhausted to the trunk compartment and outside of vehicle by the IPU module fan CONTACTOR o O AAT BATTERY MODULE MOTOR CONTROL MPI MODULE INFORMATION MCM u v w PHASE MOTOR...

Page 699: ...emperature sensor for each cell BATTERY MODULE BATTERY MODULE TEMPERATURE SENSOR BATTERY MODULE SWITCH BATTERY MODULE TEMPERATURE SENSOR BATTERY CELL TEMPERATURE SENSOR To MCM Battery Cell Temperature...

Page 700: ...hrough the bypass contactor and bypass resistor first DC DC Converter Instead of using an alternator to maintain the 12 V battery the electrical system uses a DC DC converter The converter converts hi...

Page 701: ...attery performance and protect the system The fan has a control circuit and rotation sensor that are controlled by the MCM The cooling air is drawn into the battery module from the top of the rear tra...

Page 702: ...R N R E D WHT G R N RED M C M R E L A Y 2 M C M h B7 1GA I B14 R E D B L U rrrrr IGHLD2 B15 C951 11 G R N Y E L B R N Y E L B R N Y E L B R N Y E L B R N Y E L B B F U S E S U N D E R H O O D F U S E...

Page 703: ...JUNCTION BOARD G501 G503 G901 G902 cont d 12 25...

Page 704: ...IMA System Circuit Diagram cont d X X X MCM PTC 12P JUNCTION CONNECTOR X Z L PG Hfe 12 26...

Page 705: ...WHT BLK GRN BLK H BLK WHT 77 RED 77 7 GRN 77 BRN YEL BRN YEL 12P JUNCTION CONNECTOR 20P JUNCTION CONNECTOR 1 G902 BRN YEL BRN YEL BRN YEL I l i J BRN YEL 1 W PHASE MOTOR CURRENT SENSOR V PHASE MOTOR...

Page 706: ...NK LT GRN I G101 B R N Y E L B R N Y E L J C551 i L i m V J7 C654 B L K BLK WHT RED Y E L BLU GRN C952 7 9 _ 18 17_ JO _19 W H T ORN W H T G R N RED Y E L BRN GRN C652 A23 S4 A11 S2 A24 LG1 B6 IG1 B24...

Page 707: ...DC CONVERTER IPU MODULE FAN 1 20P JUNCTION CONNECTOR n n r IMACANH A6 RED r IMACANL WHT rrrmr llL 17 d B20P JUNCTION CONNECTOR B L K D13 BRN 1 B L K C552 A1 MISFP B21 R E D Y E L I C551 MCM A 32P MCM...

Page 708: ...IMA System C o m p o n e n t Location Index Removal Installation page 12 148 Removal Installation page 12 153 Removal Installation page 12 151 Disassembly Reassembly page 12 153 12 30...

Page 709: ...emoval Installation page 12 143 W PHASE MOTOR CURRENT SENSOR Removal Installation page 12 143 U PHASE MOTOR CURRENT SENSOR Removal Installation page 12 143 V PHASE MOTOR CURRENT SENSOR Removal Install...

Page 710: ...System C o m p o n e n t Location Index cont d DATA LINK CONNECTOR DLC General Troubleshooting Information page 12 5 Circuit Troubleshooting page 12 137 CHARGE ASSIST GAUGE IMA BATTERY LEVEL GAUGE 12...

Page 711: ...t the No 7 BACK UP 10 A fuse and the MCM B 4 Turn the ignition switch OFF 5 Turn the battery module switch OFF see page 12 4 6 Remove the IPU lid see page 12 140 7 Disconnect MCM connector B 24P 8 Mea...

Page 712: ...DTC P0562 is indicated check for poor connections or loose terminals at the No 7 BACK UP 10 A fuse and the MCM then go to step 1 If any other Temporary DTCs or DTCs are indicated go to the indicated D...

Page 713: ...on switch OFF 7 Turn the battery module switch OFF see page 12 4 8 Remove the IPU lid see page 12 140 9 Disconnect MCM connector B 24P 10 Jump the SCS line with the HDS 11 Disconnect PCM connector B 2...

Page 714: ...MCM then update the PCM if it does not have the latest software or substitute a known good PCM see page 11 6 If any other Temporary DTCs or DTCs are indicated go to the indicated DTCs troubleshooting...

Page 715: ...p 5 NO Intermittent failure system is OK at this time H 5 Update the MCM if it does not have the latest software or substitute a known good MCM see page 12 8 6 Check for Temporary DTCs or DTCs with th...

Page 716: ...with the HDS Is DTC P0A27 indicated YES Go to step 9 NO Intermittent failure system is OK at this time Check for poor connections or loose terminals at the high voltage contactor the bypass contactor...

Page 717: ...ry DTCs or DTCs indicated Y E S l f DTC P0A27 is indicated check for poor connections or loose terminals at the high voltage contactor the bypass contactor and the MCM then go to step 1 If any other T...

Page 718: ...n inlet duct 4 Check the IPU module air duct or IPU module fan for disconnecting damage or obstructions and IPU lid for installation Is the IPU module air duct IPU module fan or IPU lid OK 7 Check for...

Page 719: ...dually A2 and body ground A11 and body ground A24 and body ground A23 and body ground A10 and body ground A22 and body ground MCM CONNECTOR A 31P I S1 R1 BRN S2 RED 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 1 0 11 1 2 1 3 1...

Page 720: ...wire from motor rotor position sensor 6P connector Check for continuity between the following MCM connector terminals individually A2 and A24 A11 and A23 A l O a n d A22 MCM CONNECTOR A 31P Is there...

Page 721: ...2 6 22 Start the engine 23 Check for Temporary DTCs or DTCs with the HDS Are any Temporary DTCs or DTCs indicated YES If DTC P0A3F is indicated check for poor connections or loose terminals at the mot...

Page 722: ...tage between U phase motor current sensor 3P connector terminals No 1 and No 2 U PHASE MOTOR CURRENT SENSOR 3P CONNECTOR VCCIU WHT SGIU BLK Wire side of female terminals Is there about 5 V YES G o t o...

Page 723: ...o 1 and MCM connector terminal A18 MCM CONNECTOR A 31P Wire side of female terminals 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 VCCIU WHT U PHASE MOTOR CURRENT...

Page 724: ...e MCM A16 A17 or A18 then go to step 41 NO Go to step 46 41 Turn the ignition switch OFF 42 Reconnect all connectors 43 Reinstall the IPU lid see page 12 140 then turn the battery module switch ON see...

Page 725: ...ector A 31P 10 Check for continuity between U phase motor current sensor 3P connector terminal No 2 and MCM connector terminal A15 MCM CONNECTOR A 31P U PHASE MOTOR CURRENT SENSOR 3P CONNECTOR 1 2 3 4...

Page 726: ...ck for Temporary DTCs or DTCs with the HDS Are any Temporary DTCs or DTCs indicated YES If DTC P0A5F is indicated check for poor connections or loose terminals at the U phase motor current sensor and...

Page 727: ...3P connector terminals No 1 and No 2 V PHASE MOTOR CURRENT SENSOR 3P CONNECTOR VCCIV RED BLU SGIV BLK GRN Wire side of female terminals Is there about 5 V YES Go to step 10 NO Go to step 18 10 Turn t...

Page 728: ...3P connector terminal No 1 and MCM connector terminal A17 M C M C O N N E C T O R A 3 1 P Wire side of female terminals 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30...

Page 729: ...n g o t o step 41 NO Go to step 46 41 Turn the ignition switch OFF 42 Reconnect all connectors 43 Reinstall the IPU lid see page 12 140 then turn the battery module switch ON see page 12 4 44 Turn the...

Page 730: ...switch OFF 9 Disconnect MCM connector A 31P 10 Check for continuity between V phase motor current sensor 3P connector terminal No 2 and MCM connector terminal A27 MCM CONNECTOR A 31P Wire side of fem...

Page 731: ...DTCs or DTCs with the HDS Are any Temporary DTCs or DTCs indicated YES If DTC P0A62 is indicated check for poor connections or loose terminals at the V phase motor current sensor and the MCM then go t...

Page 732: ...n W phase motor current sensor 3P connector terminals No 1 and No 2 W PHASE MOTOR CURRENT SENSOR 3P CONNECTOR VCCIW WHT GRN SGIW WHT BLU Wire side of female terminals Is there about 5 V YES Goto step...

Page 733: ...o 1 and MCM connector terminal A16 MCM CONNECTOR A 31P VCCIW WHT GRN 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 Wire side of female terminals W PHASE MOTOR CUR...

Page 734: ...the MCM A16 A17 or A18 then go to step 41 NO Goto step 47 41 Turn the ignition switch OFF 42 Reconnect all connectors 43 Reinstall the IPU lid see page 12 140 then turn the battery module switch ON s...

Page 735: ...connect MCM connector A 31P 10 Check for continuity between W phase motor current sensor 3P connector terminal No 2 and MCM connector terminal A26 MCM CONNECTOR A 31P SGIW WHT BLU W PHASE MOTOR CURREN...

Page 736: ...72 Battery Module Overheating DTC P1432 73 Battery Cell Overheating Replace the battery module see page 12 146 Are any Temporary DTCs or DTCs indicated YES if DTC P0A65 is indicated check for poor con...

Page 737: ...reases to 70 6 Check for Temporary DTCs or DTCs with the HDS Is DTC P1586 indicated YES Do the troubleshooting for DTC P1586 see page 12 108 NO Replace the battery module see page 12 146 then go to st...

Page 738: ...voltage between 12 V battery terminals terminal and terminal 9 Compare the 12 V battery voltage and the MCM BACK UP VOLTAGE in the DATA LIST with the HDS Is there more than 2 0 V difference between 1...

Page 739: ...ng NO Troubleshooting is complete 22 Reinstall the IPU lid see page 12 140 then turn the battery module switch ON see page 12 4 23 Update the MCM if it does not have the latest software or substitute...

Page 740: ...ep 12 9 Turn the ignition switch OFF 10 Disconnect MCM connector B 24P 11 Check for continuity between MCM connector terminal B1 and body ground MCM CONNECTOR B 24P TBATT1 I 1 1 3 5 6 7 8 9 11 1 2 1 3...

Page 741: ...orary DTCs or DTCs with the HDS Are any Temporary DTCs or DTCs indicated YES If DTC P0A9D is indicated check for poor connections or loose terminals at the battery module and the MCM then go to step 1...

Page 742: ...ound with a jumper wire BATTERY MODULE 6P CONNECTOR 1 2 3 4 5 6 TBATT1 YEL JUMPER WIRE Wire side of female terminals 9 Turn the ignition switch ON II 10 Check the BATT MDLS TEMP S1 in the DATA LIST wi...

Page 743: ...n go to step 24 24 Turn the ignition switch OFF 25 Reconnect all connectors 26 Reinstall the IPU lid see page 12 140 then turn the battery module switch ON see page 12 4 27 Turn the ignition switch ON...

Page 744: ...LIST with the HDS Is about 239 k or less indicated YES Go to step 5 NO Go to step 22 5 Turn the ignition switch OFF 6 Turn the battery module switch OFF see page 12 4 7 Remove the IPU lid see page 12...

Page 745: ...tage contactor terminals D E individually Is there 350 kQ or higher Y E S G o t o step 16 NO Replace the high voltage contactor see page 12 142 then go to step 49 16 Disconnect the wires A from the by...

Page 746: ...and battery module terminals A B individually Is there 350 kQ or higher Y E S G o t o step 57 NO Replace the battery module see page 12 146 then go to step 49 23 Start the engine and let it idle 1 min...

Page 747: ...between body ground and the motor power cable terminals A B and C individually NOTE If the motor power cable terminals are wet dry them with a clean towel Do not use compressed air to dry the motor po...

Page 748: ...mpressor power cable terminals B C and D individually NOTE If the A C compressor power cable connector terminals are wet dry them with a clean towel Do not use compressed air to dry the A C compressor...

Page 749: ...72 F 22 C 56 Check for Temporary DTCs or DTCs with the HDS Are any Temporary DTCs or DTCs indicated YES If DTC P0AA6 is indicated temporary short detect at the high voltage parts then go to step 1 If...

Page 750: ...me B 4 Update the MCM if it does not have the latest software or substitute a known good MCM see page 12 8 5 Check for Temporary DTCs or DTCs with the HDS Are any Temporary DTCs or DTCs indicated YES...

Page 751: ...nd body ground MCM CONNECTOR B 24P TBATT2 GRY I 1 3 5 6 7 8 9 11 1 2 1 3 1 4 1 5 1 7 1 8 1 9 2 0 2 1 2 2 2 3 2 4 Wire side of female terminals Is there continuity YES Repair short in the wire between...

Page 752: ...DTC P0AC7 is indicated check for poor connections or loose terminals at the battery module and the MCM then go to step 1 If any other Temporary DTCs or DTCs are indicated go to the indicated DTCs trou...

Page 753: ...ERY MODULE 6P CONNECTOR 1 2 3 4 5 6 TBATT2 GRY JUMPER WIRE Wire side of female terminals 9 Turn the ignition switch ON II 10 Check the BATT MDLS TEMP S2 in the DATA LIST with the HDS Is about 4 95 V o...

Page 754: ...le and the MCM A31 then go to step 24 24 Turn the ignition switch OFF 25 Reconnect all connectors 26 Reinstall the IPU lid see page 12 140 then turn the battery module switch ON see page 12 4 27 Turn...

Page 755: ...body ground MCM CONNECTOR B 24P I 1 3 5 6 7 8 9 11 1 2 1 3 1 4 1 5 1 7 1 8 1 9 2 0 21 2 2 2 3 2 4 TBATT3 WHT Wire side of female terminals Is there continuity YES Repair short in the wire between the...

Page 756: ...DTC POACC is indicated check for poor connections or loose terminals at the battery module and the MCM then go to step 1 If any other Temporary DTCs or DTCs are indicated go to the indicated DTCs trou...

Page 757: ...MODULE 6P CONNECTOR 1 2 3 4 5 6 TBATT3 WHT JUMPER WIRE Wire side of female terminals 9 Turn the ignition switch ON II 10 Check the BATT MDLS TEMP S3 in the DATA LIST with the HDS Is about 4 95 V or m...

Page 758: ...e and the MCM A31 then go to step 24 24 Turn the ignition switch OFF 25 Reconnect all connectors 26 Reinstall the IPU lid see page 12 140 then turn the battery module switch ON see page 12 4 27 Turn t...

Page 759: ...Headlights on high beam Blower fan at maximum speed Rear window defogger on 6 Start the engine and let it idle for 2 seconds 7 Check the BATT MDL VOLTAGE 1 to BATT MDL VOLTAGE 10 in the DATA LIST with...

Page 760: ...connect the battery module 16P connector 11 Turn the ignition switch ON II 12 Measure voltage between body ground and MPI module 16P connector terminal No 8 MPI MODULE 16P CONNECTOR IGA2 BLK Wire side...

Page 761: ...12 6 3 Turn the headlights on high beam 4 Start the engine and let it idle 1 minute 5 Check for Temporary DTCs or DTCs with the HDS Is DTC P1440 indicated YES Goto step 6 NO Intermittent failure syst...

Page 762: ...nnector terminal No 2 MCM connector terminal A5 and MPI module 16P connector terminal No 1 MCM connector terminal A12 and MPI module 16P connector terminal No 11 MCM connector terminal A13 and MPI mod...

Page 763: ...ire s that had the continuity between MPI module and the MCM A3 A4 A5 A12 A13 A14 then go to step 35 NO Go to step 17 17 Remove the motor power cables A from the MPI module NOTE Wrap motor power cable...

Page 764: ...r lead AC range to these terminals Start the engine and measure voltage between these terminals at idle The U phase terminal A and V phase terminal B The W phase terminal C and V phase terminal B The...

Page 765: ...CM see page 12 6 32 Turn the headlights on high beam 33 Start the engine and let it idle 1 minute 34 Check for Temporary DTCs or DTCs with the HDS Is DTC P1440 indicated YES Replace the MPI module see...

Page 766: ...e contactor the bypass contactor the DC DC converter and the MCM 4 Check the battery module switch Is the battery module switch ON YES go to step 5 NO Turn the battery module switch ON see page 12 4 t...

Page 767: ...tep 17 NO Repair open in the wire between the bypass contactor and G652 then go to step 27 3 17 Turn the ignition switch OFF 18 Reconnect all connectors 19 Disconnect the DC DC converter 4P connector...

Page 768: ...o to step 1 If any other Temporary DTCs or DTCs are indicated go to the indicated DTCs troubleshooting NO Troubleshooting is complete 33 Turn the ignition switch OFF 34 Reconnect all connectors 35 Rei...

Page 769: ...alue of BATT MDL VOLTAGE 1 to BATT MDL VOLTAGE 10 in the DATA LIST with the HDS C14and C6 and value of BATT MDL VOLTAGE 1 C6 and C13 and value of BATT MDL VOLTAGE 2 C13 and C5 and value of BATT MDL VO...

Page 770: ...Reinstall the IPU lid see page 12 140 then turn the battery module switch ON see page 12 4 20 Update the MCM if it does not have the latest software or substitute a known good MCM see page 12 8 21 Che...

Page 771: ...PU module fan 4P connector terminal No 3 to body ground with a jumper wire IPU MODULE FAN 4P CONNECTOR 1 2 3 4 FANCNTL WHT JUMPER WIRE Wire side of female terminals 10 Disconnect MCM connector B 24P 1...

Page 772: ...a jumper wire from the IPU module fan 4P connector 17 Check for continuity between IPU module fan 4P connector terminal No 4 and body ground IPU MODULE FAN 4P CONNECTOR 1 2 3 4 GND BLK Wire side of f...

Page 773: ...0 V YES Goto step 28 NO Replace the IPU module fan see page 12 145 then go to step 22 22 Turn the ignition switch OFF 23 Reconnect all connectors 24 Reinstall the IPU lid see page 12 140 then turn th...

Page 774: ...TERY MODULE 6P CONNECTOR 1 2 3 4 5 6 P T C RED Wire side of female terminals Is there continuity YES Goto step 9 NO Repair open in the wire between the battery module and the MCM A20 then go to step 1...

Page 775: ...hen turn the battery module switch ON see page 12 4 19 Turn the ignition switch ON II 20 Reset the MCM see page 12 6 21 Check for Temporary DTCs or DTCs with the HDS Are any Temporary DTCs or DTCs ind...

Page 776: ...or connections at MCM connector C 14P Is the connection OK Y E S G o t o step 7 NO Repair connection in the MCM connector then go to step 12 10 Disconnect MCM connector C 14P 11 Measure voltage betwee...

Page 777: ...en turn the battery module switch ON see page 12 4 19 Update the MCM if it does not have the latest software or substitute a known good MCM see page 12 8 20 Check for Temporary DTCs or DTCs with the H...

Page 778: ...ATA LIST with the HDS Did BATT MDLS TEMP S1 BATT MDLS TEMP S2 and BATT MDLS TEMP S3 change 1 0 F 0 5 C or more YES Intermittent failure system is OK at this time Check for poor connections or loose te...

Page 779: ...indicated YES Go to step 25 NO Intermittent failure system is OK at this time Check for poor connections or loose terminals at the MPI module the high voltage contactor and the MCM B 9 Note the value...

Page 780: ...then go to step 29 NO Goto step 20 20 Check for continuity between MCM connector terminal B13 and high voltage contactor 2P connector terminal No 2 MCM CONNECTOR B 24P Wire side of female terminals H...

Page 781: ...indicated check for poor connections or loose terminals at the MPI module the high voltage contactor and the MCM then go to step 1 If any other Temporary DTCs or DTCs are indicated go to the indicate...

Page 782: ...WR GRN 1 2 3 I P W R BLU Wire side of female terminals Is there 23 25 V Y E S G o t o step 10 NO Goto step 15 10 Reset the MCM see page 12 6 11 Turn the ignition switch OFF and wait 1 minute 12 Discon...

Page 783: ...SOR 3P CONNECTOR 1 2 3 BLU Wire side of female terminals Is there continuity Y E S G o t o step 23 NO Repair open in the wire between the battery current sensor and the MCM A8 then go to step 26 23 Di...

Page 784: ...1 If any other Temporary DTCs or DTCs are indicated go to the indicated DTCs troubleshooting NO Troubleshooting is complete 34 Reinstall the IPU lid see page 12 140 then turn the battery module switc...

Page 785: ...and 60 A YES Go to step 14 NO Replace the U V W phase motor current sensors see page 12 143 then go to step 9 9 Turn the ignition switch OFF 10 Reconnect all connectors 11 Turn the ignition switch ON...

Page 786: ...dicated YES Replace the battery current sensor see page 12 142 then g o t o step 17 NO Intermittent failure system is OK at this time Check for poor connections or loose terminals at the battery curre...

Page 787: ...tion switch ON II 21 Resetthe MCM see page 12 6 22 Start the engine 23 Check for Temporary DTCs or DTCs with the HDS Are any Temporary DTCs or DTCs indicated YES If DTC P1586 is indicated check for po...

Page 788: ...B 7 Turn the ignition switch OFF 8 Turn the battery module switch OFF see page 12 4 9 Remove the cover A Check the connections at the A C compressor power cable connector B in the engine compartment...

Page 789: ...Outside temperature is above 41 F 5 C 19 Start the engine let it idle 5 minutes 20 Turn the A C on then set to 77 F 25 C 21 Check for Temporary DTCs or DTCs with the HDS Are any Temporary DTCs or DTCs...

Page 790: ...CM 6 Check the U PHASE MOTOR CURRENT SENSOR V PHASE MOTOR CURRENT SENSOR and W PHASE MOTOR CURRENT SENSOR in the DATA LIST with the HDS individually with idle Does the data stick OA YES Replace the th...

Page 791: ...S Are any Temporary DTCs or DTCs indicated YES lf DTC P15A5 is indicated replace the motor stator see page 12 153 then go to step 22 If any other Temporary DTCs or DTCs are indicated go to the indicat...

Page 792: ...Y E S G o t o step 9 NO Goto step 16 9 Measure voltage between U phase motor current sensor 3P connector terminals No 2 and No 3 U PHASE MOTOR CURRENT SENSOR 3P CONNECTOR 1 2 3 SGIU BLK I IUPH RED Wir...

Page 793: ...ase Motor Current Sensor Circuit Malfunction 1 Turn the ignition switch ON II 2 Check for Temporary DTCs or DTCs with the HDS Is DTC P0A61 and or P0A62 indicated YES Do the troubleshooting for DTC P0A...

Page 794: ...6 15 Check for Temporary DTCs or DTCs with the HDS Are any Temporary DTCs or DTCs indicated YES lf DTC P15A7 is indicated check for poor connections or loose terminals at the V phase motor current se...

Page 795: ...16 9 Measure voltage between W phase motor current sensor 3P connector terminals No 2 and No 3 W PHASE MOTOR CURRENT SENSOR 3P CONNECTOR 1 2 3 SGIW WHT BLU I 4 IWPH GRN Wire side of female terminals I...

Page 796: ...8 is indicated check for poor connections or loose terminals at the W phase motor current sensor and the MCM then go to step 1 If any other Temporary DTCs or DTCs are indicated go to the indicated DTC...

Page 797: ...r position sensor motor rotor position rotor and at the motor stator If connections are not OK replace the motor rotor postion sensor that had a poor connection see page 12 154 then go to step 8 8 Tur...

Page 798: ...e between the battery current sensor and the MCM A8 A9 then go to step 10 NO Goto step 17 10 Turn the ignition switch OFF 11 Reconnect all connectors 12 Reinstall the IPU lid see page 12 140 then turn...

Page 799: ...0 3 1 IPUA YEL Wire side of female terminals Is there continuity YES Repair short in the wire between the MPI module and the MCM A25 then go to step 24 NO Go to step 10 10 Check for continuity betwee...

Page 800: ...step 24 NO Goto step 16 16 Check MCM relay 2 see page 22 72 Is the relay OK Y E S G o t o step 17 NO Replace MCM relay 2 then go to step 24 17 Measure voltage between MCM relay 2 4P connecter termina...

Page 801: ...140 then turn the battery module switch ON see page 12 4 27 Turn the ignition switch ON II 28 Reset the MCM see page 12 6 29 Check for Temporary DTCs or DTCs with the HDS Are any Temporary DTCs or DT...

Page 802: ...ooting is c o m p l e t e DTC P1673 22 Motor Control Module MCM Relay Stays Activated 1 Turn the ignition switch ON II 2 Reset the MCM see page 12 6 3 Turn the ignition switch ON II then OFF and wait...

Page 803: ...or Temporary DTCs or DTCs with the HDS Are any Temporary DTCs or DTCs indicated YES If DTC P1673 is indicated check for poor connections or loose terminals at the No 7 BACK UP 10 A fuse and the MCM th...

Page 804: ...ure system is OK at this time H 4 Check the IPU module air duct and IPU module fan for disconnection damage or obstructions Are the IPU module air duct and IPU module fan OK YES Replace the DC DC conv...

Page 805: ...rmittent failure system is OK at this time Check for poor connections or loose terminals at the PCM and the MCM B 6 Check for Temporary DTCs or DTCs of the PGM FI system with the HDS Are DTC U1201 U01...

Page 806: ...known good MCM see page 12 8 19 Check for Temporary DTCs or DTCs with the HDS Are any Temporary DTCs or DTCs indicated YES If DTC U0100 is indicated check for poor connections or loose terminals at th...

Page 807: ...ed go to the indicated DTCs troubleshooting NO If the MCM was updated troubleshooting is complete If the MCM was substituted replace the original MCM see page 12 8 DTC U1220 34 DC DC Converter Lost Co...

Page 808: ...e battery module switch ON see page 12 4 18 Turn the ignition switch ON II 19 Reset the MCM see page 12 6 20 Check for Temporary DTCs or DTCs with the HDS Are any Temporary DTCs or DTCs indicated YES...

Page 809: ...dule switch OFF see page 12 4 7 Remove the IPU lid see page 12 140 8 Check the B connector A on the DC DC converter Is B connector OK YES Goto step 9 NO Repair the B connector A on the DC DC converter...

Page 810: ...nal DC DC converter see page 12 143 then go to step 20 20 Turn the ignition switch OFF 21 Reconnect all connectors 22 Reinstall the IPU lid see page 12 140 then turn the battery module switch ON see p...

Page 811: ...the IMA system indicator flash YES Go to step 5 NO Substitute a known good gauge control module and recheck If the IMA system indicator circuit is OK replace the original gauge control m o d u l e 5...

Page 812: ...B5 individually MCM CONNECTOR B 24P 1 3 5 6 7 8 9 11 1 2 1 3 1 4 1 5 1 7 1 8 1 9 2 0 21 2 2 2 3 2 4 Wire side of female terminals Is there continuity YES Update the MCM if it does not have the latest...

Page 813: ...8 9 11 1 2 1 3 1 4 1 5 1 7 1 8 1 9 2 0 2 1 2 2 2 3 2 4 IGHLD WHT RED Wire side of female terminals Is there battery voltage YES Go to step 22 NO Repair open in the wire between MCM relay 1 and the MCM...

Page 814: ...tic function see page 22 226 6 Start the engine Does the charge system indicator go off YES The charging system indicator circuit is OKM NO Goto step 7 7 Do the gauge self diagnostic function see page...

Page 815: ...DATA LINK CONNECTOR DLC PG BLK y 4 5i 7 9 12 14 16 B WHT GRN Terminal side of female terminals Is there battery voltage YES Goto step 3 NO Repair open in the wire between DLC terminal No 4 and body gr...

Page 816: ...ER WIRE K LINE BLU 4 5 7 V9 12 14 16 12 Check for continuity between MCM terminal B17 and body ground MCM CONNECTOR B 24P K LINE BRN I 1 3 5 6 7 8 9 11 1 2 1 3 1 4 1 5 1 7 1 8 1 9 2 0 2 1 2 2 2 3 2 4...

Page 817: ...e 0 V YES Update the MCM if it does not have the latest software or substitute a known good MCM then recheck see page 12 8 If the symptom indication goes away with a known good MCM replace the origina...

Page 818: ...h voltage circuits are connected properly Then push the tab A and then turn the battery module switch ON M C M Removal Installation NOTE Put on gloves to protect your hands from electrical shock IMA c...

Page 819: ...service precaution before doing repairs or service see page 12 3 1 Remove the IPU lid see page 12 140 2 Remove the busbars A 3 Remove the high voltage cables A then wrap them with insulating tape B 4...

Page 820: ...IMA System J u n c t i o n Board D i s a s s e m b l y R e a s s e m b l y 1 Remove the junction board see page 12 141 HIGH VOLTAGE CONTACTOR 2 Install the parts in the reverse order of removal 12 142...

Page 821: ...arts in the reverse order of removal NOTE If the IMA battery level gauge BAT displays no segments start the engine and hold it between 3 500 rpm and 4 000 rpm without load in Park or neutral until the...

Page 822: ...s area The IMA is a high voltage system You must be familiar with the IMA system before working on or around it Make sure you have read the IMA service precaution before doing repairs or service see p...

Page 823: ...5 3 Disconnect the IPU module fan connector A 4 Remove the bolts B 5 Remove the IPU module fan C 6 Install the parts in the reverse order of removal IPU Module Air Duct R e m o v a l Installation 1 Re...

Page 824: ...heatsink air duct B A 9 8 N m 1 0 kgfm 7 2 Ibf ft B 5 Install the parts in the reverse order of removal Battery Module R e m o v a l Installation NOTE Put on gloves to protect your hands from electri...

Page 825: ...ou must be familiar with the IMA system before working on or around it Make sure you have read the IMA service precaution before doing repairs or service see page 12 3 1 Remove the MPI module see page...

Page 826: ...tor power cables A from the MPI module then wrap them with insulating tape B NOTE Check the position of the U phase V phase and W phase cables before disconnecting the motor power cables 9 8 N m 1 0 k...

Page 827: ...cont d 12 149...

Page 828: ...IMA System Motor P o w e r Cable Removal Installation cont d A 12 Install the parts in the reverse order of removal NOTE When installing the motor power cable set the grommets first 12 150...

Page 829: ...motor rotor away from magnetically sensitive devices Do not blow air near the rotor as metal particles may get on the magnet Store the rotor in the designated storage box and hold it away from the sen...

Page 830: ...or A 9 Install the parts in the reverse order of removal NOTE Turn the handle of the special tool slowly when inserting the rotor into the stator The rotor is drawn into the stator by magnetic force 1...

Page 831: ...tor rotor see page 12 151 6 Do the MOTOR ROTOR POSITION CALIBRATION see page 12 6 Motor Housing D i s a s s e m b l y R e a s s e m b l y 1 Remove the IMA motor housing see page 12 153 2 Remove the te...

Page 832: ...move the IMA motor housing see page 12 153 2 Disconnect the motor rotor position sensor connector A 3 Remove the bolts B and motor rotor position sensor C 4 Install the parts in the reverse order of r...

Page 833: ...Transaxle Automatic Transmission 14 1 Driveline Axle 16 1 2...

Page 834: ......

Page 835: ...uld lead to personal injury caused by unintentional deployment of the airbags and or side airbags Do not bump or impact the SRS unit front impact sensors or side impact sensors when the ignition switc...

Page 836: ...er and Torque Converter Support Hub Replacement 14 253 ATF Cooler Cleaning 14 254 ATF Cooler Hose Replacement 14 256 Shift Lever Removal 14 257 Shift Lever Installation 14 258 Shift Lever Disassembly...

Page 837: ...Gear Axial Clearance Inspection 14 312 Countershaft Reassembly 14 314 Secondary Shaft Disassembly 14 316 Secondary Shaft 1st Gear Clearance Inspection 14 318 1st Gear One way Clutch Inspection 14 320...

Page 838: ...R90100 Attachment 45 x 55 mm 1 07MAJ PY4011A A T Pressure Hose 2 210 m m 4 07MAJ PY40120 A T Pressure Hose Adapter 4 07NAD PX40100 Attachment 78 x 80 m m 1 07SAZ 001000A Backprobe Set 2 07XAA 002010A...

Page 839: ...1 07746 0030300 Attachment 30 m m I D 1 07749 0010000 Driver 1 07936 1660101 Bearing Remover Shaft Set 12 m m 1 07936 3710100 Bearing Remover Shaft Handle 1 07936 3710600 Bearing Remover Shaft Set 20...

Page 840: ...DTCs and A T DTCs and freeze data 4 If there is a fuel and emissions DTC first check the fuel and emissions system as indicated by the DTC except for DTC P0700 DTC P0700 means there is one or more A...

Page 841: ...D indicator in the gauge assembly Code 1 through 9 are indicated by individual short blinks Code 10 and above are indicated by a series of long and short blinks One long blink equals 10 short blinks...

Page 842: ...Status The OBD Status shows the current system status of each DTC and all of the parameters This function is used to see if the technician s repair was successfully finished The results of diagnostic...

Page 843: ...you need to diagnose the Honda interface module HIM because the HIM s red 3 light came on or was flashing during the update leave the ignition switch in the ON II position when you disconnect the HIM...

Page 844: ...put see page 14 110 P0723 9 6 M 2 Blinks ON Output shaft countershaft speed sensor intermittent failure see page 14 115 P0731 64 1 Blinks OFF 1st gear incorrect ratio see page 14 117 P0732 64 2 Blinks...

Page 845: ...h open see page 14 137 P0842 25 3 M 2 Blinks ON 2nd clutch transmission fluid pressure switch short or stuck ON see page 14 139 P0843 25 4 2 Blinks ON 2nd clutch transmission fluid pressure switch ope...

Page 846: ...177 P1717 62 1 Blinks ON Transmission range switch RVS switch open see page 14 179 P1743 45 11 Blinks OFF Hydraulic control system Shift valve E stuck OFF see page 14 181 P1744 45 12 Blinks OFF Hydrau...

Page 847: ...in U phase V phase and or W phase circuit see page 14 195 U1260 116 1 Blinks OFF PCM to ATFP control unit communication circuit open short see page 14 197 NOTE 1 The DTC in parentheses is the Honda co...

Page 848: ...hile the shift lever is in that position MET INH line between PCM and gauge control module defective Gauge control module defective PCM defective Check for a short or an open in MET INH wire between P...

Page 849: ...you push it into the torque converter housing until it bottoms out it will block the fluid return passage and result in damage Vehicle moves in R but not in D D3 2 or 1 1 1st accumulator defective 2 I...

Page 850: ...ved plate height is out of tolerance replace the waved plate If the discs and plates are OK adjust the clearance with the clutch end plate Vehicle moves in D D3 2 and 1 but not in R or moves forward i...

Page 851: ...erance replace the waved plate If the discs and plates are OK adjust the clearance with the clutch end plate Poor acceleration flares on starting off in D D3 and R stall speed high in 2 1 2nd accumula...

Page 852: ...ATF cooler lines Vehicle moves in N 1 Excessive ATF 2 Foreign material in separator plate orifice 3 Relief valve defective 4 Lubrication control valve defective 5 1st hold clutch defective 6 1st clutc...

Page 853: ...ed replace the discs and flat plates as a set If the waved plate height is out of tolerance replace the waved plate If the discs and plates are OK adjust the clearance with the clutch end plate Late s...

Page 854: ...Input shaft mainshaft speed sensor defective 3 Output shaft countershaft speed sensor defective 4 ATF temperature sensor defective 5 CPC valve A defective 6 Foreign material in separator plate orific...

Page 855: ...is out of tolerance replace the waved plate If the discs and plates are OK adjust the clearance with the clutch end plate Excessive shock or flares on 3 4 upshift or 4 3 downshift 1 Shift solenoid va...

Page 856: ...e 4th clutch defective 5th clutch defective Check for a stored DTC and check for loose connectors Check the shift solenoid valve for seizure and inspect the O rings Check the 4th and 5th clutch pressu...

Page 857: ...ge switch If the transmission range switch is faulty replace it If the transmission range switch is out of adjustment adjust it and the shift cable Check for a loose shift cable at the shift lever and...

Page 858: ...ctive 8 Lock up control valve defective Check for a stored DTC and check for loose connectors Inspect the A T clutch pressure control solenoid valve C body gasket for wear and damage If the A T clutch...

Page 859: ...electronic control system consists of the powertrain control module PCM sensors and seven solenoid valves Shifting and lock up are electronically controlled for comfortable driving under all condition...

Page 860: ...park gear on countershaft All clutches are released R REVERSE Reverse reverse selector engaged with countershaft reverse gear and 5th clutch engaged N NEUTRAL All clutches are released D DRIVE 1st thr...

Page 861: ...shaft The 3rd clutch is supplied hydraulic pressure through the intermediary shaft by a circuit connected to the internal hydraulic circuit 4th Clutch The 4th clutch engages disengages 4th gear and i...

Page 862: ...tor hub The reverse selector hub is splined to the countershaft so 5th gear and reverse gear engage with the countershaft Idler gear is located over the 2nd gear and rotates freely from the countersha...

Page 863: ...IVE PLATE IMA MOTOR ROTOR TORQUE CONVERTER SUPPORT HUB MAINSHAFT 4TH GEAR REVERSE SELECTOR HUB REVERSE SELECTOR COUNTERSHAFT REVERSE GEAR COUNTERSHAFT 5TH GEAR COUNTERSHAFT 4TH GEAR 1ST H0LD CLUTCH 1S...

Page 864: ...pplied to the clutches Power is not transmitted to the countershaft In this position the position of the reverse selector differs according to whether the shift lever shafted from the D or R position...

Page 865: ...shaft by the one way clutch The mainshaft 3rd gear drives the secondary shaft via the countershaft idler gear and secondary shaft idler gear The secondary shaft 1 st gear drives the countershaft 1 st...

Page 866: ...resistance from the road surface goes through the front wheels to the final driven gear then to the countershaft idler gear via the secondary shaft 1st gear The one way clutch disengages because the a...

Page 867: ...ons in 1st gear Hydraulic pressure is applied to the 1st clutch then the 1st clutch engages the secondary shaft 1st gear with the secondary shaft by the one way clutch The mainshaft 3rd gear drives th...

Page 868: ...rives the secondary shaft via the countershaft idler gear and secondary shaft idler gear The secondary shaft 2nd gear drives the countershaft 2nd gear and the countershaft Power is transmitted to the...

Page 869: ...diary shaft 3rd gear and the 3rd clutch The intermediary shaft 4th gear drives the countershaft 4th gear and the countershaft via the mainshaft 4th gear Power is transmitted to the final drive gear wh...

Page 870: ...ft 4th gear drives the countershaft 4th gear and the countershaft Power is transmitted to the final drive gear which in turn drives the final driven gear Hydraulic pressure is also applied to the 1st...

Page 871: ...ives the countershaft 5th gear which drives the reverse selector hub and the countershaft Power is transmitted to the final drive gear which in turn drives the final driven gear Hydraulic pressure is...

Page 872: ...the 5th clutch then the 5th clutch engages the mainshaft reverse gear with the mainshaft The mainshaft reverse gear drives the countershaft reverse gear via the reverse idler gear The countershaft rev...

Page 873: ...re Sensor Signal Transmission Range Switch Signal JR D3 Input Shaft Mainshaft Speed Sensor Signal Output Shaft Countershaft Speed Sensor Signal 2nd Clutch Transmission Fluid Pressure Switch Signal 3rd...

Page 874: ...TRANSMISSION FLUID PUMP ATFP A T CLUTCH PRESSURE CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE C AUXILIARY TRANSMISSION FLUID PUMP ATFP CONTROL UNIT 4TH CLUTCH TRANSMISSION FLUID PRESSURE SWITCH A T CLUTCH PRESSURE CONTROL...

Page 875: ...etween 1 st and 2nd ON ON ON OFF or ON Stays in 2nd ON ON OFF OFF or ON Shifting gears between 2nd and 3rd ON ON ON OFF or ON Stays in 3rd ON OFF ON OFF or ON D Shifting gears between 3rd and 4th ON O...

Page 876: ...osition Sensor Signal Throttle Position Sensor Signal DBW Output Shaft Countershaft Speed Sensor Signal Input Shaft Mainshaft Speed Sensor Signal ATF Temperature Sensor Signal Barometric Pressure Sens...

Page 877: ...throttle is closed becomes faster than the set speed for flat road driving to widen the 4th gear 3rd gear and 2nd gear driving areas This in combination with engine braking from the deceleration lock...

Page 878: ...haft Speed Sensor Signal Output Shaft Countershaft Speed Sensor Signal Accelerator Pedal Position Sensor Signal Engine RPM Signal Barometric Pressure Sensor Signal 2nd Clutch Transmission Fluid Pressu...

Page 879: ...ometric Pressure Sensor Signal Transmission Range Switch Signal Accelerator Pedal Position Sensor Signal Throttle Position Sensor Signal DBW Output Shaft Countershaft Speed Sensor Signal Input Shaft M...

Page 880: ...auxiliary transmission fluid pump continues to supply enough hydraulic pressure for the clutch to engage until the engine auto starts When the engine auto starts the ATFP control unit stops the auxil...

Page 881: ...LVE C SHIFT SOLENOID VALVE A r p SHIFT SOLENOID VALVE B W SHIFT SOLENOID VALVE C ORP SHIFT SOLENOID VALVE D W OUTPUT SHAFT COUNTERSHAFT SPEED SENSOR MANIFOLD ABSOLUTE PRESSURE MAP SENSOR INPUT SHAFT M...

Page 882: ...ch OFF 0 V A12 YEL RED VCC1 Power supply circuit With ignition switch ON II About 5 V A23 GRN WHT SG1 Sensor ground Less than 1 0 V at all times PCM CONNECTOR B 24P Terminal Number Wire Color Signal D...

Page 883: ...ower supply circuit With ignition switch ON II About 5 V C14 BLU ATP 2 1 Transmission range switch 2 and 1 position signals input In the 2 and 1 positions 0 V In other than the 2 and 1 positions Batte...

Page 884: ...E 31P Terminal Number Wire Color Signal Description Measuring Conditions Terminal Voltage E8 LTGRN BKSW Brake pedal position switch signal input Brake pedal pressed Battery voltage Brake pedal releas...

Page 885: ...The shift solenoid valves A B C and D are mounted on the accumulator body The A T clutch pressure control solenoid valves A B and C are mounted on the transmission housing The auxiliary transmission...

Page 886: ...ock up timing valve the relief valve the cooler check valve the lock up shift valve and the ATF pump gears The primary function of the main valve body is to switch fluid pressure on and off to control...

Page 887: ...ter changes This operation is continued maintaining the line pressure From ATF PUMP To TORQUE CONVERTER To LUBRICATION VALVE ORIFICE VALVE SPRING REGULATOR VALVE Increases in hydraulic pressure accord...

Page 888: ...e secondary valve body contains the shift valve C the shift valve D the CPC valve B the CPC valve C the reverse control valve and the reverse CPC valve B Accumulator Body The accumulator body is on th...

Page 889: ...utch is engaged by pressure from the CPC pressure mode The PCM controls one of the shift solenoid valves to move the position of the shift valve This movement switches the port of CPC pressure and lin...

Page 890: ...ve to the right side The shift solenoid valve D is OFF and closes the port of shift solenoid valve D pressure SD Line pressure 1 also flows to the modulator valve and becomes modulator pressure 6 Modu...

Page 891: ...e 4A becomes 2nd clutch pressure 20 at the shift valve B via the shift valve A The 1st clutch and 2nd clutch engage gently with the CPC pressure mode NOTE When used left or right indicates direction o...

Page 892: ...lenoid valve B keeps ON The shift valves C and D are moved to the left side the shift valve D switches the port of line pressure 4 and CPC C pressure 4C leading to the 1st clutch and the shift valve C...

Page 893: ...the shift valves C and A and becomes 2nd clutch pressure 20 at the shift valve B The 2nd clutch is engaged with the CPC pressure mode The 1st clutch is also engaged but no power is transmitted becaus...

Page 894: ...e mode and the 2nd clutch is engaged with the line pressure mode The 1st clutch is also engaged but no power is transmitted because of the one way clutch NOTE When used left or right indicates directi...

Page 895: ...flows to the shift valve A via the shift valves C and B and becomes 3rd clutch pressure 30 at the shift valve A The 2nd clutch pressure 20 is changed to CPC pressure mode and the 3rd clutch is engage...

Page 896: ...valve B is moved to the right side to switch the port of line pressure 5C CPC B pressure 5J leading to the 3rd clutch and 2nd clutch pressure 20 releasing 2nd clutch pressure CPC B pressure 5J changes...

Page 897: ...pplied to the CPC valve B The CPC valve A regulates line pressure 4 and line pressure 4 becomes CPC A pressure 4A CPC A pressure 4A flows to the shift valve B via the shift valves C and A and becomes...

Page 898: ...mode and the 4th clutch is engaged with the line pressure mode The 1st clutch is also engaged but no power is transmitted because of the one way clutch NOTE When used left or right indicates direction...

Page 899: ...pressure 4 and line pressure 4 becomes CPC B pressure 4B CPC B pressure 4B flows to the shift valve A via the shift valves C and B and becomes 5th clutch pressure 51 at the shift valve A The 4th clutc...

Page 900: ...d to line pressure mode and the 5th clutch is engaged with the line pressure mode The 1st clutch is also engaged but no power is transmitted because of the one way clutch NOTE When used left or right...

Page 901: ...left side The shift solenoid valve D is OFF or ON and closes or opens the port of shift solenoid valve D pressure SD Line pressure 4 becomes 2nd clutch pressure 20 at the shift valve B via the shift v...

Page 902: ...d closes the port of shift solenoid valve C pressure SO shift valve C and shift valve D stay on the left side The shift solenoid valve D is OFF and closes the port of shift solenoid valve D pressure S...

Page 903: ...e SC shift valve C and shift valve D move to the right side The shift solenoid valve D is turned ON and opens the port of shift solenoid valve D pressure SD reverse control valve moves to the right si...

Page 904: ...the line pressure mode Reverse Inhibitor Control When the R position is selected while the vehicle is moving forward the PCM outputs to keep shift solenoid valve D OFF so that shift solenoid valve D...

Page 905: ...pressure 3 at the manual valve Line pressure 3 passes through the reverse control valve and becomes line pressure 3A then flows to the servo valve Line pressure 3A pushes the servo valve to the rever...

Page 906: ...chamber between the torque converter cover and the torque converter clutch piston is drained off and fluid entering from the chamber between the pump and stator exerts pressure through the torque con...

Page 907: ...vers the port leading torque converter pressure 92 to the left side of the torque converter Torque converter pressure 92 from regulator valve becomes torque converter pressure 94 at the lock up shift...

Page 908: ...enoid valve C and A T clutch pressure control solenoid valve C pressure 58 is applied to the lock up control valve and lock up timing valve When A T clutch pressure control solenoid valve C pressure 5...

Page 909: ...ing valve and the lock up control valve and lock up timing valve are moved to the left side Torque converter pressure 94 from the left side of the torque converter releases at the lock up control valv...

Page 910: ...HOOD FUSE RELAY BOX DRIVER S UNDER DASH FUSE RELAY BOX No 22 120A No 8 15A PGM FI MAIN RELAY 1 PCM Connectof Terminal Locations 11 12 13 14 15 7 23 2 25 26 16 17 18 19 20 21 27 28 29 30 31 8 9 10 11...

Page 911: ...15A WHT POWERTRAIN CONTROL MODULE PCM A GRN WHT 1 GRN RED BLU BLK A TCLUTCH PRESSURE CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE A A T CLUTCH PRESSURE CONTROL SOLENOID VALVEB A TCLUTCH PRESSURE CONTROL SOLENOID VALVEC SH...

Page 912: ...T Control System cont d OUTPUT SHAFT COUNTERSHAFT SPEED SENSOR MANIFOLD ABSOLUTE PRESSURE SENSOR PCM Connector Terminal Locations 3 3 J 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 27 28 29 30 31 9 10 11 12 13...

Page 913: ...the wire between the transmission range switch and the PCM If the tester indicates NOT COMPLETE return to step 2 and recheck 4 Inspect the transmission range switch see page 14 270 5 Turn the ignitio...

Page 914: ...then go to step 56 NO Goto step 12 12 Disconnect PCM connectors A 31P and D 17P 13 Check for continuity between PCM connector terminals A3 and body ground and between D16 and body ground PCM CONNECTOR...

Page 915: ...ch OFF 16 Jump the SCS line with the HDS 17 Disconnect PCM connector E 31P 18 Disconnect the transmission range switch connector 19 Check for continuity between PCM connector terminal E13 and body gro...

Page 916: ...p 21 21 Turn the ignition switch OFF 22 Jump the SCS line with the HDS 23 Disconnect PCM connector B 24P 24 Disconnect the transmission range switch connector 25 Check for continuity between PCM conne...

Page 917: ...OFF 28 Jump the SCS line with the HDS 29 Disconnect PCM connector C 22P 30 Disconnect the transmission range switch connector 31 Check for continuity between PCM connector terminal C10 and body groun...

Page 918: ...3 33 Turn the ignition switch OFF 34 Jump the SCS line with the HDS 35 Disconnect PCM connector C 22P 36 Disconnect the transmission range switch connector 37 Check for continuity between PCM connecto...

Page 919: ...FF 40 Jump the SCS line with the HDS 41 Disconnect PCM connector C 22P 42 Disconnect the transmission range switch connector 43 Check for continuity between PCM connector terminal C14 and body ground...

Page 920: ...ep 45 45 Turn the ignition switch OFF 46 Jump the SCS line with the HDS 47 Disconnect PCM connector C 22P 48 Disconnect the transmission range switch connector 49 Check for continuity between PCM conn...

Page 921: ...nnector C 22P 54 Disconnect the transmission range switch connector 55 Check for continuity between PCM connector terminal C21 and body ground PCM CONNECTOR C 22P 1 2 U3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15...

Page 922: ...to step 3 and recheck 6 Inspect the transmission range switch see page 14 270 Is the switch OK Y E S G o t o step 7 NO Replace the transmission range switch see page 14 271 then go to step 21 7 Instal...

Page 923: ...r an open in the wire between the transmission range switch and ground G101 G102 or repair a poor ground G101 G102 then go to step 26 21 Turn the ignition switch ON II 22 Measure the voltage between t...

Page 924: ...he D position until the vehicle speed reaches 25 mph 40 km h then slow down and stop the wheels 29 Turn the ignition switch OFF restart the engine and retest drive the vehicle in the D position until...

Page 925: ...e HDS Is the ATF temperature almost equal to the ECT SENSOR 1 YES Intermittent failure the system is OK at this time Check for poor connections or loose terminals at the ATF temperature sensor and PCM...

Page 926: ...less YES Go to step 4 NO Replace the ATF temperature sensor see page 14 227 then go to step 8 4 Turn the ignition switch OFF 5 Jump the SCS line with the HDS 6 Disconnect PCM connector C 44P 7 Check f...

Page 927: ...CM B 2 Turn the ignition switch OFF 3 Disconnect the ATF temperature sensor connector at the transmission end cover 4 Turn the ignition switch ON II 5 Measure the voltage between ATF temperature senso...

Page 928: ...O Check for loose or poor connections at PCM connector terminal C3 If the connection is OK update the PCM if it does not have the latest software or substitute a known good PCM see page 14 7 then rech...

Page 929: ...poor connections at the PCM and the input shaft mainshaft speed sensor connectors If the tester indicates NOT COMPLETE return to step 4 and recheck 6 Turn the ignition switch OFF 7 Jump the SCS line...

Page 930: ...C12 and input shaft mainshaft speed sensor connector terminal No 3 INPUT SHAFT MAINSHAFT SPEED SENSOR CONNECTOR PCM CONNECTOR C 22P 1 2 U3 4 5 1 6 7 1 2 3 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 SG2 GRN YEL 16 17 18 1...

Page 931: ...Shift to the P position Start the engine and let it idle 24 With the engine idling measure the voltage between PCM connector terminals B10 and A3 or D16 PCM CONNECTORS LG1 BRN YEL A 31P B 24P D 17P 1...

Page 932: ...p 26 26 Turn the ignition switch OFF 27 Jump the SCS line with the HDS 28 Disconnect PCM connector C 22P 29 Check for continuity between PCM connector terminal C13 and body ground PCM CONNECTOR C 22P...

Page 933: ...onditions as those indicated by the freeze data 33 Monitor the OBD status for POT 16 in the DTCs Freeze Data in A T Mode Menu for a pass fail Does the result indicate a pass YES The problem has been c...

Page 934: ...he system is OK at this time Check for loose or poor connections at the PCM and the input shaft mainshaft speed sensor connectors If the tester indicates NOT COMPLETE return to step 4 and recheck 6 Tu...

Page 935: ...ainshaft speed sensor connector terminal No 3 INPUT SHAFT MAINSHAFT SPEED SENSOR CONNECTOR PCM CONNECTOR C 22P 1 2 3 SG2 GRN YEL 1 2 U 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 n 21 22 SG2 GRN YE...

Page 936: ...page 14 223 then go to step 31 23 Shift to the P position Start the engine and let it idle 24 With the engine idling measure the voltage between PCM connector terminals B10 and A3 or D16 P C M C O N...

Page 937: ...on switch OFF 27 Jump the SCS line with the HDS 28 Disconnect PCM connector C 22P 29 Check for continuity between PCM connector terminal C13 and body ground PCM CONNECTOR C 22P 1 2 U3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 1...

Page 938: ...e conditions as those indicated by the freeze data 33 Monitor the OBD status for P0717 in the DTCs Freeze Data in A T Mode Menu for a pass fail Does the result indicate a pass YES The problem has been...

Page 939: ...nector terminals to be sure they are making good contact Are the connector terminals OK YES Goto step 6 NO Repair the connector terminals then go to step 6 6 Connect the input shaft mainshaft speed se...

Page 940: ...N S H A F T S P E E D S E N S O R C O N N E C T O R P C M C O N N E C T O R B 2 4 P 1 I 2 3 I 4 I 5 Ule 7 1 2 3 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 N M R E D 17 18 1 20 21 22 23 24 N M R E D N M R E D Wire side of...

Page 941: ...ntershaft speed sensor connectors If the tester indicates NOT COMPLETE return to step 3 and recheck 5 Turn the ignition switch OFF 6 Jump the SCS line with the HDS 7 Disconnect PCM connectors A 31P an...

Page 942: ...and output shaft countershaft speed sensor connector terminal No 3 OUTPUT SHAFT COUNTERSHAFT SPEED SENSOR CONNECTOR PCM CONNECTOR A 31P SG1 GRN WHT 1 2 3 4 5 6 T Ui e 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 2...

Page 943: ...ecurely supported and allow the front wheels to rotate freely 23 Start the engine and run it at 2 000 rpm in the D position 24 Measure the voltage between PCM connector terminals B19 and A3 or D16 whi...

Page 944: ...connect PCM connector A 31P 29 Check for continuity between PCM connector terminal A12 and body ground PCM CONNECTOR A 31P VCC1 YEL RED 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 1 1 J 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 23 2...

Page 945: ...indicated by the freeze data 33 Monitor the OBD status for P0721 in the DTCs Freeze Data in A T Mode Menu for a pass fail Does the result indicate a pass YES The problem has been corrected NO Return...

Page 946: ...ons at the PCM and the output shaft countershaft speed sensor connectors If the tester indicates NOT COMPLETE return to step 3 and recheck 5 Turn the ignition switch OFF 6 Jump the SCS line with the H...

Page 947: ...speed sensor connector terminal No 3 OUTPUT SHAFT COUNTERSHAFT SPEED SENSOR CONNECTOR PCM CONNECTOR A 31P SG1 GRN WHT 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 U 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 A 23 24 n25 26 n 27 28 29...

Page 948: ...make sure it is securely supported and allow the front wheels to rotate freely 23 Start the engine and run it at 2 000 rpm in the D position 24 Measure the voltage between PCM connector terminals B19...

Page 949: ...k for continuity between PCM connector terminal A12 and body ground PCM CONNECTOR A 31P VCC1 YEL RED 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 11 11 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 23 4 n25 26 n 27 28 29 30 31 Wire side...

Page 950: ...al minutes under the same conditions as those indicated by the freeze data 33 Monitor the OBD status for P0722 in the DTCs Freeze Data in A T Mode Menu for a pass fail Does the result indicate a pass...

Page 951: ...aft speed sensor connector and inspect the connector and connector terminals to be sure they are making good contact Are the connector terminals OK YES Goto step 6 NO Repair the connector terminals th...

Page 952: ...PUT SHAFT COUNTERSHAFT SPEED SENSOR CONNECTOR PCM CONNECTOR B 24P NC BLU 1 2 3 4 5 U e 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 17 18 19 n20 21 22 23 24 NC BLU Wire side of female terminals Is there coutituity YES Upd...

Page 953: ...s time If the tester indicates NOT COMPLETE return to step 7 and recheck Does the strainer have metal debris or excessive clutch material YES Replace the transmission NO Replace the ATF see step 5 on...

Page 954: ...tent failure the system is OK at this time If the tester indicates NOT COMPLETE return to step 7 and recheck Does the strainer have metal debris or excessive clutch material YES Replace the transmissi...

Page 955: ...this time If the tester indicates NOT COMPLETE return to step 7 and recheck Does the strainer have metal debris or excessive clutch material YES Replace the transmissions NO Replace the ATF see step 5...

Page 956: ...ES Repair the 4th clutch or replace the transmission NO Intermittent failure the system is OK at this time If the tester indicates NOT COMPLETE return to step 7 and recheck YES Replace the transmissio...

Page 957: ...this time If the tester indicates NOT COMPLETE return to step 7 and recheck Does the strainer have metal debris or excessive clutch material YES Replace the transmission NO Replace the ATF see step 5...

Page 958: ...inear Solenoid C in Miscellaneous Test Menu and test the A T clutch pressure control solenoid valve C with the HDS Is the system OK 8 Test drive the vehicle at 55 mph 88 km h for 2 minutes while monit...

Page 959: ...op 7 Monitor the OBD status for P0746 in the DTCs Freeze Data in A T Mode Menu for a pass fail Does the result indicate a fail 8 Clear the DTC with the HDS 9 Choose Clutch Pressure Control Linear Sole...

Page 960: ...check 8 Clear the DTC with the HDS 9 Choose Clutch Pressure Control Linear Solenoid A in Miscellaneous Test Menu and test the A T clutch pressure control solenoid valve A with the HDS Is the system OK...

Page 961: ...ck 8 Clear the DTC with the HDS 9 Choose Shift Solenoid A in Miscellaneous Test Menu and check that the shift solenoid valve A operates with the HDS Is a clicking sound heard YES Go to step 10 NO Repl...

Page 962: ...to step 5 and recheck 8 Clear the DTC with the HDS 9 Choose Shift Solenoid A in Miscellaneous Test Menu and check that the shift solenoid valve A operates with the HDS Is a clicking sound heard Y E S...

Page 963: ...ck 8 Clear the DTC with the HDS 9 Choose Shift Solenoid B in Miscellaneous Test Menu and check that the shift solenoid valve B operates with the HDS Is a clicking sound heard YES Go to step 10 NO Repl...

Page 964: ...return to step 5 and recheck 8 Clear the DTC with the HDS 9 Choose Shift Solenoid B in Miscellaneous Test Menu and check that the shift solenoid valve B operates with the HDS Is a clicking sound heard...

Page 965: ...8 Clear the DTC with the HDS 9 Choose Shift Solenoid C in Miscellaneous Test Menu and check that the shift solenoid valve C operates with the HDS Is a clicking sound heard YES Goto step 10 NO Replace...

Page 966: ...TE return to step 5 and recheck 8 Clear the DTC with the HDS 9 Choose Shift Solenoid C in Miscellaneous Test Menu and check that the shift solenoid valve C operates with the HDS Is a clicking sound he...

Page 967: ...8 Clear the DTC with the HDS 9 Choose Shift Solenoid D in Miscellaneous Test Menu and check that the shift solenoid valve D operates with the HDS Is a clicking sound heard Y E S G o t o step 10 NO Rep...

Page 968: ...return to step 5 and recheck 8 Clear the DTC with the HDS 9 Choose Shift Solenoid D in Miscellaneous Test Menu and check that the shift solenoid valve D operates with the HDS Is a clicking sound hear...

Page 969: ...stop 7 Monitor the OBD status for P0776 in the DTCs Freeze Data in A T Mode Menu for a pass fail Does the result Indicate a fail 8 Clear the DTC with the HDS 9 Choose Clutch Pressure Control Linear S...

Page 970: ...n 20 seconds then slow down to a stop 7 Monitor the OBD status for P0777 in the DTCs Freeze Data in A T Mode Menu for a pass fail Does the result indicate a fail 8 Clear the DTC with the HDS 9 Choose...

Page 971: ...top 7 Monitor the OBD status for P0796 in the DTCs Freeze Data in A T Mode Menu for a pass fail Does the result indicate a fail 8 Clear the DTC with the HDS 9 Choose Clutch Pressure Control Linear Sol...

Page 972: ...n 20 seconds then slow down to a stop 7 Monitor the OBD status for P0797 in the DTCs Freeze Data in A T Mode Menu for a pass fail Does the result indicate a fail 8 Clear the DTC with the HDS 9 Choose...

Page 973: ...Go to step 3 3 Turn the ignition switch OFF 4 Disconnect the transmission range switch connector 5 Check for continuity between transmission range switch connector terminal No 5 and body ground TRANS...

Page 974: ...CTOR E 31P 1 I 2 I 3 I 4 I 5 6 7 U 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 fl25 26 n27 29 31 ATP R GRY Wire side of female terminals Is there battery voltage YES Repair an open in the wire be...

Page 975: ...e OP2SW BLU BLK wire for an intermittent short to ground between the 2nd clutch transmission fluid pressure switch and the PCM If the tester indicates NOT COMPLETE return to step 3 and recheck 6 Turn...

Page 976: ...ive the vehicle in the 2 position for more than 5 seconds then shift the shift lever into the D position and drive in 4th gear for more than 5 seconds Slow down and stop the wheels 17 Monitor the OBD...

Page 977: ...econds then shift the shift lever into the D position and drive in 4th gear for more than 5 seconds Slow down and stop the wheels 6 Monitor the OBD status for P0843 in the DTCs Freeze Data in A T Mode...

Page 978: ...update the PCM if it does not have the latest software or substitute a known good PCM see page 14 7 then recheck If the symptom indication goes away with a known good PCM replace the original PCM 12 C...

Page 979: ...Check the OP3SW BLU WHT wire for an intermittent short to ground between the 3rd clutch transmission fluid pressure switch and the PCM If the tester indicates NOT COMPLETE return to step 3 and rechec...

Page 980: ...e vehicle in 3rd gear in the D3 position for more than 5 seconds then shift the shift lever into the D position and drive in 4th gear for more than 5 seconds Slow down and stop the wheels 17 Monitor t...

Page 981: ...5 seconds then shift the shift lever into the D position and drive in 4th gear for more than 5 seconds Slow down and stop the wheels 6 Monitor the OBD status for P0848 in the DTCs Freeze Data in A T...

Page 982: ...he PCM if it does not have the latest software or substitute a known good PCM see page 14 7 then recheck If the symptom indication goes away with a known good PCM replace the original PCM 12 Clear the...

Page 983: ...Check the OP4SW BLU YEL wire for an intermittent short to ground between the 4th clutch transmission fluid pressure switch and the PCM If the tester indicates NOT COMPLETE return to step 3 and recheck...

Page 984: ...mperature the radiator fan comes on 13 Drive the vehicle in 4th gear in the D position for more than 5 seconds Slow down and stop the wheels 14 Monitor the OBD status for P0872 in the DTCs Freeze Data...

Page 985: ...the D position for more than 5 seconds Slow down and stop the wheels 7 Turn the ignition switch OFF 8 Disconnect the 4th clutch transmission fluid pressure switch connector 9 Turn the ignition switch...

Page 986: ...terminal C20 If the connection is OK update the PCM if it does not have the latest software or substitute a known good PCM see page 14 7 then recheck If the symptom m indication goes away with a know...

Page 987: ...step 6 NO Intermittent failure the system is OK at this time Check for poor connections or loose terminals at the A T clutch pressure control solenoid valve A and the PCM If the tester indicates NOT...

Page 988: ...12 13 14 n15 16 17 LG2 BRN VB SOL w BLK YEL Wire side of female terminals Is there battery voltage YES Check for loose or poor connections at PCM connector terminal A10 If the connection is OK update...

Page 989: ...e A at 0 2 A in Clutch Pressure Control Solenoid Control menu 5 Monitor the OBD status for P0963 in the DTCs Freeze Data in A T Mode Menu for a pass fail 6 Turn the ignition switch OFF 7 Disconnect th...

Page 990: ...7 then recheck If the symptom indication goes away with a known good PCM replace the original PCM B NO Repair an open in the wire between the A T clutch pressure control solenoid valve A and ground G...

Page 991: ...p 6 NO Intermittent failure the system is OK at this time Check for poor connections or loose terminals at the A T clutch pressure control solenoid valve B and the PCM If the tester indicates NOT COMP...

Page 992: ...1 0 1 1 12 13 14 n15 16 17 LG2 BRN VB SOL BLK YEL Wire side of female terminals Is there battery voltage YES Check for loose or poor connections at PCM connector terminal A10 If the connection is OK u...

Page 993: ...pressure control solenoid valve B connector 8 Measure the A T clutch pressure control solenoid valve B resistance at the solenoid connector A T CLUTCH PRESSURE CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE B CONNECTOR I 1 1...

Page 994: ...7 then recheck If the symptom indication goes away with a known good PCM replace the original PCM B NO Repair an open in the wire between the A T clutch pressure control solenoid valve B and ground G...

Page 995: ...O Intermittent failure the system is OK at this time Check for poor connections or loose terminals at the A T clutch pressure control solenoid valve C and the PCM If the tester indicates NOT COMPLETE...

Page 996: ...7 28 29 30 31 1 2 4 5 6 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 n15 16 17 L G 2 B R N V B S O L B L K Y E L Wire side of female terminals Is there battery voltage YES Check for loose or poor connections at PCM connector t...

Page 997: ...solenoid valve C connector 8 Measure the A T clutch pressure control solenoid valve C resistance at the solenoid connector A T C L U T C H P R E S S U R E C O N T R O L S O L E N O I D V A L V E C C O...

Page 998: ...ood PCM see page 14 7 then recheck If the symptom indication goes away with a known good PCM replace the original PCM H NO Repair an open in the wire between the A T clutch pressure control solenoid v...

Page 999: ...u for a pass fail Does the result indicate a fail Y E S G o t o step7 NO Intermittent failure the system is OK at this time Check the SH A BLU YEL wire for an intermittent short to ground between shif...

Page 1000: ...n PCM connector terminals D6 and A3 or D16 P C M C O N N E C T O R S I G 1 B L K Y E L L G 1 B R N Y E L A 3 1 P 1 2 5 6 7 U 8 8 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 23 24 n25 26 n27 28 29 30 31 D 1 7...

Page 1001: ...t indicate a fail Y E S G o t o step 7 NO Intermittent failure the system is OK at this time Check for poor connections or loose terminals at shift solenoid valve A and the PCM If the tester indicates...

Page 1002: ...ness connector see page 14 206 14 Check for continuity between solenoid harness connector terminal No 3 and shift solenoid valve A connector terminal SOLENOID HARNESS CONNECTOR 1 2 3 4 SH A YEL Termin...

Page 1003: ...ail Does the result indicate a fail YES Go to step 7 NO Intermittent failure the system is OK at this time Check the SH B GRN WHT wire for an intermittent short to ground between shift solenoid valve...

Page 1004: ...s A4 and A3 or D16 PCM CONNECTORS LG1 BRN YEL IGP YEL BLK A 31P D 17P 1 1 2 1 3 1 4 5 M U 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 23 24 n 25 26 n 27 28 29 30 31 1 2 4 5 6 9 10 11 12 13 14 n15 16 17 LG2...

Page 1005: ...8 Jump the SCS line with the HDS 9 Disconnect PCM connectors A 31P C 22P and D 17P 10 Measure the resistance between PCM connector terminals C8 and A3 or D16 PCM CONNECTORS LG1 BRN YEL A 31P C 22P D...

Page 1006: ...ss connector see page 14 206 14 Check for continuity between solenoid harness connector terminal No 4 and shift solenoid valve B connector terminal SOLENOID HARNESS CONNECTOR 1 2 3 4 Terminal side of...

Page 1007: ...l Does the result indicate a fail Y E S G o t o step 7 NO Intermittent failure the system is OK at this time Check the SH C GRN wire for an intermittent short to ground between shift solenoid valve C...

Page 1008: ...s A4 and A3 or D16 PCM CONNECTORS IGP YEL BLK LG1 BRN YEL A 31P D 17P 1 I2 3 4 5 IT U 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 23 24 fl 25 26 n27 28 29 30 31 1 2 4 5 6 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 n15 16 17 LG2...

Page 1009: ...a fail Y E S G o t o step 7 NO Intermittent failure the system is OK at this time Check for poor connections or loose terminals at shift solenoid valve C and the PCM If the tester indicates NOT COMPL...

Page 1010: ...nnector see page 14 206 14 Check for continuity between solenoid harness connector terminal No 2 and shift solenoid valve C connector terminal SOLENOID HARNESS CONNECTOR 1 2 3 4 SH C GRN Terminal side...

Page 1011: ...fail Does the result indicate a fail YES Goto step 7 NO Intermittent failure the system is OK at this time Check the SH D GRN RED wire for an intermittent short to ground between shift solenoid valve...

Page 1012: ...CM connector terminals D6 and A3 or D16 PCM CONNECTORS LG1 BRN YEL IG1 BLK YEL A 31P D 17P z 5 I 4 5 6 T I U I B 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 23 24 n25 26 n27 28 29 30 31 1 2 4 5 6 8 9 10 11...

Page 1013: ...ndicate a fail YES G o t o step 7 NO Intermittent failure the system is OK at this time Check for poor connections or loose terminals at shift solenoid valve D and the PCM If the tester indicates NOT...

Page 1014: ...s connector see page 14 206 14 Check for continuity between solenoid harness connector terminal No 1 and shift solenoid valve D connector terminal SOLENOID HARNESS CONNECTOR 1 2 3 4 SH D ORN Terminal...

Page 1015: ...the REVERSE SWITCH ON YES Intermittent failure the system is OK at this time H NO Goto step 4 4 Turn the ignition switch OFF 5 Disconnect the transmission range switch connector 6 Check for continuity...

Page 1016: ...tween PCM connector terminal C21 and body ground PCM CONNECTOR C 22P 1 2 U3 4 5 1 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 n 21 22 ATP RVS RED WHT Wire side of female terminals Is there battery voltag...

Page 1017: ...lutch material YES Replace the transmission NO Replace the ATF see step 5 on page 14 231 then go to step 4 4 Clear the DTC with the HDS 5 Test drive the vehicle for several minutes in the D position i...

Page 1018: ...he strainer have metal debris or excessive clutch material YES Replace the transmission NO Replace the ATF see step 5 on page 14 231 then go to step 4 4 Clear the DTC with the HDS 5 Test drive the veh...

Page 1019: ...he transmission NO Replace the ATF see step 5 on page 14 231 then go to step 4 4 Clear the DTC with the HDS 5 Test drive the vehicle for several minutes in the D position in all five gears Slow down a...

Page 1020: ...heels 3 Retest drive the vehicle for several minutes in the D position in all five gears Slow down and stop the wheels 4 Check for other DTCs indicated simultaneous with the code P1780 NOTE DTC P1780...

Page 1021: ...ty between relay terminals see page 22 72 Is the relay OK YES Go to step 5 NO Replace the ATFP relay then go to step 7 5 Disconnect the ATFP control unit connector 6 Check for continuity between ATFP...

Page 1022: ...nder hood fuse relay box B 6 Turn the ignition switch ON II 7 Measure the voltage between ATFP relay socket terminal No 1 and body ground and between terminal No 4 and body ground ATFP RELAY SOCKET in...

Page 1023: ...n the auxiliary under hood fuse relay box B 12 Measure the voltage between ATFP control unit connector terminal No 8 and body ground ATFP CONTROL UNIT CONNECTOR 1 2 3 4 5 6 8 9 10 EOP RLY LT GRN Wire...

Page 1024: ...t this time Check for poor connections or loose terminals at the ATFP control unit and the ATFP motor 3 Turn the ignition switch OFF 4 Disconnect the ATFP control unit connector 5 Check for continuity...

Page 1025: ...itor the OBD status for P1902 in the DTCs Freeze Data in A T Mode Menu for a pass fail Does the result indicate a pass YES The problem has been corrected NO Return to step 6 and recheck Is there conti...

Page 1026: ...his time Check for poor connections or loose terminals at the ATFP control unit and the ATFP motor 3 Turn the ignition switch OFF 4 Disconnect the ATFP control unit connector 5 Check for continuity be...

Page 1027: ...Monitor the OBD status for P1903 in the DTCs Freeze Data in A T Mode Menu for a pass fail Does the result indicate a pass YES The problem has been corrected NO Return to step 6 and recheck Is there co...

Page 1028: ...time Check for poor connections or loose terminals at the ATFP control unit and the ATFP motor 3 Turn the ignition switch OFF 4 Disconnect the ATFP control unit connector 5 Check for continuity betwe...

Page 1029: ...BD status for P1904 in the DTCs Freeze Data in A T Mode Menu for a pass fail Does the result indicate a pass YES The problem has been corrected NO Return to step 6 and recheck Is there continuity YES...

Page 1030: ...at DTC P2797 recurs Is DTC P2797 indicated YES Replace the ATFP see page 14 228 then go to step 3 NO Intermittent failure the system is OK at this time B 3 Clear the DTC with the HDS 4 W a r m up the...

Page 1031: ...time B 6 Turn the ignition switch OFF 7 Disconnect ATFP control unit connector and ATFP motor connector 8 Check for continuity between ATFP control unit connector terminals No 1 and body ground betwee...

Page 1032: ...us Test Menu and do the test 13 Do the ATFP Motor Test again in about 10 seconds after finishing the preceding test 14 Do the ATFP Motor Test again in about 10 seconds after finishing the preceding te...

Page 1033: ...this time H 3 Turn the ignition switch OFF 4 Check for loose or poor connections at PCM connector terminal D2 and ATFP control unit connector terminal No 9 Is the connection OK YES Go to step 5 NO Co...

Page 1034: ...ndicated YES Goto step 14 NO Replace the original ATFP control unit see page 14 229 then go to step 18 14 Turn the ignition switch OFF 15 Disconnect ATFP control unit connector 16 Turn the ignition sw...

Page 1035: ...or voltage with the HDS and comparing your shift point speeds and voltage to those in the table The accelerator pedal position sensor voltage represents the throttle opening Upshift P Position Acceler...

Page 1036: ...iately begin to slow down from engine braking 10 Park the vehicle on a slope about 16 apply the brake and shift into the P position Release the brake the vehicle should not move NOTE Always use the br...

Page 1037: ...poses only Stall speed should be the same in the D 2 1 and R positions Do not test stall speed with the A T pressure gauges installed Stall Speed rpm Specification 1 900 rpm Service Limit 1 750 2 050...

Page 1038: ...he engine and connect the HDS to the DLC A 6 Connect the oil pressure gauge to the line pressure inspection hole A Do not allow dust or other foreign particles to enter the hole while connecting the g...

Page 1039: ...essure inspection hole B and the 1st hold clutch pressure at the 1st hold clutch pressure inspection hole C while holding the engine speed at 2 000 rpm 15 Shift to the 2 position and measure the 2nd c...

Page 1040: ...2 000 rpm shift into N for 1 second then to the D3 position the transmission will shift to 3rd gear and measure the 3rd clutch pressure at the 3rd clutch pressure inspection hole E while holding the...

Page 1041: ...to 18 N m 1 8 kgf m 13 Ibfft Do not reuse old sealing washers 31 If the measurements are out of the service limit problems and probable causes are listed in the table Problem Probable causes No or lo...

Page 1042: ...s audio presets 6 Disconnect the negative terminal from the battery then disconnect the positive terminal 7 Remove the battery hold down bracket and remove the battery and battery tray 8 Remove the in...

Page 1043: ...m 8 7 Ibfft 15 Replace the gasket and O rings E with new ones when installing the A T clutch pressure control solenoid valve A and B 16 Remove the solenoid valve cover A dowel pins B and gasket C 6 x...

Page 1044: ...olts then remove the solenoid valves 6 x 1 0 mm 12 N m 1 2 kgfm 8 7 Ibfft 23 Install new O rings E on each solenoid valve NOTE A new solenoid valve comes with new O rings If you install a new solenoid...

Page 1045: ...er with the bolt 33 Check the connectors for rust dirt or oil clean or repair if necessary then connect the connectors securely 34 Attach the shift cable end to the control lever then insert the contr...

Page 1046: ...connect the positive terminal 6 Remove the battery hold down bracket and remove the battery and battery tray 7 Remove the intake air duct and air cleaner housing 8 Remove the battery base 9 Disconnect...

Page 1047: ...ransmission range switch ATF temperature sensor output shaft countershaft speed sensor input shaft mainshaft speed sensor 3rd clutch transmission fluid pressure switch and 4th clutch transmission flui...

Page 1048: ...nd 4 000 rpm with no load until the BAT displays at least three segments 19 Disconnect one of the battery terminals and check the valve movement at the fluid passage in the valve body mounting surface...

Page 1049: ...terminal 6 Remove the battery hold down bracket and remove the battery and battery tray 7 Remove the intake air duct and air cleaner housing 8 Remove the battery base 9 Disconnect the A T clutch press...

Page 1050: ...lve A B solenoid harness transmission range switch ATF temperature sensor output shaft countershaft speed sensor input shaft mainshaft speed sensor 3rd clutch transmission fluid pressure switch and 4t...

Page 1051: ...at least three segments 19 Disconnect one of the battery terminals and check the valve movement at the fluid passage in the valve body mounting surface If the valve binds or moves sluggishly or if th...

Page 1052: ...d the control pin C then separate the shift cable end D from the control lever E 8 Disconnect the connectors from the A T clutch pressure control solenoid valve A B solenoid harness transmission range...

Page 1053: ...control lever hole through the shift cable end and secure the control pin with the spring clip washer 17 Secure the shift cable bracket 18 Install the battery base 19 Install the intake air duct and...

Page 1054: ...intake air duct and air cleaner housing 5 Disconnect the A T clutch pressure control solenoid valve C connector 6 Measure the A T clutch pressure control solenoid valve C resistance at the connector...

Page 1055: ...positive battery terminal to the connector terminal No 1 Make sure the A T clutch pressure control solenoid valve C moves 12 Disconnect one of the battery terminals and check the valve movement at the...

Page 1056: ...D The height is about 7 m m 0 3 in If the height is over 7 m m 0 3 in push the pipe until it bottoms in the accumulator body 16 Install the new gasket A on the transmission housing and install the 8 x...

Page 1057: ...gs ATF pipe and gasket 5 Clean the mounting surfaces and the fluid passages of the solenoid valve body and the transmission housing 6 Install the 8 x 53 mm ATF joint pipe A with the filter side into i...

Page 1058: ...A on the transmission housing and install the 8 x 34 5 m m ATF joint pipe B with the filter side into the transmission housing and 8 x 25 2 mm ATF pipe D 9 Install new O rings E over the ATF joint pi...

Page 1059: ...nsor B then install the input shaft mainshaft speed sensor in the transmission housing 3 Check the connector for rust dirt or oil then connect the connector securely 1 Disconnect the output shaft coun...

Page 1060: ...t c h R e p l a c e m e n t 13 Do the power window control unit reset procedure see page 22 200 14 If the IMA battery level gauge BAT displays no segments start the engine in the P or N position and h...

Page 1061: ...ft mainshaft speed sensor C and the 3rd clutch transmission fluid pressure switch D 2 Remove the 3rd clutch transmission fluid pressure switch 3 Make sure there is no water oil dust or foreign particl...

Page 1062: ...cket and remove the connector bracket B and harness clamp bracket C 4 Remove the 4th clutch transmission fluid pressure switch 5 Make sure there is no water oil dust or foreign particles inside the co...

Page 1063: ...3 Remove the harness clamp C from its bracket D 4 Remove the ATF temperature sensor and replace the sensor 5 Install a new O ring E on the new ATF temperature sensor F 6 Install the ATF temperature se...

Page 1064: ...d pump ATFP motor connector 2 Remove the ATFP A the dowel pins B the ATF feed pipe C and the suction pipe D 26 N m 2 7 kgfm 20 Ibf ft 3 Clean the mounting surfaces and fluid passages of the ATFP and t...

Page 1065: ...rol Unit R e p l a c e m e n t 1 Disconnect the auxilialy transmission fluid pump ATFP control unit connector 2 Remove the ATFP control unit 3 Install the ATFP control unit 4 Check the connector for r...

Page 1066: ...Remove the dipstick A and check the fluid level It should be between the upper mark B and lower mark C 6 If the level is below the lower mark check for fluid leaks at the transmission hose and line j...

Page 1067: ...d ATF NOTE If a cooler cleaning is done refer to ATF Cooler Cleaning see page 14 254 4 Reinstall the drain plug and a new sealing washer B 5 Refill the transmission with the recommended fluid through...

Page 1068: ...and secure the hood A in a vertical position then install the strut bracket B by turning it over with its bolt in lower position NOTE Do not attempt to close the hood with the support strut in the ve...

Page 1069: ...ove the starter A and starter gasket B from the torque converter housing 16 Remove the nuts securing the shift cable bracket A A 17 Remove the spring clip washer B and the control pin C then separate...

Page 1070: ...move the bolts securing the harness clamp brackets 22 Disconnect the auxiliary transmission fluid pump ATFP motor connector A and the input shaft mainshaft speed sensor connector B 23 Disconnect the t...

Page 1071: ...cooler hoses and lines 27 Check for any signs of leakage at the hose joints 28 Remove the connector bracket from the engine front cylinder head use the bracket bolt hole to attach the engine hanger b...

Page 1072: ...nd the 10 m m bolt and attach the rear arm B to the rear cylinder head with the 8 m m bolt AAR T 12566 VSB02C000019 31 Install the engine support hanger AAR T 12566 to the vehicle and attach the hook...

Page 1073: ...joints from the lower arms see step 12 on page 18 15 36 Remove the cotter pins L and nuts M and separate the steering tie rod end ball joints N from the knuckles see step 10 on page 18 15 37 Remove t...

Page 1074: ...ue converter housing cover A 42 Disconnect the power steering angle sensor and remove the drive plate bolts B 8 while connector 41 Disconnect the connectors at the right of the 43 Remove the shift cab...

Page 1075: ...cont d 14 239...

Page 1076: ...rential and the 49 Raise the jack and line up the slots in the arms with intermediate shaft the bolt holes on the corner of the jack base then tighten the bolts 53 Remove the exhaust manifold bracket...

Page 1077: ...smission housing mounting bolt A using a socket 22 m m in length A 60 Remove the transmission housing mounting bolt B 61 Remove the transmission housing mounting bolts 62 Lower the transmission by loo...

Page 1078: ...maged 67 Remove the torque converter Drive Plate R e m o v a l a n d Installation 1 Remove the drive plate A and washer B C A 2 Remove the torque converter support hub C NOTE The motor rotor contains...

Page 1079: ...nt A with the 10 x 1 25 m m bolts 40 mm length B one bolts and 35 mm length C two bolts C 4 Install the rubber plates D on both side of the mount 5 Place the transmission on the jack and raise it to e...

Page 1080: ...the transmission housing mounting bolts 9 Install the transmission housing mounting bolts 10 Install the front mount bracket A with the new mounting bolts 10 x 1 25 mm 54 N m 5 5 kgfm 40 Ibfft Replac...

Page 1081: ...the differential be sure not to allow dust or other foreign particles to enter the transmission Install the right driveshaft on the intermediate shaft NOTE Turn the right and left steering knuckle ful...

Page 1082: ...5 kgf m 33 Ibf ft Replace 18 Align the reference marks A with the edge B of both rear stiffener C and tighten the rear subframe mounting bolts then front bolts and tighten the stiffener mounting bolts...

Page 1083: ...lt check that the crankshaft rotates freely x 1 0 mm 12 N m 2 kgf m 8 7 Ibf ft 12 N m 1 2 kgfm 8 7 Ibf ft 22 Install the torque converter housing cover B in the direction shown 23 Install the shift ca...

Page 1084: ...and install the harness clamp B A 29 Install the damper forks A with damper pinch bolts B and the new self locking nuts C then install the ball joints on the lower arms D with the castle nuts E and ne...

Page 1085: ...f m 16 Ibf ft 33 Install the new front mount bolt and install the front mount stop A with the new nuts 12 x 1 25 mm 64 N m 6 5 kgf m 47 Ibf ft Replace 10 x 1 25 mm 54 N m 5 5 kgfm 40 Ibf ft Replace 34...

Page 1086: ...C see page 14 256 39 Connect the output shaft countershaft speed sensor connector A the 3rd clutch transmission fluid pressure switch connector B and the ATF temperature sensor connector C 40 Connect...

Page 1087: ...alve A connector the A T clutch pressure control solenoid valve B connector and the 4th clutch transmission fluid pressure switch harness connector C 6 x 1 0 mm 9 8 N m 1 0 kgfm 7 2 Ibf ft 45 Secure t...

Page 1088: ...ation on right side of the hood 60 Do the motor rotor position calibration see page 12 6 61 Set the parking brake Start the engine and shift the transmission through all positions three times Check th...

Page 1089: ...the motor rotor during the transmission removal 5 Inspect the drive plate and replace if it s damaged 6 Make sure that the replacement torque converter A and torque converter support hub B are marked...

Page 1090: ...anual 1 Check the fluid in the cooler cleaner tank The fluid level should be 4 5 inches from the top of the filler neck Adjust the level if needed do not overfill Use only Honda ATF Z1 do not use any...

Page 1091: ...nnect the red and blue hoses from the ATF cooler Now connect the red hose to the cooler inlet line 11 Now connect the blue hose to the cooler outlet line 12 Flip the MOTOR toggle switch to ON and let...

Page 1092: ...B until the hose ends contact the bulge C on the ATF cooler lines A C B 2 Line up the dots D on the hose and outlet line at the hose ends 3 Secure the hoses with the clips E at 6 8 m m 0 2 0 3 in F f...

Page 1093: ...er lock release A and pull out the socket holder B to remove the shift cable C from the shift lever bracket base D Do not remove the shift cable by pulling the shift cable guide E and damper F 5 Disco...

Page 1094: ...o N o D o D3 o 2 o 1 4 If necessary push the shift cable until it stops then release it Pull the shift cable back one step so that the shift position is in R Do not hold the shift cable guide A and da...

Page 1095: ...ud B Properly Installed A B Improperly Installed Cable end rides on the bottom of the mounting stud 9 If improperly installed remove the shift cable from the bracket base and reinstall the shift cable...

Page 1096: ...RELEASE A T GEAR POSITION INDICATOR PANEL LIGHT BULB SHIFT LEVER KNOB SHIFT LOCK SOLENOID PLUNGER PLUNGER SPRING SCREWS 3 N m 0 3 kgfm 2 Ibf ft Apply non hardening thread lock sealant LEVER RING A T...

Page 1097: ...customer s radio anti theft code navigation code and write down the customer s audio presets 7 Disconnect the negative terminal from the battery then disconnect the positive terminal 8 Remove the bat...

Page 1098: ...ft cable bracket on the front subframe with the bolt then install the harness clamp on the bracket 19 Attach the shift cable end to the control lever then insert the control pin into the control lever...

Page 1099: ...shift cable B with the slot in the bracket base C then slide the holder into the base Install the shift cable end D over the mounting stud E by aligning its square hole F with the square fitting G at...

Page 1100: ...tery terminals 33 Move the shift lever to each position and verify that the A T gear position indicator follows the transmission range switch 34 Allow the front wheels to rotate freely 35 Start the en...

Page 1101: ...l it stops then release it Pull the shift cable back one step so that the shift position is in R Do not hold the shift cable guide A and damper B to adjust the shift cable C 6 Turn the ignition switch...

Page 1102: ...ly installed on the mounting stud B Properly Installed A B Improperly Installed Cable end rides on the bottom of the mounting stud 11 If improperly installed remove the shift cable from the bracket ba...

Page 1103: ...A T Gear Position Indicator 14 267...

Page 1104: ...DETECTION CIRCUIT DATA LINK CONNECTOR DLC 1 1 D POWERTRAIN CONTROL MODULE PCM AH To 12V IGJ_ RED WHT BLU YEL BLU RED YEL GRN RED BLK 1 1 LU tSLK WHT BLU BLK RED BLK RED WHT YEL GRN 3 I 8 2 I 7 EPS CO...

Page 1105: ...voltage YES Faulty A T gear position indicator in the gauge control module replace the gauge control module see page 22 235 NO Go to step 5 5 Turn the ignition switch OFF and jump the SCS line with th...

Page 1106: ...P P O o P O J w o R r r r R J KJ N r v o o N KJ o o D r r y o D w o D3 o o o 2 o 2 KJ o 1 r 1 8 The transmission range switch test is finished if the test results are OK If there is no continuity betw...

Page 1107: ...clip washer B and the control pin C then separate the shift cable end D from the control lever E 8 Disconnect the transmission range switch connector 9 Pry the lock tab of the lock washer A on the co...

Page 1108: ...ntrol shaft B while aligning the projection C of the lock washer with the N positioning line D on the transmission range switch E and install the locknut F 6 x 1 0 mm F 12 N m 1 2 kgfm 8 7 Ibf ft 16 P...

Page 1109: ...re the control pin with the spring clip washer 20 Secure the shift cable bracket 21 Check the connectors for rust dirt or oil clean or repair if necessary then connect the connector securely 22 Instal...

Page 1110: ...A T Interlock System C o m p o n e n t Location Index 14 274...

Page 1111: ...VER S UNDER DASH FUSE RELAY BOX MULTIPLEX INTEGRATED CONTROL UNIT MICU BK SW ATPP IG KEY SW P PIN SW KEY SOL TRANSMISSION RANGE SWITCH G501 G503 PCM Connector Terminal Locations l l 1 I l FH 10 11 12...

Page 1112: ...t the shift lock solenoid operates with the HDS Does the shift lock solenoid work properly YES Shift lock system is OK Check the shift lock mechanism if necessary NO Goto step 6 6 Turn the ignition sw...

Page 1113: ...D CONNECTOR IG1 YEL SLS LT BLU Wire side of female terminals Is there battery voltage YES Check the shift lock mechanism If the mechanism is OK replace the shift lock solenoid see page 14 280 NO Check...

Page 1114: ...281 9 Check for continuity between park pin switch A T gear position indicator panel light connector terminals No 3 and No 4 while the shift lever is in the P position and when the shift lever is out...

Page 1115: ...er then turn the ignition key to ACC I 4 Connect the battery positive terminal to steering lock assembly connector terminal No 4 and connect the battery negative terminal to No 3 terminal Make sure th...

Page 1116: ...n o i d R e p l a c e m e n t 1 Remove the center console see page 20 62 2 Disconnect the shift lock solenoid connector A and remove it from the shift lever bracket base B G 3 Remove the A T gear posi...

Page 1117: ...nd No 4 There should be continuity 5 If the park pin switch is faulty replace the shift lever bracket base assembly the park pin switch is not available separately see page 14 281 6 Install the center...

Page 1118: ...l pins two ATF feed pipe and suction pipe 3 Remove the A T clutch pressure control solenoid valve A and B D six bolts ATF feed pipes E three O rings three and gasket 4 Remove the solenoid valve cover...

Page 1119: ...harness clamp from clamp bracket then remove the ATF temperature sensor T 12 Remove the connector bracket S and 6 0 m m bolt U then remove the line bolts V ATF cooler lines W and sealing washers X 13...

Page 1120: ...ission T r a n s m i s s i o n D i s a s s e m b l y cont d 21 Remove the transmission housing mounting bolts 12 x 1 25 mm A one bolt 8 x 1 25 mm B 23 bolts transmission hanger C and ground terminal b...

Page 1121: ...of the lock washer I of the shift fork J then remove the bolt and lock washer 28 Unhook the detent spring from the detent arm 29 Remove the park pawl stop K park pawl L pawl spring M and pawl shaft N...

Page 1122: ...g P and lubrication check valve Q fall out 43 Remove the torque converter check valve R and valve spring S 44 Remove the ATF pump driven gear shaft T then remove the ATF pump gears U 45 Remove the dow...

Page 1123: ...the transmission housing 1 Remove the snap ring A then remove the thrust washer B reverse idler gear C needle bearings D and thrust washer E from the reverse idler gear shaft holder F 2 Inspect the r...

Page 1124: ...TF filter C from the cover 3 Clean the ATF filter then check that it is in good condition and is not clogged Replace the ATF filter if it is clogged or damaged 4 Install the ATF filter with the new O...

Page 1125: ...ssure to the ATF feed pipe hole of the 1st hold clutch pressure circuit and remove the ATF feed pipe cap from the transmission housing S e c o n d a r y Shaft A T F F e e d Pipe C a p Installation 1 I...

Page 1126: ...F 3 Replace the 1st clutch ATF feed pipe or 1st hold clutch ATF feed pipe ATF feed pipe cap assembly The 1st hold clutch ATF feed pipe ATF feed pipe cap is not available separately 4 Install the new O...

Page 1127: ...ng Installation Special Tools Required Driver 07749 0010000 Attachment 78 x 80 mm 07NAD PX40100 1 Install the bearing in the direction shown 07NAD PX40100 2 Expand the snap ring with the snap ring pli...

Page 1128: ...the special tools 2 Install the new bearing until it bottoms in the transmission housing with the special tools Park Lever Shaft Bearing R e p l a c e m e n t Special Tools Required Bearing remover sh...

Page 1129: ...07749 0010000 Attachment 22 x 24 m m 07746 0010800 1 Remove the selector control shaft bearing from the transmission housing with the special tools 2 Install the new bearing in the transmission housin...

Page 1130: ...it with compressed air 4 Roll up half of the ATF soaked 600 paper and insert it in the valve bore of the sticking valve Twist the paper slightly so that it unrolls and fits the bore tightly then poli...

Page 1131: ...4 298 regulator valve body see page 14 299 and accumulator body see page 14 300 Refer to the following valve cap illustrations and install each valve cap so the end shown facing up will be facing the...

Page 1132: ...ING VALVE LUBRICATION CONTROL VALVE 1 1 SERVO CONTROL VALVE MAIN VALVE BODY SHIFT VALVE B CPC VALVE A VALVE SPRING SPECIFICATIONS Valve Spring Standard New Unit mm in Valve Spring Wire Diameter O D Fr...

Page 1133: ...p drive gear A and driven gear B ATF Pump Gears Side Radial Clearance Standard New ATF Pump Drive Gear 0 210 0 265 mm 0 0083 0 00104 in ATF Pump Driven Gear 0 070 0 125 mm 0 0028 0 0050 in A 3 Remove...

Page 1134: ...any fail to slide freely refer to valve body repair see page 14 294 5 Coat all parts with ATF during assembly 1 VALVE SPRING SPECIFICATIONS Valve Springs Standard New Unit mm in Valve Springs Wire Dia...

Page 1135: ...body repair see page 14 294 5 Coat all parts with ATF during assembly 6 Align the hole in the regulator spring cap with the stop bolt hole then press the spring cap into the valve body and tighten the...

Page 1136: ...G SPECIFICATIONS Valve Springs Standard New Unit mm in Valve Springs Wire Diameter O D Free Length No of Coil A 4th accumulator spring 3 3 0 130 19 6 0 772 39 1 1 539 5 8 B 2nd accumulator spring 3 1...

Page 1137: ...d valve body be sure to install the mounting bracket contacts to the bracket of shift solenoid valve A NOTE Do not install shift solenoid valve C before installing shift solenoid valve A If shift sole...

Page 1138: ...6 0010500 Attachment 72 x 75 m m 07746 0010600 1 Remove the mainshaft bearing and oil seal with the special tool and a commercially available 3 8 16 slide hammer A 07736 A01000Bor 07736 A01000A 2 Inst...

Page 1139: ...ft bearing from the torque converter housing with the special tool and a commercially available 3 8 16 slide hammer A 2 Install the ATF guide plate A into the housing then install the new bearing B in...

Page 1140: ...1 Driver 07749 0010000 Attachment 37 x 40 mm 07746 0010200 Attachment 62 x 68 mm 07746 0010500 1 Remove the bolt then remove the lock washer A and bearing set plate B 2 Remove the secondary shaft bear...

Page 1141: ...torque converter housing 7 Install the bearing in the direction shown in the housing with the special tools 8 Check that the bearing groove aligns with the set plate mounting surface then install the...

Page 1142: ...Attachment 52 x 55 mm 07746 0010400 1 Remove the intermediary shaft bearing from the torque converter housing with the special tool and a commercially available 3 8 16 slide hammer A 07736 A01000Bor 0...

Page 1143: ...Required Bearing remover shaft set 12 m m 07936 1660101 Sliding hammer weight 07741 0010201 Driver 07749 0010000 Attachment 22 x 24 m m 07746 0010800 1 Remove the park lever shaft bearing from the to...

Page 1144: ...eedle bearing for wear and rough movement 4 Inspect the splines for excessive wear and damage 5 Inspect the 4th gear for wear and damage and inspect 4th gear bearing for wear and rough rotation 6 Repl...

Page 1145: ...6 0030100 1 Remove the mainshaft 4th gear A with a press Place a shaft protector B between the press and mainshaft C to prevent damaging the mainshaft 2 Slide the new mainshaft 4th gear A over the mai...

Page 1146: ...Shafts and Clutches Countershaft D i s a s s e m b l y Exploded View LOCKNUT FLANGE NUT Replace Left hand threads 167 N m 17 0 kgfm 123 Ibfft 14 310...

Page 1147: ...out of the press fitted bearing E and the press fitted reverse selector hub and remove the countershaft while holding the underside of the countershaft The countershaft falls down when pressing the co...

Page 1148: ...ter retainer K and snap ring L on the countershaft M 2 Insert a feeler gauge blade A as thick as possible between the 4th gear B and cotters C 3 Set the dial indicator A on the idler gear B A 4 Measur...

Page 1149: ...9 Select and install a new washer then recheck the clearance WASHER 50 2 mm No Part Number Thickness A 90521 RDK 010 3 95 m m 0 1555 in B 90522 RDK 010 3 97 m m 0 1563 in C 90523 RDK 010 3 99 m m 0 1...

Page 1150: ...p ring L on the countershaft M 2 Install the 35 x 47 x 6 m m thrust washer N in the direction shown then install the needle bearing O and the 5th gear P 3 Slide the reverse selector hub A over the cou...

Page 1151: ...n shown and install the new locknut B 7 Hold the countershaft with a wrench and a vise securely and tighten the locknut to 167 N m 17 0 kgf m 123 Ibfft NOTE Use a torque wrench to tighten the locknut...

Page 1152: ...NEEDLE BEARING THRUST NEEDLE BEARING LOCKNUT FLANGE NUT Replace Left hand threads 178 N m 18 2 kgfm 132 Ibf ft SPLINED WASHER BALL BEARING r SPLINED 1 WASHER O RINGS Replace 2ND CLUTCH SNAP RING 32 mm...

Page 1153: ...g the secondary shaft 5 Press the secondary shaft out of the press fitted bearing E and remove the secondary shaft while holding the underside of the secondary shaft The secondary shaft falls down whe...

Page 1154: ...and 1st 1st hold clutch H on the secondary shaft I Do not install the O rings during inspection 2 Install the ball bearing J over the 1st 1st hold clutch guide with the special tools and a press 07746...

Page 1155: ...earance WASHER 52 mm No Part Number Thickness A 90502 RDK 010 2 705 m m 0 107 in B 90503 RDK 010 2 680 m m 0 106 in C 90504 RDK 010 2 655 m m 0 105 in D 90505 RDK 010 2 630 m m 0 104 in E 90506 RDK 01...

Page 1156: ...one way clutch replace the 1st clutch hub C The 1st gear one way clutch is not available separately from the 1st clutch hub 1st Clutch Hub R e p l a c e m e n t Special Tools Required Driver 07749 001...

Page 1157: ...sher 3 Install the 2nd clutch H on the secondary shaft and secure the 2nd clutch with the snap ring I 4 Install the idler gear J in the direction shown thrust needle bearing K 1st gear collar L needle...

Page 1158: ...put the secondary shaft C on the V block and vise 07XAA 002010A 11 Attach the special tool onto the 1st clutch guide and secure the special tool with the vise to hold the secondary shaft Tighten the...

Page 1159: ...e torque 3 Measure the height B of the secondary shaft converter housing B in the direction shown and installation between the surface C of the gasket install the secondary shaft assembly C and the to...

Page 1160: ...in J 90470 RDK 010 1 20 m m 0 047 in K 90471 RDK 010 1 24 m m 0 049 in L 90472 RDK 010 1 28 m m 0 050 in M 90473 RDK 010 1 32 m m 0 052 in N 90474 RDK 010 1 36 m m 0 054 in 0 90475 RDK 010 1 40 mm 0...

Page 1161: ...ssive wear and check the shaft splines for excessive wear and damage 5 Check the sealing rings for excessive wear and damage 6 Check the 3rd gear axial clearance see page 14 327 and intermediary shaft...

Page 1162: ...shaft out of the press fitted gear 3 Remove the remaining parts from the intermediary shaft Intermediary Shaft 4th Gear Installation Special Tools Required Driver 40 mm I D 07746 0030100 1 Wrap the s...

Page 1163: ...sher B thrust needle bearing C needle bearing D 3rd gear E and thrust needle bearing F on the Intermediary shaft G Do not install the O rings during inspection 2 Install the 4th gear H with the specia...

Page 1164: ...then recheck the clearance SPLINED WASHER 53 mm No Part Number Thickness A 90546 RDK 000 3 995 m m 0 1573 in B 90547 RDK 000 4 015 m m 0 1581 in C 90548 RDK 000 4 035 m m 0 1589 in D 90549 RDK 000 4 0...

Page 1165: ...n 4 If the measurement is out of standard remove the 26 5 m m washer and measure its thickness 5 Select and install a new washer then recheck the installation height WASHER 26 5 mm No Part Number Thic...

Page 1166: ...spring compressor bolt assembly 07GAE PG40200 or 07GAE PG4020A 1 Remove the snap ring A with a screwdriver B 2 Remove the 1st clutch end plate A 1st clutch discs B 5 1st clutch waved plates C 5 disc...

Page 1167: ...spring E from the 3rd clutch drum F A 6 Make reference marks on the clutch waved plates 7 Remove the clutch end plate A clutch discs B 4 clutch waved plates C 3 clutch flat plates D 1 and disc spring...

Page 1168: ...l A is adjusted to have full contact with the spring retainer B on the 1st 2nd and 4th clutches 13 If either end of the special tool is set over an area of the spring retainer that is unsupported by t...

Page 1169: ...over the 17 Remove the snap ring with the snap ring pliers clutch return spring end A the retainer may be 16 Compress the return spring until the snap ring can 19 Remove the snap ring A spring retain...

Page 1170: ...he other passage while applying air pressure 21 Remove the 1st 1st hold clutch piston A from the clutch drum B and remove the O rings from the 1st clutch piston 22 Remove the 1st hold clutch piston A...

Page 1171: ...e and discoloration Clutch Discs Standard Thickness 1 94 mm 0 076 in Clutch Flat plates and Clutch Waved plates Standard Thickness 1st clutch 1 6 mm 0 063 in Ist hold clutch 1 8 mm 0 071 in 2nd clutch...

Page 1172: ...clutch waved plate about 72 degrees or 54 degrees apart from the bottom while holding the waved plate by its circumference The dial indicator should be at the top E of a phase difference Do not rotat...

Page 1173: ...clutch pistons during inspection 3 Starting with the 1st hold clutch plate alternately install the plates A 3 and discs B 3 then install the 1st hold clutch plate B C with the flat side down in the d...

Page 1174: ...O rings on the clutch pistons during inspection 8 Starting with the 2nd clutch flat plate alternately install the flat plates A 4 and discs B 4 and alternately install the waved plates C 3 and discs B...

Page 1175: ...he disc spring A in the 5th clutch drum B in the direction shown Install the 5th clutch flat plate C 1 Starting with the clutch disc alternately install the clutch discs D 4 and waved plates E 3 Insta...

Page 1176: ...031 0 037 in 5th clutch 0 80 0 95 mm 0 031 0 037 in 17 If the clearance is out of the service limit select a new clutch end plate from the following table 1ST CLUTCH END PLATES Plate No Part Number T...

Page 1177: ...and 5TH CLUTCH END PLATES Plate No Part Number Thickness 1 22571 RJB 003 2 1 m m 0 083 in 2 22572 RJB 003 2 2 m m 0 087 in 3 22573 RJB 003 2 3 m m 0 091 in 4 22574 RJB 003 2 4 m m 0 094 in 5 22575 RJ...

Page 1178: ...lutch piston C 3 Install the new O rings A on the 1st clutch piston B and install the 1st 1st hold clutch piston in the 1st 1st hold clutch drum C while applying pressure and rotating to ensure proper...

Page 1179: ...e snap ring F on the retainer 9 Install the special tools v 07LAE PX40100 07LAE PX40100 or 07HAE PL50101 10 Be sure the special tool A is adjusted to have full contact with the spring retainer B on th...

Page 1180: ...tches so the special tool works on the clutch return spring C 13 If either end of the special tool is not set over the clutch return spring end A the retainer may be damaged 14 Compress the return spr...

Page 1181: ...h end plate H with the flat side down on the top disc 19 Starting with the 2nd clutch flat plate alternately install the flat plates A 4 and discs B 4 in the 2nd clutch drum C and alternately install...

Page 1182: ...ved plates E 3 Install the clutch end plate F with the flat side down on the top disc 22 Install the disc spring A in the 5th clutch drum B in the direction shown Install the 5th clutch flat plate C 1...

Page 1183: ...BODY ACCUMULATOR SEPARATOR PLATE REGULATOR VALVE BODY O RING Replace STATOR SHAFT REGULATOR SEPARATOR PLATE 6 x 1 0 mm Seven Bolts 8 x 1 25 mm Three Bolts SECONDARY VALVE BODY SECONDARY SEPARATOR PLA...

Page 1184: ...rques then recheck Failure to align the ATF pump driven gear shaft correctly will result in a seized ATF pump drive gear or ATF pump driven gear shaft 6 Install the lubrication check valve cooler chec...

Page 1185: ...ATFP joint pipe ends then install the ATFP joint pipe G 22 Install the selector control shaft and the park lever link H 23 Assemble the mainshaft coutershaft and secondary shaft 24 Install the needle...

Page 1186: ...e lock bolt and the new lock washer B then bend the lock tab of the lock washer against the bolt head 6 x 1 0 mm 14 N m 1 4 kgfm 10 Ibfft 28 Install the park pawl shaft A pawl spring B park pawl C and...

Page 1187: ...e B in the torque converter housing 33 Install the two dowel pins A and the new gasket B on the torque converter housing C 34 Place the transmission housing D on the torque converter housing 35 Wrap a...

Page 1188: ...re steps in a criss cross pattern to 44 N m 4 5 kgf m 33 Ibf ft 10 x 1 25 mm 39 N m 4 0 kgfm 29 Ibf ft 2 Bolts 12 x 1 25 mm 64 N m 6 5 kgf m 47 Ibf ft 10x1 25 mm 44 N m 4 5 kgfm 33 Ibf ft 20 Bolts 40...

Page 1189: ...he solenoid harness connector 49 Connect the GRN harness connector to the shift solenoid valve C 50 Connect the YEL harness connector to the shift solenoid valve A 51 Connect the RED harness connector...

Page 1190: ...their filter side into the transmission housing 56 Install the new O rings D over the ATF feed pipes and install the A T clutch pressure control solenoid valves A and B E 57 Install the 8 x 53 m m AT...

Page 1191: ...ector control shaft with a 6 0 m m wrench 63 Set the transmission range switch A to the N position The transmission range switch clicks in the N position and the selector control shaft hole B aligns w...

Page 1192: ...mounting bolts to 12 N m 1 2 kgf m 8 7 Ibf ft 68 Install the control lever A spring washer B lock washer C and locknut D on the selector control shaft E 69 Install the new O ring A on the input shaft...

Page 1193: ...and secure the ATF lines with the 6 0 m m bolt G Tighten the bolts to 12 N m 1 2 kgf m 8 7 Ibfft 75 Install the ATF temperature sensor H with the new O ring I Install the harness clamp on the clamp br...

Page 1194: ...ring 11 7 m m dia A and a new O ring 11 0 m m dia C on the ATF feed pipe D then install the feed pipe with the large end in the torque converter housing 81 Install the dowel pins E in the torque conve...

Page 1195: ...age 14 363 SPACER 1 Install the driveshaft and intermediate shaft into the differential assembly 2 Secure the driveshaft inboard joint A in a bench vise B with soft jaws C To prevent damage to the inb...

Page 1196: ...the differential carrier is replaced 1 Remove the final driven gear from the differential carrier NOTE The final driven gear bolts has left hand threads 2 Install the final driven gear on the differen...

Page 1197: ...gh rotation If the bearing is OK removal is not necessary 1 Remove the carrier bearing A with a commercially available bearing puller B bearing separator C and stepper adapter D 2 Install the new carr...

Page 1198: ...ment 07JAD PH80101 1 Remove the oil seal from the transmission housing 2 Remove the oil seal from the torque converter housing 3 Install the new oil seal flush to the transmission housing with the spe...

Page 1199: ...TF during installation 1 Remove the bearing outer race A spacer B and 85 m m thrust shim C from the transmission housing D by heating the housing to about 212 F 100 C with a heat gun E Do not heat the...

Page 1200: ...torque converter housong E 6 x 1 0 mm 12 N m 1 1 2 kgfm 8 7 Ibf ft 6 x 1 0 mm 12 N m 1 2 kgfm 7 Ibf ft 6 Install the spacer and the new outer race in the torque converter housing 7 Drive the bearing o...

Page 1201: ...a heat gun E Do not heat the housing more than 212 F 100 C NOTE Let the transmission housing cool to room temperature before adjusting the bearing preload 2 Replace the tapered roller bearing when the...

Page 1202: ...ts 23 bolts with the transmission hangers F and the ground terminal bracket G then tighten the bolts 9 Rotate the differential assembly in both directions to seat the bearings 10 Measure the starting...

Page 1203: ...n P 41455 RDK 000 1 725 m m 0 0679 in Q 41456 RDK 000 1 750 m m 0 0689 in R 41457 RDK 000 1 775 m m 0 0699 in S 41458 RDK 000 1 800 m m 0 0709 in T 41459 RDK 000 1 825 m m 0 0719 in U 41460 RDK 000 1...

Page 1204: ......

Page 1205: ...iveshaft Disassembly 16 5 Dynamic Damper Replacement 16 8 Driveshaft Reassembly 16 10 Driveshaft Installation 16 18 Intermediate Shaft Removal 16 20 Intermediate Shaft Disassembly 16 21 Intermediate S...

Page 1206: ...D PH70201 Oil Seal Driver 1 07KAF PS30200 Bearing Separator 1 07MAC SL0A202 Ball Joint Remover 28 m m 1 07NAF SR30101 Half Shaft Base 1 07XAC 001020A Threaded Adapter 24 x 1 5 m m 1 07746 0010400 Atta...

Page 1207: ...nut 5 Drain the automatic transmission fluid Reinstall the drain plug with a new washer see page 14 231 6 Remove the self locking nut A 12 m m flange bolt B and 10 m m flange bolt C then remove the d...

Page 1208: ...y the inboard joint A from the differential case with a prybar Right driveshaft Drive the inboard joint A off of the intermediate shaft with a drift and hammer Remove the driveshaft as an assembly Do...

Page 1209: ...de 1 Remove the set ring from the inboard joint Remove the boot bands Be careful not to damage the boot If the boot band is a welded type A cut the boot band B If the boot band is a double loop type C...

Page 1210: ...ating them from the inboard joint C D A 4 Make a mark A on the rollers B and spider C to identify the locations of the rollers on the spider then remove the rollers D A 5 Remove the circlip D 6 Mark t...

Page 1211: ...int side Be careful not to damage the boot A 3 Wipe off the grease to expose the driveshaft and the outboard joint inner race 4 Make a mark A on the driveshaft B at the same position of the outboard j...

Page 1212: ...ynamic damper bands Be careful not to damage the dynamic damper see page 16 5 If the band is a welded type cut the band If the band is a double loop type lift up the band end and push it into the clip...

Page 1213: ...separator and a press as shown PRESS 07KAF PS30200 3 Mark the following position on the driveshaft A Left driveshaft 291 7 295 7 mm 11 48 11 64 in Right driveshaft 304 7 308 7 mm 11 20 12 15 in OUTBOA...

Page 1214: ...Driveline Axle Driveshaft R e a s s e m b l y Exploded View SET RING LOW PROFILE BANDS Replace EAR CLAMP BANDS Replace Use the grease included in the outboard boot set 16 10...

Page 1215: ...nto the driveshaft then remove the vinyl tape Be careful not to damage the inboard boot 3 Install the spider A onto the driveshaft by aligning the marks B on the spider and the end of the driveshaft B...

Page 1216: ...joint and the rollers Hold the driveshaft so the inboard joint is pointing up to prevent it from falling off A 8 Install the boot bands For the double loop type go to step 13 Boot band replacement on...

Page 1217: ...e clip B 16 Using the free end of the band through the nose section of the commercially available boot band tool KD 3191 or equivalent A and into the slot on the winding mandrel B 17 Using a wrench on...

Page 1218: ...tail protruding from the clip 20 Bend the band end A by tapping it down with a hammer NOTE Make sure the band and clip do not interfere with anything on the vehicle and the band does not move Remove...

Page 1219: ...he new stop ring in the driveshaft groove A 4 Insert the driveshaft A into the outboard joint B until the stop ring C is close to the joint 5 To completely seat the outboard joint pick up the drivesha...

Page 1220: ...the new joint boot set Grease quantity Outboard joint 140 150 g 4 9 5 3 oz 8 Adjust the length of the driveshafts to these measurements then adjust the boots to halfway between full compression and fu...

Page 1221: ...ailable boot band pincers Kent Moore J 35910 or equivalent B B 11 Check the clearance between the closed ear portion of the band If the clearance is not within the specifications shown close the ear p...

Page 1222: ...d grooves at intervals of 2 3 splines and from the set ring groove B so that air can bleed from the intermediate shaft 3 Clean the areas where the driveshaft contacts the differential thoroughly with...

Page 1223: ...sely install the flange bolt C E 12 x 1 25 mm 64 N m 6 5 kgf m 47 Ibf ft 8 Loosely install the flange bolt D and a new self locking nut E 9 Install a new spindle nut A then tighten the nut After tight...

Page 1224: ...iveshaft see page 16 3 3 Remove exhaust pipe A see step 41 on page 5 7 4 Remove the exhaust pipe bracket A and heat shield B A 5 Remove the flange bolt A and two dowel bolts B B A 6 Remove the interme...

Page 1225: ...mediate shaft A out of the Oil seal driver 07947 SB00100 intermediate shaft bearing B using a press Be Half shaft base 07NAF SR30101 careful not to damage the metal rings C on the intermediate shaft d...

Page 1226: ...t D i s a s s e m b l y cont d 3 Remove the internal snap ring A from the bearing support B 4 Press the intermediate shaft bearing A out of the bearing support B using the special tools and a press 07...

Page 1227: ...0 Intermediate Shaft R e a s s e m b l y Exploded View D O W E L B O L T S INTERMEDIATE SHAFT RING 10 x 1 25 m m Pack the interior of the outer seal cont d 16 23...

Page 1228: ...201 NOTE Refer to the Exploded View as needed during this procedure 1 Clean the disassembled parts with solvent and dry them with compressed air Do not wash the rubber parts with solvent 2 Press the i...

Page 1229: ...cont d 16 25...

Page 1230: ...ermediate Shaft R e a s s e m b l y cont d 6 Install the outer seal A into the bearing support B using the special tool and a press PRESS 07GAD PH70201 A Pack the interior of the outer seal 7 Install...

Page 1231: ...ential Hold the intermediate shaft horizontally to prevent damage to the differential oil seal B A 2 Install the flange bolt A and two dowel bolts B B 10 x 1 25 mm 39 N m 4 0 kgf m 29 Ibf ft 3 Install...

Page 1232: ......

Page 1233: ...ering Linkage and Gearbox Inspection 17 5 Steering Wheel Removal 17 6 Steering Wheel Disassembly Reassembly 17 7 Steering Wheel Installation 17 8 Steering Column Removal and Installation 17 9 Steering...

Page 1234: ...Steering Special Tools Ref No Tool Number Description Qty 07MAA SL00200 Locknut Wrench 43 m m 1 17 2...

Page 1235: ...ering Wheel Disassembly Reassembly page 17 7 Steering Wheel Installation page 17 8 STEERING COLUMN Steering Column Removal and Installation page 17 9 Steering Column Tilt Telescopic Inspection page 17...

Page 1236: ...gearbox see page 17 5 Rotational play 0 10 mm 0 0 39 in P o w e r A s s i s t C h e c k NOTE This test should be done with original equipment tires and wheels at the correct tire pressure 1 Start the...

Page 1237: ...Steering Linkage a n d G e a r b o x Inspection 17...

Page 1238: ...ee page 24 139 4 Disconnect the steerring switch connector A 5 Loosen the steering wheel bolt B 6 Install a commercially available steering wheel puller A on the steering wheel B Free the steering whe...

Page 1239: ...Steering W h e e l D i s a s s e m b l y R e a s s e m b l y AUDIO REMOTE SWITCH A C C E S S PANEL 17...

Page 1240: ...ft when installing the steering wheel B 3 Install the steering wheel bolt A and tighten it to the specified torque Connect the steering switch connector B Make sure the wire harness is routed and fast...

Page 1241: ...e steering wheel see page 17 6 4 Remove the column covers 5 Remove the driver s dashboard lower cover see page 20 67 6 Remove the driver s under cover see page 20 67 7 Remove the steering joint cover...

Page 1242: ...aft by removing the screws B 14 Disconnect the connectors from the ignition switch and release the wire harness clips from the steering column 15 Remove the steering joint bolt C then disconnect the s...

Page 1243: ...A on to the pinion shaft B NOTE Pinion shaft with center guide install the steering joint by aligning the slit C of the steering joint with the tab D of the center guide Position the angle of the cen...

Page 1244: ...ing items NOTE If the IMA battery level gauge BAT displays no segments start the engine and hold it between 3 500 rpm and 4 000 rpm without load in Park or neutral until the BAT displays at least thre...

Page 1245: ...If there is distortion or breakage replace the steering column as an assembly Check the tilt mechanism and telescopic mechanism for movement and damage E E D Steering Lock R e p l a c e m e n t 1 Rem...

Page 1246: ...1 0 5 B 25 N m 2 5 kgf m 18 Ibfft 5 Retighten the rack guide screw to 5 9 N m 0 6 kgf m 4 Ibf ft then back it off to the specified angle Specified return angle 1 0 5 6 Hold the rack guide screw stati...

Page 1247: ...2 Symptom Troubleshooting Index 17 23 System Description 17 24 Circuit Diagram 17 26 DTC Troubleshooting 17 29 EPS Indicator Circuit Troubleshooting 17 44 Steering Gearbox Removal and Installation 17...

Page 1248: ...EPS Components Special Tools Ref No Tool Number Description Qty 07MAC SL0A202 07965 SA50500 Ball Joint Remover 28 m m Front Hub Dis Assembly Tool 1 1 17 16...

Page 1249: ...ING GEARBOX Steering Gearbox Removal and Installation page 17 47 Rack End Removal and Installation page 17 61 Rack Guide Removal Installation page 17 65 Tie rod Ball Joint Boot Replacement page 17 67...

Page 1250: ...engine speed is 500 rpm or less and the vehicle is travelling at a speed of 6 mph 10 km h or more for about 3 seconds To determine the actual cause of the problem question the customer about the condi...

Page 1251: ...ition whenever the gearbox is removed and installed or when the torque sensor or EPS control unit is replaced NOTE The torque sensor neutral position is not effected when erasing the DTCs How to Troub...

Page 1252: ...w the prompts on the HDS to display the DTC s on the screen After determining the DTC refer to the DTC troubleshooting NOTE See the HDS Help menu for specific instructions How to Clear DTCs 1 With the...

Page 1253: ...placed Note that the torque sensor neutral position is not affected when erasing the DTC 1 With the ignition switch OFF connect the HDS to the data link connector DLC A located under the dash on the d...

Page 1254: ...he voltage for IG1 see page 17 37 22 Excessive change of the vehicle speed sensor signal see page 17 38 22 A problem with average for vehicle speed and engine speed see page 17 38 23 A problem with th...

Page 1255: ...re stored EPS Indicator Circuit Troubleshooting see page 17 44 EPS indicator is not on no DTCs are stored but there is no power assist 1 Check the motor RED wire between the EPS control unit and the m...

Page 1256: ...otor minus Drives the actuator motor 1 GND 2 RED M Motor plus Drives the actuator motor 2 GND EPS Control Unit Inputs and Outputs for Connector B 2P EPS CONTROL UNIT CONNECTOR B 2P T Z T 2 Wire side o...

Page 1257: ...BLU RED NEP Engine pulse Detects tachometer signal 9 GND Start the engine 3 Vor less 6 V or more 10 BLU VSP Vehicle speed pulse Detects vehicle speed signal from the speedometer 10 GND Turn the front...

Page 1258: ...I T C H B L K Y E L IG1 HOT in ON II and S T A R T III G A U G E C O N T R O L M O D U L E U N D E R D A S H F U S E R E L A Y B O X o o No 21 7 5 A Y E L Y E L Y E L P C M 57 A11 V S P A23 NEP A17 P...

Page 1259: ...L U S C S C 4 K L I N E C 5 G N D 1 C I G N D 2 B L K B L K 11 12 V V C C T T H 5 v R E G U L A T O R P O W E R R E L A Y H4 ttft F A I L S A F E R E L A Y r D1 V S 1 D 2 P V F D 3 V S 2 A1 M A 2 M h...

Page 1260: ...29 Wire side of female terminals EPS CONTROL UNIT CONNECTOR A 2P EPS CONTROL UNIT CONNECTOR B 2P EPS CONTROL UNIT CONNECTOR C 13P EPS CONTROL UNIT CONNECTOR D 3P 1 4 5 6 8 9 10 11 12 13 2 3 Wire side...

Page 1261: ...unit connector A 2P and the motor 2P connector 2 Check for continuity between EPS control unit connector A 2P terminal No 2 and motor 2P connector terminal No 2 EPS CONTROL UNIT CONNECTOR A 2P MOTOR...

Page 1262: ...ing wheel from lock to lock several times and wait 10 seconds or more Does the EPS indicatior come on YES Go to step 5 NO The system is OK at this time B 5 Stop the engine and verify the DTC Is DTC 4...

Page 1263: ...to step 8 NO Replace the fuse and recheck 8 Disconnect EPS control unit connector B 2P 9 Measure the voltage between EPS control unit connector B 2P terminal No 1 and body ground EPS CONTROL UNIT CONN...

Page 1264: ...there continuity YES Go to step 14 NO Repair open in the wire between EPS control unit and motor 14 Check for continuity between EPS control unit connector A 2P terminal No 2 and body ground EPS CONTR...

Page 1265: ...3P connector 8 Check for continuity between the appropriate EPS control unit connector D 3P terminal and body ground see table Terminal name EPS control unit connector D terminal No VS1 1 PVF 2 VS2 3...

Page 1266: ...ontinuity Y E S G o t o step 11 11 On the sensor side measure resistance between torque sensor 3P connector terminals No 1 and No 2 and between terminals No 2 and No 3 TORQUE SENSOR 3P CONNECTOR VS2 T...

Page 1267: ...ar the DTC with the HDS 3 Start the engine 4 Turn the steering wheel fully to the left and hold it in that position for 10 seconds or more Does the EPS indicator come on YES Goto step 5 NO The system...

Page 1268: ...10 On the sensor side measure resistance between torque sensor 3P connector terminals No 1 and No 2 and between terminals No 2 and No 3 TORQUE SENSOR 3P CONNECTOR Terminal side of male terminals Is th...

Page 1269: ...cated DTC 21 Voltage For IG1 1 Check the No 21 7 5 A fuse in the under dash fuse relay box NOTE All indicators except the charging system indicator will not come on when the No 21 7 5 A fuse is blown...

Page 1270: ...6 mph 10 km h or more for about 3 seconds 1 Start the engine and check the tachometer Is the tachometer working correctly 5 Check for continuity between EPS control unit connector C 13P terminal No 1...

Page 1271: ...pulse 0 12 V YES Go to step 10 NO Repair open in the wire between the EPS control unit and the P C M 10 Turn the ignition switch OFF 11 Start the engine and let it idle 12 Measure the voltage between...

Page 1272: ...rol unit connector C 13P terminal No 8 and body ground EPS CONTROL UNIT CONNECTOR C 13P 1 1 1 4 5 6 8 9 10 11 12 13 ATP NP RED YEL Wire side of female terminals Is there continuity YES Repair short to...

Page 1273: ...he appropriate troubleshooting for the DTC indicated DTC 36 Change of the Motor Voltage 1 Turn the ignition switch ON II 2 Clear the DTC with the HDS 3 Start the engine 4 Turn the steering wheel to ri...

Page 1274: ...re between No 22 EPS 70 A fuse in the under hood fuse relay box and EPS control unit B DTC 37 Motor Voltage 1 Check the No 22 EPS 70 A fuse in the under hood fuse relay box Is the fuse OK YES Goto ste...

Page 1275: ...o step 6 NO Repair open in the wire between EPS control unit and motor H 6 Check for continuity between EPS control unit connector A 2P terminal No 2 and body ground EPS CONTROL UNIT CONNECTOR A 2P M...

Page 1276: ...ute a known good EPS control unit and recheck NO Perform the appropriate troubleshooting for the DTC indicated E P S Indicator Circuit Troubleshooting 1 Turn the ignition switch ON II 2 Start the engi...

Page 1277: ...O Repair open in the wire between gauge control module and EPS control unit B 9 Check for continuity between body ground and EPS control unit connector C 13P terminals No 1 and No 5 individually EPS C...

Page 1278: ...link connector 16P terminal No 9 and body ground DATA LINK CONNECTOR 16P 4 5 7 9 12 14 16 SCS BRN Terminal side of female terminals Is there about 6 V YES Goto step 18 NO Repair open in the wire betw...

Page 1279: ...nnel presets 2 Make sure the ignition switch is OFF then disconnect the negative cable from the battery 3 Raise the front of vehicle and support it with safety stands in the proper locations see page...

Page 1280: ...Remove the splash shield A 14 Disconnect the torque sensor 3P connector A from the steering gearbox 15 Disconnect the motor 2P connector A and the ground terminal B from passenger s side of the steer...

Page 1281: ...nuts on reassembly 10 x 1 25 mm 19 Remove the self locking nuts B on the front of the exhaust pipe A NOTE Use new self locking nuts on reassembly 10 x 1 25 mm 20 Remove the exhaust pipe A mount B then...

Page 1282: ...damper A and rear engine mount base mounting bolts B 10 x 1 25 mm 24 Remove the steering gearbox mounting bolts A on driver s side of the gearbox and remove the mounting bracket B A 10 x 1 25 mm 25 R...

Page 1283: ...EQS02C000016 Raise the jack E and line up the slots in the arms with the bolt holes on the corner of the jack base then attach them with bolts securely Support the engine and the transmission with th...

Page 1284: ...jack supporting the subframe A bolts B and loosen the flange bolts C about with the special tool until the subframe has 15 m m 9 16 in from the mounting surface on both dropped about 50 m m 1 15 16 in...

Page 1285: ...teering gearbox A as an assembly toward the driver s side of the vehicle until the pinion shaft clears the wheelwell opening Be careful not to damage the brake lines with the pinion shaft 38 Remove th...

Page 1286: ...Pass the motor B of the steering gearbox through the wheelwell opening on the driver s side 4 Carefully move the steering gearbox toward the passenger s side until the pinion shaft clears the wheelwel...

Page 1287: ...93 N m 10 5 kgfm 75 9 Ibf ft 9 5 kgfm 69 Ibf ft 10 Install the subframe front bracket A with the bracket mounting bolts B then tighten the flange bolts C to the specified torque on both sides of the...

Page 1288: ...25 mm 38 N m 3 9 kgfm 28 Ibfft 15 Install the gearbox mounting bracket C over the mounting cushion 16 Tighten the flange bolts on both sides of the gearbox to the specified torque alternately in two o...

Page 1289: ...ee way catalytic converter TWC B 8 x 1 25 mm 22 N m 2 2 kgfm 16 Ibfft 22 Install the new the self locking nuts B on the front of the exhaust pipe A B 10 x 1 25 mm 54 N m 5 5 kgf m 40 Ibfft 23 Install...

Page 1290: ...the motor 2P connector until you hear a click so that the connector is secured 26 Connect the torque sensor 3P connector A to the steering gearbox Make sure to push the connector until you hear a clic...

Page 1291: ...driving position cut the wire D and slip the lower end of the steering joint on to pinion shaft E 34 Align the bolt hole A on the steering joint with the groove B around the pinion shaft and loosely i...

Page 1292: ...gine and hold it between 3 500 rpm and 4 000 rpm without load in Park or neutral until the BAT displays at least three segments Power window control unit reset procedure see page 22 200 Enter the anti...

Page 1293: ...vailable separately TORQUE SENSOR CORE PINION SHAFT If the torque sensor core is faulty replace the pinion shaft as an assembly The core is not available separately PINION DUST COVER Inspect for damag...

Page 1294: ...eplace steering gearbox as an assembly 1 Remove the boot bands A and discard them Remove the tie rod clips B and pull the boots away from the ends of the gearbox B d 2 Unbend the lock washer A A 3 Uns...

Page 1295: ...he rack end ball joint housing A 4 Apply multipurpose grease to the circumference of the rack end joint housing A and lock washer B 5 Apply a light coat of silicone grease to the boot fitting grooves...

Page 1296: ...or other foreign materials to enter the gearbox Do not try to disassemble the torque sensor coil and torque sensor core If the sensor core are faulty replace the pinion shaft as an assembly If the tor...

Page 1297: ...g removal installation do not allow dust dirt or other foreign materials to enter the gearbox 1 Remove the steering gearbox see page 17 47 2 Loosen the locknut A then remove the rack guide screw B spr...

Page 1298: ...t in the reverse order of removal 9 Reconnect the negative cable to the battery and do the following items NOTE If the IMA battery level gauge BAT displays no segments start the engine and hold it bet...

Page 1299: ...he boot check the ball pin tapered section for grease contamination and wipe it if necessary 07965 SA50500 G e a r b o x M o u n t C u s h i o n R e p l a c e m e n t 1 Remove the steering gearbox see...

Page 1300: ......

Page 1301: ...t Replacement 18 19 Upper Arm Replacement 18 20 Lower Arm Removal Installation 18 21 Stabilizer Link Replacement 18 23 Stabilizer Bar Replacement 18 24 Damper Spring Replacement 18 25 Rear Suspension...

Page 1302: ...oint Thread Protector 12 m m 1 07GAD SD40101 Attachment 78 x 90 m m 1 07GAF SD40100 Hub Dis Assembly Tool 42 m m 1 07GAG SD40700 Ball Joint Boot Clip Guide 1 07MAC SL0A202 Ball Joint Remover 28 m m 1...

Page 1303: ...ion page 18 28 UPPER ARM Replacement page 18 20 BALL JOINT BOOT Replacement page 18 19 STABILIZER LINK Replacement page 18 23 STABILIZER BAR Replacement page 18 24 KNUCKLE HUB WHEEL BEARING Knuckle Hu...

Page 1304: ...Front and Rear Suspension C o m p o n e n t Location Index cont d Rear Suspension REAR DAMPER Removal page 18 41 Disassembly Inspection page 18 41 Reassembly page 18 42 Installation page 18 43 18 4...

Page 1305: ...upport it with safety stands in the proper locations see page 1 7 2 Remove the wheel and deflate the tire 3 Carefully cut off the valve A at its base and push the remaining rubber portion of the valve...

Page 1306: ...ste Check with your local regulations 8 If you are repairing the tire for reuse completely wipe out the inside of the tire fix the flat and install a new tire valve NOTE Wipe the fluid sealant complet...

Page 1307: ...i 4 Check the runout of the wheels and tires see page 18 10 5 Check the suspension ball joints Hold a wheel with your hands and move it up and down and right and left to check for wobbling 1 6 Bounce...

Page 1308: ...lable computerized four wheel alignment equipment to measure wheel alignment caster camber toe and turning angle Follow the equipment manufacturer s instructions 1 Center the steering wheel spokes and...

Page 1309: ...ocking nut with a new one and lightly tighten it NOTE Always use a new self locking nut whenever it has been loosened 5 Adjust the rear toe by turning the adjusting bolt until the toe is correct 6 Tig...

Page 1310: ...in 4 Measure the bearing end play moving the brake disc inward and outward 5 If the bearing end play measurement is more than the standard replace the wheel bearing W h e e l Runout Inspection NOTE W...

Page 1311: ...t 1 5 mm 0 06 in n 5 If the wheel runout is not within the specification check the wheel bearing end play see page 18 10 and make sure the mating surfaces on the brake disc or brake drum and the insid...

Page 1312: ...stall the special tools as shown Insert the jaws carefully making sure not to damage the ball joint boot Adjust the jaw spacing by turning the adjusting bolt B NOTE Fasten the safety chain C securely...

Page 1313: ...fft BALL JOINT BOOT Check for deterioration and damage CASTLE NUT 12 x 1 25 mm 78 88 N m 8 0 9 0 kgfm 5 8 6 5 Ibfft SPLASH GUARD Check for corrosion deformation and damage Replace if rusted BRAKE DISC...

Page 1314: ...page 1 7 2 Remove the wheel nuts and front wheel 108 N m 11 0 k g f m 79 6 Ibf ft 3 Remove the brake hose mounting bracket A B 12 x 1 25 m m 108 N m 11 0 k g f m 79 6 Ibf ft 5 Remove the wheel sensor...

Page 1315: ...e using the special tool see page 18 12 12 Remove the cotter pin A from the lower arm ball joint and loosen the nut B NOTE To avoid damaging the ball joint install the special tool on the threads of t...

Page 1316: ...ortion of the ball joint pin the lower arm connecting hole and the threaded section and mating surface of the castle nut First install all the components and lightly tighten the bolts and nuts then ra...

Page 1317: ...rm the splash guard Hold onto the hub to keep it from falling when pressed clear 07GAF SD40100 2 Press the wheel bearing inner race A off of the hub B using the special tool commercially available bea...

Page 1318: ...ward the inside of the knuckle Remove any oil grease dust metal debris and other foreign material from the encoder surface Keep any magnetic tools away from the encoder surface Be careful not to damag...

Page 1319: ...ing surface B 3 Wipe the grease off the tapered portion of the pin C and pack fresh grease into the base D Do not let dirt or other foreign materials get into the boot 4 Install the boot on the ball j...

Page 1320: ...e new cotter pin into the ball joint pin hole from the front to the rear of vehicle and bend its end as shown 4 Disconnect the upper arm ball joint from the knuckle using the special tool see page 18...

Page 1321: ...ng it Install a new cotter pin on the castle nut after torquing Before installing the wheel clean the mating surface on the brake disc and the inside of the wheel Check the front wheel alignment and a...

Page 1322: ...arm in the reverse order of removal and note these items Be careful not to damage the ball joint boot when installing the knuckle Before connecting the lower arm ball joint to the lower arm degrease...

Page 1323: ...The left stabilizer link has a yellow paint mark D while the right stabilizer link has a white paint mark B 6 Place the floor jack under the lower arm and raise the suspension to load it with the veh...

Page 1324: ...the body see page 20 134 5 Remove the flange bolts B and bushing holders C then remove the bushings D and the stabilizer bar E 6 Install the stabilizer bar in the reverse order of removal and note th...

Page 1325: ...WASHER Check for deformation RUBBER BUSHING Check for weakness and damage COLLAR DAMPER MOUNTING BASE Check for deformation RUBBER BUSHING Check for weakness and damage SPRING MOUNTING CUSHION Check...

Page 1326: ...three 10 m m flange nuts B from the top of the damper and remove the damper assembly C Disassembly Inspection 1 Compress the damper spring with commercially available strut spring compressor A accordi...

Page 1327: ...ses and binding during these tests Reassembly NOTE Refer to the Exploded View as needed 1 Assemble the damper disassembled parts except for the washer and self locking nut 2 Install the damper assembl...

Page 1328: ...ion the damper assembly A in the body with the aligning tab B facing inside then loosely install the flange nuts A 2 Install the damper fork A over the driveshaft and onto the lower arm Install the fr...

Page 1329: ...n the flange nuts on the top of the damper to the specified torque values 7 Tighten the damper pinch bolts to the specified torque value 8 Tighten the flange nut on the damper fork to the specified to...

Page 1330: ...Rear Suspension K n u c k l e H u b Replacement Exploded View BRAKE DISC FLAT SCREW 6 x 1 0 mm 9 8 N m 1 0 kgf m 7 2 Ibf ft 18 30...

Page 1331: ...bolts B and remove the caliper assembly C from the knuckle To prevent damage to the caliper assembly or brake hose use a short piece of wire to hang the caliper assembly from the undercarriage Do not...

Page 1332: ...e brake disc clean the matching surfaces of the hub bearing unit and brake disc Before installing the wheel clean the mating surfaces of the brake disc and the inside of the wheel Knuckle Replacement...

Page 1333: ...er lower mounting bolt F and disconnect the damper from the knuckle 7 Remove the wheel sensor A from the knuckle Do not disconnect the wheel sensor connector 8 Remove the stabilizer link bracket B fro...

Page 1334: ...ounting nut and control arm mounting nut on reassembly Tighten the castle nut to the lower torque value then tighten it only far enough to align the slot with the hole in the stud Do not align the cas...

Page 1335: ...ng bracket B 5 Remove the flange bolt A and remove the upper arm B 12 x 1 25 mm 59 N m 6 0 kgfm 43 Ibfft 6 Install the upper arm in the reverse order of removal and note these items Be careful not to...

Page 1336: ...Raise the rear of the vehicle and support it with safety stands in the proper locations see page 1 7 2 Remove the rear wheel 3 Remove the control arm mounting nut A and washer B from the knuckle side...

Page 1337: ...dware to the specified torque values Before installing the wheel clean the mating surface on the brake disc and inside of the wheel Check the wheel alignment and adjusting it if necessary see page 18...

Page 1338: ...pins set at the center of their range of the movement 6 Place a jack under the knuckle and raise the suspension to load it with the vehicle s weight 7 Tighten the self locking nut A and flange nut B...

Page 1339: ...38 8 x 1 25 mm 4 Remove the flange bolts and bushing holders B then remove the bushing C and the stabilizer bar 5 Install the stabilizer bar in the reverse order of removal and note these items Note t...

Page 1340: ...ck for weakness and damage COLLAR DAMPER MOUNTING BASE Check for deformation RUBBER BUSHING Check for weakness and damage DUST COVER PLATE DUST COVER Check for bending and damage SPRING MOUNTING CUSHI...

Page 1341: ...R before you continue Disassembly Inspection 1 Compress the damper spring with the commercially available strut spring compressor A according to the manufacturer s instructions then remove the self l...

Page 1342: ...tepped part of the lower spring seat B and align the damper mounting base C as shown 2 Install the damper assembly on a commercially available strut spring compressor D 3 Compress the damper spring wi...

Page 1343: ...rear suspension with a floor jack load the vehicle s weight and tighten the flange bolt to the specified torque value 5 Tighten the flange nut while holding the joint pin E with a hex wrench F 6 Tight...

Page 1344: ......

Page 1345: ...est 19 11 Front Brake Pad Inspection and Replacement 19 12 Front Brake Disc Inspection 19 14 Front Brake Caliper Overhaul 19 15 Master Cylinder Replacement 19 16 Master Cylinder Inspection 19 17 Brake...

Page 1346: ...nd LINES Brake Hose and Line Inspection page 19 27 Brake Hose Replacement page 19 28 REAR BRAKE Rear Brake Pad Inspection and Replacement page 19 21 Rear Brake Disc Inspection page 19 24 Rear Brake Ca...

Page 1347: ...kage at Line joints Modulator Brake System Test Brake pedal sinks fades when braking 1 Start the engine and let it warm up to operating temperature 2 Attach a 50 m m 2 in piece of masking tape along t...

Page 1348: ...9 4 Without removing the brake lines unbolt and separate the master cylinder from the booster then spin the wheels to check for brake drag Is there brake drag at any of the wheels YES Goto step 5 NO C...

Page 1349: ...nterclockwise and pull it back until it is no longer touching the brake pedal 4 Lift up the carpet At the insulator cutout measure the pedal height C from the left side of the pedal pad D Standard ped...

Page 1350: ...Tighten the locknut firmly Connect the idle stop switch connector When finished start the engine and warm it up to nomal operating temperture the radiator fan comes on then make sure the engine stops...

Page 1351: ...ease the parking brake lever fully 2 Remove the center console rear cover A 3 Loosen the parking brake adjusting nut B start the engine and press the brake pedal several times to set the self adjustin...

Page 1352: ...ntil the parking brakes drag slightly when the rear wheels are turned 9 Release the parking brake lever fully and check that the parking brakes do not drag when the rear wheels are turned Readjust if...

Page 1353: ...caliper Add fluid as required 1 Make sure the brake fluid level in the reservoir is at the MAX upper level line A 2 Attach a length of clear drain tube to the bleed screw 3 Have someone slowly pump th...

Page 1354: ...Indicator Circuit Diagram G A U G E CONTROL MODULE INDICATOR DRIVER CIRCUIT BRAKE S Y S T E M INDICATOR ORN G R N R E D BRAKE FLUID PARKING BRAKE L E V E L SWITCH 1 9 SWITCH CLOSED Float down Jo 7 CLO...

Page 1355: ...hould be continuity With the brake lever down there should be no continuity Brake Fluid Level S w i t c h T e s t Check for continuity between the terminals 1 and 2 with the float in the down position...

Page 1356: ...nner pad A and outer pad B Do not include the thickness of the backing plate Brake pad thickness Standard 10 5 11 5 mm 0 41 0 45 in Service limit 1 6 mm 0 06 in Inner pad Replacement 1 Raise the front...

Page 1357: ...ke pads always reinstall the brake pads in their original positions to prevent a momentary loss of braking efficiency 12 Push in the piston B so the caliper will fit over the brake pads Check the brak...

Page 1358: ...disc is beyond the service limit for refinishing replace it see step 7 on page 18 15 A new disc should be refinished if its runout is greater than 0 10 m m 0 004 in Thickness and Parallelism 1 Raise...

Page 1359: ...llustration Make sure no dirt or other foreign matter gets in the brake fluid Make sure no grease or oil gets on the brake discs or pads When reusing pads always reinstall them in their original posit...

Page 1360: ...vent spills cover the hose joints with rags or shop towels 6 Remove the master cylinder mounting nuts D and washers 7 Remove the master cylinder from the brake booster E Be careful not to bend or dama...

Page 1361: ...s are free of dirt and other foreign particles Do not try to disassemble the master cylinder assembly Replace the master cylinder assembly with a new part if necessary Do not allow dirt or foreign mat...

Page 1362: ...engine If the brake pedal height does not vary while pressed for 30 seconds the vacuum booster is OK If the pedal rises the booster is faulty 2 Turn the engine off and wait 30 seconds Press the brake...

Page 1363: ...e master cylinder see page 19 16 4 Disconnect the vacuum hose A from the brake booster B A B 5 Remove the under hood fuse relay box cover 6 Disconnect terminals A of the under hood fuse relay box B 7...

Page 1364: ...the reverse order of removal and note these items After installing the brake booster and master cylinder fill the reservoir with new brake fluid bleed the brake system see page 19 9 and adjust the br...

Page 1365: ...nd outer pad B Do not include the thickness of the brake pad backing plate Brake pad thickness Standard 8 9 9 1 mm 0 35 Service limit 1 6 mm 0 06 in 0 36 in 3 If the brake pad thickness is less than t...

Page 1366: ...ated brake discs or pads reduce stopping ability Keep grease off the brake discs and pads 11 Install the brake pads and pad shims correctly Install the pad with the wear indicator C on the inside If y...

Page 1367: ...require a greater pedal stroke immediately after the brake pads have been replaced as a set Several applications of the brake pedal will restore the normal pedal stroke 16 After installation check for...

Page 1368: ...Snap on Tools Co are approved for this operation Thickness and Parallelism 1 Raise the rear of the vehicle and support it with safety stands in the proper locations see page 1 7 Remove the rear wheels...

Page 1369: ...ts with new ones as specified in the illustration Make sure no dirt or other foreign matter gets into the brake fluid Make sure no grease or oil gets on the brake discs or pads When reusing pads alway...

Page 1370: ...member C 3 Disconnect idle stop switch connector D 4 Disconnect brake pedal position switch connector E 5 Remove the mounting nuts F then remove the brake pedal with bracket G 6 Install the brake ped...

Page 1371: ...hose clip whenever the brake hose is serviced MASTER CYLINDER to BRAKE LINES 15 N m 1 5 kgfm 11 Ibfft BRAKE LINE to BRAKE HOSE 15 N m 1 5 kgf m 11 Ibfft BRAKE LINE to BRAKE HOSE 15 N m 1 5 kgfm 11 Ibf...

Page 1372: ...e nut wrench C 3 Remove and discard the brake hose clip A from the brake hose B A 4 Remove the banjo bolt C and disconnect the brake hose from the caliper 5 Remove the flange bolts D from the knuckle...

Page 1373: ...Parking Brake Cable Replacement Exploded View PARKING BRAKE SWITCH cont d 19 29...

Page 1374: ...p l a c e m e n t cont d 1 Remove the clip A from the rear brake caliper 2 Remove the parking brake cable from the rear brake caliper 3 Reinstall the parking brake cable in the reverse order of remov...

Page 1375: ...cription 19 38 Circuit Diagram 19 50 DTC Troubleshooting 19 53 ABS Indicator Circuit Troubleshooting 19 69 Brake System Indicator Circuit Troubleshooting 19 71 TCS Indicator Circuit Troubleshooting 19...

Page 1376: ...ABS TCS Components C o m p o n e n t Location Index 19 32...

Page 1377: ...vehicle is subject to an electrical signal disturbance To determine the actual cause of the problem question the customer about the conditions when the problem occured taking the above conditions int...

Page 1378: ...t and the ABS and or TCS indicator is still on Following the procedures when the ABS and or TCS indicator does not come on can result in incorrect diagnosis The connector illustrations show the female...

Page 1379: ...etermining the DTC refer to the DTC Troubleshooting NOTE See the HDS Help menu for specific instructions How to Clear DTCs 1 With the ignition switch OFF connect the HDS to the 16Pdata link connector...

Page 1380: ...e 19 58 33 ABS solenoid see page 19 58 34 ABS solenoid see page 19 58 35 ABS solenoid see page 19 58 36 ABS solenoid see page 19 58 37 ABS solenoid see page 19 58 38 ABS solenoid see page 19 58 41 Rig...

Page 1381: ...leshooting see page 19 71 Brake system indicator does not go off and no DTCs are stored Brake System Indicator Circuit Troubleshooting see page 19 72 TCS indicator does not come on TCS Indicator Circu...

Page 1382: ...ge 1 WHT B FSR Power source for the fail safe relay 1 GND At all times Battery voltage 2 YEL RED R L B Detects left rear wheel sensor signal 3 RED RL GND Detects left rear wheel sensor signal 4 BLU WH...

Page 1383: ...el sensor signal 18 GRN BLK FR B Detects right front wheel sensor signal 20 BRN WHT FL GND Detects left front wheel sensor signal 30 RED CAN L CAN communication circuit 32 BLK GND Ground for the ABS T...

Page 1384: ...tires and it thereby ensures maneuverability and stability of the vehicle The ABS calculates the slip rate of the wheels based on the vehicle speed and the wheel speed then it controls the brake flui...

Page 1385: ...r i v e I H Control H 1 Solenoid Solenoid L I Drive L T RIGHT FRONT I Solenoidj p SOLENOID LEFT FRONT D e t e c t I Slip Rate Kf o r l v 1 L L E F T F R O N T I Solenoid j L s O L E N O i p TCS Main...

Page 1386: ...topped in auto idle stop the ABS TCS modulator control unit drives the CAS regulator valve in the ABS TCS modulator control unit to retain the brake fluid pressure for the brake calipers The brake flu...

Page 1387: ...ulator Valve Wheel Speed Signal Brake Pedal Position ON Signal O F p CAS Operation Timer Acceleration Pedal Position Signal Idle Stop Signal CAS Regulator Valve Driving Current Master Cylinder Pressur...

Page 1388: ...otor lock ON OFF ON ON 52 Motor stuck OFF ON OFF ON ON 53 Motor stuck ON ON OFF ON ON 54 ABS fail safe relay ON ON ON ON 61 Low B FSR voltage ON ON or OFF ON ON 62 High B FSR voltage ON ON ON ON 64 Se...

Page 1389: ...g The hydraulic circuit is an independent four channel type one channel for each wheel ABS Control Pressure intensifying mode TCS NO valve open TCS NC valve closed inlet valve open outlet valve closed...

Page 1390: ...hrough the outlet valve to the reservoir M A S T E R C Y L I N D E R RL FR FL RR TCS Control Pressure intensifying mode TCS NO valve closed TCS NC valve open inlet valve open outlet valve closed pump...

Page 1391: ...aliper fluid is retained by the inlet valve and outlet valve M A S T E R C Y L I N D E R R L F R F L R R Pressure reducing mode TCS NO valve closed TCS NC valve open inlet valve closed outlet valve op...

Page 1392: ...t from the wheel sensor Wheel Speed and Modulator Control ABS SPEED VEHICLE SPEED REFERENCE VEHICLE SPEED PRESSURE OUTLET VALVE ON OFF INLET VALVE ON OFF n WHEEL SPEED MOTOR ON OFF 11 TIME n When the...

Page 1393: ...nt wheel speed rises sharply above the vehicle speed the TCS NC valve opens the TCS NO valve closes and the pump motor starts to intensify the front caliper fluid pressure When the wheel speed drops t...

Page 1394: ...INDICATOR DRIVER CIRCUIT BRAKE SYSTEM INDICATOR ABS INDICATOR TCS INDICATOR TCS ACTIVATION INDICATOR WHEEL SENSOR 3 LEFT FRONT RIGHT FRONT O R N Y E L E I W H T B L K P N K G R N R E D BRAKE FLUID LE...

Page 1395: ...G R N B L K R E D G R N Y E L B L U Y E L B L U A B S T C S MODULATOR CONTROL UNIT CAN H 30 B FSR 16 B MR 4 F L B 20 FL GND 18 FR B 17 FR GND 2 RL B 3 RL GND 5 R R B 6 A B S T C S CONTROL UNIT DTC EEP...

Page 1396: ...E L A Y BOX CONNECTOR C 12P 1 1 1 r 2 5 6 7 8 10 11 12 G A U G E CONTROL MODULE CONNECTOR B 30P 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 12 13 14 15 16 17 19 20 21 X 23 24 25 26 28 29 PCM CONNECTOR A 31P 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 u...

Page 1397: ...ND terminals of the ABS TCS control unit 47P connector individually see table DTC Appropriate Terminal DTC B GND 11 Right front FR B No 18 FR GND No 17 13 Left front F L B No 4 FL GND No 20 15 Right r...

Page 1398: ...nsor 2P connector 11 Check for continuity between body ground and the appropriate wheel sensor B and GND terminals of the ABS TCS control unit 47P connector individually see table DTC Appropriate Term...

Page 1399: ...R G N D P N K F R B G R N B L K F L G N D B R N W H T Wire side of female terminals Is there continuity in both directions YES Go to step 14 NO Check for a loose ABS TCS control unit 47P connector If...

Page 1400: ...r 12 Right front 14 Left front 16 Right rear 18 Left rear Are they OK Y E S G o t o step 6 NO Reinstall or replace the appropriate wheel sensor and magnetic encoder 6 Disconnect the ABS TCS control un...

Page 1401: ...al wheel sensor see page 19 82 DTC 21 22 23 24 Magnetic Encoder 1 Clear the DTC using the HDS see page 19 35 2 Disconnect the HDS from the 16P DLC 3 Test drive the vehicle at 19 mph 30 km h or more Do...

Page 1402: ...em is OK at this time DTC 41 42 43 44 Wheel Lock 1 Test drive the vehicle and check for brake drag by duplicating city driving at speeds over 30 mph 50 km h Use the brakes often Do the brakes drag YES...

Page 1403: ...rol unit 4 Reconnect the ABS TCS control unit 47P connector 5 Turn the ignition switch ON II 6 Measure the voltage between the ABS TCS control unit 47P connector terminal No 47 and body ground A B S T...

Page 1404: ...erminals Is there battery voltage YES Goto step 4 NO Repair open in the wire between the No 17 30 A fuse and the ABS TCS modulator control unit H 4 Reconnect the ABS TCS control unit 47P connector 5 T...

Page 1405: ...AAAA AMA AAAAAAA 16 47 MR GND BLK Y Wire side of female terminals Is there less than 0 1 V YES Check for loose terminals in the ABS TCS control unit 47P connector If necessary substitute a known good...

Page 1406: ...Is DTC 61 or 62 indicated YES Check the charging system NO Do the appropriate troubleshooting for the DTC indicated DTC 64 Sensor Power Voltage 1 Clear the DTC using the HDS see page 19 35 2 Disconnec...

Page 1407: ...DTC using the HDS see page 19 35 2 Disconnect the HDS from the 16P DLC 3 Turn the ignition switch OFF then turn it ON II again 4 Test drive the vehicle Does the ABS indicator come on and is DTC 66 in...

Page 1408: ...d replace the ABS TCS modulator control unit see page 19 79 NO Repair the brake pedal position switch circuit DTC 71 Different Diameter Tire 1 Clear the DTC using the HDS see page 19 35 2 Disconnect t...

Page 1409: ...83 PCM 1 Check the DTC Is DTC 86 indicated YES Do the troubleshooting for DTC 86 NO Goto step 2 2 Clear the DTC using the HDS see page 19 35 3 Disconnect the HDS from the 16PDLC 4 Turn the ignition sw...

Page 1410: ...rn the ignition switch OFF then turn it ON II again 4 Test drive the vehicle Does the TCS indicator come on and is DTC 84 indicated YES Go to step 5 NO The system is OK at this time 5 Do the TCS press...

Page 1411: ...n the ABS TCS control unit 47P connector If necessary replace the ABS TCS modulator control unit see page 19 79 DTC 107 TCS Operation NOTE The ABS TCS indicators do not come on by memorizing the DTC 1...

Page 1412: ...ep 6 NO Intermittent failure the vehicle is OK at this time B 6 Inspect G203 for a clean and tight connection Is G203 clean and properly connected YES Goto step 7 NO Repair the connection at G203 B 7...

Page 1413: ...ABS indicator does not come on 1 Turn the ignition switch ON II and watch the ABS indicator Does the ABS indicator come on for several seconds YES The system is OK at this time NO Go to step 2 2 Do th...

Page 1414: ...rol unit 47P connector 5 Measure the voltage between the ABS TCS control unit 47P connector terminal No 1 and body ground A B S T C S CONTROL UNIT 47P CONNECTOR 6 Turn the ignition switch ON II 7 Meas...

Page 1415: ...em indicator does not come on at bulb check and or with parking brake applied 1 Turn the ignition switch ON II and watch the brake system indicator Does the brake system indicator come on for several...

Page 1416: ...ke fluid level switch OK Y E S G o t o step 8 NO Replace the brake fluid level s w i t c h 8 Remove the gauge control module see page 22 235 9 Disconnect the gauge control module connector B 30P 10 Ch...

Page 1417: ...nder hood fuse relay box Is the fuse OK YES Reinstall the fuse and go to step 2 NO Replace the fuse and recheck If the fuse is blown check for a short to body ground in this fuse circuit If the circui...

Page 1418: ...relay box and the ABS TCS modulator control unit H 8 Turn the ignition switch OFF 11 Measure the voltage between the ABS TCS control unit 47P connector terminal No 32 and body ground ABS TCS CONTROL...

Page 1419: ...it see page 19 79 B NO Check for loose terminals in the gauge control module connectors If connections are good replace the gauge control module TCS Activation indicator does not go off and no DTCs ar...

Page 1420: ...inals Is there continuity YES Repair short in the wire between the TCS OFF switch 5P connector terminal No 2 and the gauge control module NO Goto step 9 10 Measure the voltage between the TCS OFF swit...

Page 1421: ...ch 5P connector terminal No 1 and No 2 There should be continuity when the switch is pushed TCS OFF SWITCH 5P CONNECTOR 4 Check for continuity between the TCS OFF switch 5P connector terminal No 3 and...

Page 1422: ...CS OFF switch once within 2 seconds after the ABS indicator goes off 7 Push the TCS OFF switch once within 2 seconds after the ABS indicator comes back on 8 The TCS activation indicator blinks and the...

Page 1423: ...Removal 1 Push in on the lock A then pull down the lever B of the ABS TCS control unit 47P connector C and the connector disconnects itself To right rear To left rear To left front To right front FLA...

Page 1424: ...n tighten the nuts 4 Align the connecting surface of the ABS TCS control unit 47P connector 5 Push in the lock of the ABS TCS control unit 47P connector until you hear it click into place then connect...

Page 1425: ...leaning it if 2 Measure the air gap between the wheel sensor B necessary replace the encoder and the magnetic encoder all the way around while rotating the encoder Front Standard Front 0 5 1 2 mm 0 02...

Page 1426: ...ABS TCS Components W h e e l S e n s o r R e p l a c e m e n t NOTE Install the sensor carefully to avoid twisting the wires Front Rear WHEEL SENSOR 19 82...

Page 1427: ...uld lead to personal injury caused by unintentional deployment of the airbags and or side airbags Do not bump or impact the SRS unit front impact sensors or side impact sensors when the ignition switc...

Page 1428: ...ment 20 30 Rearview Mirror Replacement 20 31 Glass C o m p o n e n t Location Index 20 32 Windshield Replacement 20 33 Rear W i n d o w Replacement 20 38 Inferior Trim C o m p o n e n t Location Index...

Page 1429: ...Lid Torsion Bar Replacement 20 108 Trunk Lid Weatherstrip Replacement 20 109 Trunk Lid Dynamic Damper Replacement 20 109 Fuel Fill Door Adjustment 20 110 Exterior Trim Front Grille Replacement 20 111...

Page 1430: ...Body Special Tools Ref No Tool Number Description Qty 07AAC SDAA100 08M10 SM4 100 or 07AAE SDAA100 Upper Panel Vent Removal Tool Torsion Bar Assembly Tool 1 1 20 2...

Page 1431: ...3 DOOR Position Adjustment page 20 25 DOOR CHECKER HINGE DOOR WEATHERSTRIP Replacement page 20 15 PLASTIC COVER SPEAKER LOCK KNOB TRIM PULL POCKET CAP POWER WINDOW SWITCH PANEL DOOR GLASS INNER WEATHE...

Page 1432: ...20 12 Adjustment page 20 24 GLASS RUN CHANNEL IMMOBILIZER and SECURITY LABEL CENTER LOWER CHANNEL LOCK CYLINDER Driver s LOCK CYLINDER SWITCH FRONT LOWER CHANNEL STRIKER Adjustment page 20 26 LATCH R...

Page 1433: ...TRIM DOOR WEATHERSTRIP Replacement page 20 23 DOOR GLASS OUTER WEATHERSTRIP Replacement page 20 21 DOOR SASH OUTER TRIM DOOR Position Adjustment page 20 25 HINGE DOOR CHECKER HINGE SWITCH PANEL POWER...

Page 1434: ...Doors Component Location Index Rear Door cont d 20 6...

Page 1435: ...ase the hooks B C then remove the cover and the screws securing the inner handle D Fastener Locations S c r e w 2 3 Remove the power window switch panel A 1 Pry up on the rear edge of the switch panel...

Page 1436: ...inner handle cable will be damaged Fastener Locations Clip 7 8 If necessary remove the door glass inner weatherstrip A from the door panel B by pulling it down 9 Install the door panel in the reverse...

Page 1437: ...tenance cap A then disconnect the outer handle rod B and cylinder rod C 5 Driver s Remove the maintenance cap A from the rear of the door then loosen the screw securing the lock cylinder protector B a...

Page 1438: ...oor panel Take care not to scratch the door Install the handle in the reverse order of removal and note these items Make sure the lock cylinder switch harness is routed properly Make sure the lock cyl...

Page 1439: ...see step 4 on page 20 9 4 Remove the screw securing the lock knob A Fastener Location Screw 1 A 5 Disconnect the actuator connectors A and detach the inner handle cable clip B Remove the screws C D se...

Page 1440: ...rly and sealed around its outside perimeter to seal out water Driver s Perform the power window control unit reset procedure see page 22 200 Front Door Glass and Regulator Replacement NOTE Put on glov...

Page 1441: ...se and rattles When reinstalling the door panel make sure the plastic cover is installed properly and sealed around its outside perimeter to seal out water Make sure the power door locks windows and p...

Page 1442: ...7 NOTE If you remove the door outer molding replace it with a new one because it will bend during removal Put on gloves to protect your hands Take care not to scratch the door Use the appropriate tool...

Page 1443: ...ation Special Tools Required KTC trim tool set SOJATP2014 Trim pad remover Snap on A 177A or equivalent commercially available Available through the American Honda Tool and Equipment Program call 888...

Page 1444: ...nob C NOTE The inner handle cable D is connected to the door panel Do not pull the door panel up too far or the inner handle cable will be damaged Fastener Locations t Clip 7 6 While holding the door...

Page 1445: ...d the cable protector forward Take care not to bend any of the cables D 5 Remove the maintenance hole seal A and bolts slide the outer handle bracket B rearward then remove it Fastener Locations Bolt...

Page 1446: ...N m 0 6 4 Ibf ft 6 Detach the cable clips A and the hook B of the cable protector C then remove the latch D with the cable protector through the hole in the door Take care not to bend any of the cable...

Page 1447: ...ntil you can see the bolts then remove them Remove the glass from the regulator B and carefully lower the glass Take care not to drop the glass inside the door Fastener Locations Bolt 2 6 x 1 0 mm 9 8...

Page 1448: ...oor quarter glass seal B then pull up and remove the center channel out through the window slot Take care not to damage the outer weatherstrip C 5 Remove the quarter glass A Take care not to damage th...

Page 1449: ...wind noise and rattles When reinstalling the door panel make sure the plastic cover is installed properly and sealed around its perimeter Rear Door Glass Outer Weatherstrip Replacement Special Tools...

Page 1450: ...nds Take care not to scratch the door Use the appropriate tool from the KTC trim tool set to avoid damage when prying components 1 Pry the front clip A with a trim tool C 2 While removing the upper ed...

Page 1451: ...al and note these items Replace any damaged clips Make sure the weatherstrip is installed in the holder E securely Apply liquid thread lock to the door checker mounting bolt before installation Test d...

Page 1452: ...vel surface 2 Remove these items Door panel front door see page 20 7 rear door see page 20 15 Plastic cover front door see page 20 3 rear door see page 20 5 3 Carefully move the glass A until you can...

Page 1453: ...ith the body then check for equal gaps between the front rear and bottom door edges and the body Check that the door and body edges are parallel 1 Place the vehicle on a firm level surface when adjust...

Page 1454: ...heck for water leaks see step 7 on page 20 25 7 Test drive and check for wind noise 8 Reinstall all remaining removed parts Front and Rear Door Striker Adjustment Make sure the door latches securely w...

Page 1455: ...Mirrors Component Location Index MIRROR HOUSING COVER Replacement page 20 30 Replacement page 20 31 20 27...

Page 1456: ...sconnect the connector A Fastener Locations Nut 3 4 While holding the mirror remove the nuts securing the mirror 5 While holding the mirror push in on the connector clip tabs A then push out to remove...

Page 1457: ...ly pull out the bottom edge of the mirror holder A to separate the adhesive B and then release the side clips C 4 Separate the mirror holder from the actuator D by releasing the hooks E If equipped di...

Page 1458: ...amage either of the boots It is irreplaceble 5 Reinstall the removed parts then secure them with the screw NOTE Make sure each actuator rod is inserted to the actuator securely and each actuator boot...

Page 1459: ...w mirror base A 90 2 Slide the rearview mirror A down toward the bottom of the windshield to detach it from the spring B in the mount C 3 If necessary remove the spring from the mount 4 Install the re...

Page 1460: ...Glass Component Location Index MOLDING UPPER SEAL WINDSHIELD Replacement page 20 33 UPPER RUBBER DAM LOWER RUBBER DAM Replacement page 20 38 20 32...

Page 1461: ...th a grease pencil 6 With a helper on the outside pull the piano wire A back and forth in a sawing motion Hold the piano wire as close to the windshield B as possible to prevent damage to the body and...

Page 1462: ...e old windshield is to be reinstalled use a putty knife to scrape off all of the old adhesive the fasteners and the rubber dam from the windshield Clean the inside face and the edge of the windshield...

Page 1463: ...r seal B with adhesive tape to the inside surface of the molding as shown Seals adhesive tape Thickness 0 16 mm 0 0063 in Width 7 mm 0 28 in Apply primer here 14 Set the windshield in the opening and...

Page 1464: ...adhesive may not bond to the windshield properly causing a leak after the windshield is installed Keep water dust and abrasive materials away from the primed surfaces Apply glass primer here 17 With a...

Page 1465: ...doors until the adhesive is dry 21 Scrape or wipe the excess adhesive off with a putty knife or towel To remove adhesive from a painted surface or the windshield wipe with a soft shop towel dampened...

Page 1466: ...ctors A A A 4 Pull down the rear portion of the headliner A by detaching the clips B Take care not to bend the headliner excessively or you may crease or break it Fastener Locations B Clip 2 5 Apply p...

Page 1467: ...m m 0 08 in on the bonding surface around the entire rear window opening flange Do not scrape down to the painted surface of the body damaged paint will interfere with proper bonding Remove the faste...

Page 1468: ...e Thickness 0 16 mm 0 0063 in Width 4 mm 0 16 in Clips adhesive tape Thickness 0 4 mm 0 016 in Width 10 mm 0 39 in Fasteners adhesive tape Thickness 0 8 mm 0 03 in Width 7 mm 0 28 in G A 18 mm 0 71 in...

Page 1469: ...re adhesive will be applied 16 Remove the rear window 17 With a sponge apply a light coat of glass primer along the edge of the rear window A between the dams B and molding C as shown then lightly wip...

Page 1470: ...uch the primed surfaces with your hands f Apply body primer to exposed paint here 19 Cut a M in the end of the nozzle A on the adhesive cartridge as shown 8 mm 0 31 in 20 Pack adhesive into the cartri...

Page 1471: ...soft shop towel dampened with alcohol 23 Let the adhesive dry for at least 1 hour then spray water over the rear window and check for leaks Mark the leaking areas let the rear window dry then seal wi...

Page 1472: ...page 20 51 TRUNK REAR TRIM PANEL Removal Installation page 20 53 KICK PANEL Removal Installation page 20 45 FRONT DOOR SILL TRIM Removal Installation page 20 45 FRONT SIDE OUTER TRIM Removal Installa...

Page 1473: ...1 3 Detach the hooks A and tabs B from the kick panel C and B pillar lower trim D and pull the front door sill trim E up by hand to detach the clips F then remove it Fastener Locations F Clip 5 J Clip...

Page 1474: ...opener fuel fill door opener cable is connected securely Rear Door Sill Area NOTE Put on gloves to protect your hands Take care not to bend or scratch the trim and panels Use the appropriate tool fro...

Page 1475: ...in this area Review the SRS component locations see page 24 11 and the precautions and procedures see page 24 13 before performing repairs or service NOTE Put on gloves to protect your hands Take care...

Page 1476: ...lip seating surfaces B Bent or broken grommet C Replace any damaged parts with new ones Make sure the top of the trim overlaps with the headliner correctly see page 24 138 Push the clips into place se...

Page 1477: ...the upper anchor cover and remove the upper anchor bolt see step 6 on page 24 4 4 Remove the B pillar upper trim A 1 Pull the bottom of the trim back by hand to detach the lower clip B 2 Detach the up...

Page 1478: ...are installed into the holes in the side curtain airbag B pillar bracket securely Push the clips into place securely Apply liquid thread lock to the front seat belt upper anchor bolt before reinstalla...

Page 1479: ...with the headliner correctly see page 24 138 Push the clips into place securely Trim Removal Installation Rear Shelf Area Special Tools Required KTC trim tool set SOJATP2014 Available through the Amer...

Page 1480: ...stener Locations C l i p 4 White 6 Pull both rear seat belts B and rear center seat belt C out through the slits D in the rear shelf 7 Install the shelf in the reverse order of removal and note these...

Page 1481: ...or scratch the trim and panels Use the appropriate tool from the KTC trim tool set to avoid damage when prying components Trim and Panel Removal Installation 1 Fold the spare tire lid 2 While pushing...

Page 1482: ...ove the trunk front trim panel E Fastener Locations C Clip 2 D Clip 5 cont d 6 Remove the left trunk side trim panel A and the right trunk side trim panel B 1 Right side Remove the trunk hook C 2 Remo...

Page 1483: ...ht trunk side trim panel 2 Install the outlet in the reverse order of removal Trim Removal Installation Trunk Lid NOTE Put on gloves to protect your hands Take care not to bend or scratch the trim 1 U...

Page 1484: ...ations see page 24 11 and the precautions and procedures see page 24 13 before performing repairs or service NOTE Use the appropriate tool from the KTC trim tool set to avoid damage when prying compon...

Page 1485: ...2 5 Ibfft 4 Remove the roof console A 1 Remove the lenses B 2 Remove the bolts C D 3 Pull out the roof console and front individual map light E Disconnect the front individual map light connector F a...

Page 1486: ...inspect removed pieces and replace them if they have any of these tyeps of damage Any creases or tears in the headliner A Any clip bases B which have come off the headliner Any damage around the grab...

Page 1487: ...cable from the battery and wait at least 3 minutes before beginning work 3 Remove these items Front seats both sides see page 20 80 Rear seat cushion see page 20 95 Front door sill trim both sides see...

Page 1488: ...the harness clips D and using a T30 Torx bit remove the ground bolt E 7 Remove the bolts securing the select lever bracket A Fastener Locations Bolt 4 8 x 1 25 mm 22 N m 2 2 kgfm 16 Ibf ft 8 Release t...

Page 1489: ...clip if it is damaged Reconnect the negative cable to the battery If the IMA battery level gauge BAT displays no segments start the engine and hold it between 3 500 rpm and 4 000 rpm without load in...

Page 1490: ...ying components 1 Detach the clips A B by pulling the center console front panel C up Disconnect the seat heater switch connectors D Fastener Locations A D Clip 2 Bt Clip 4 A D 2 Pry up on both rear c...

Page 1491: ...H then remove it F a s t e n e r L o c a t i o n s F S c r e w 4 G S c r e w 2 6 Install the console in the reverse order of removal and replace any damaged clips Center Console Armrest Disassembly R...

Page 1492: ...urface of the console armrest to prevent damage C 5 Slightly slide the console armrest forward to get the inside hooks over the stop portions then remove the flat tip screwdriver from the gap 6 Remove...

Page 1493: ...ole see page 20 62 2 Open the center console armrest A and remove the hinge mounting screws then remove the armrest Fastener Locations Screw 2 3 Remove the screws A and detach the clips B then remove...

Page 1494: ...and hooks D 3 Gently pull out the upper portion of the panel 4 Disconnect the in car temperature sensor connector E and the air hose F Fastener Locations B Screw 2 C Clip 2 3 Install the panel in the...

Page 1495: ...ver s dashboard lower cover is hard to detach pry it with a flat tip screwdriver 6 Remove the driver s dashboard lower cover A Disconnect the TCS off switch connector B 7 Install the cover in the reve...

Page 1496: ...D Fastener Locations B Clip 1 D C l i p 2 With two flat tip screwdrivers 3 Carefully insert a flat tip screwdriver wrapped with tape into the slot A on one side of the upper panel B While pressing dow...

Page 1497: ...hese items Make sure the holders D are installed onto the pins E properly Push the clipped portions into place securely Make sure the center pocket lid opens smoothly With Navigation System SRS compon...

Page 1498: ...e the appropriate tool from the KTC trim tool set to avoid damage when prying components 1 Detach the hook A of the glove box damper B and remove the screws Fastener Locations Screw 2 5 x 0 8 mm 2 Whi...

Page 1499: ...top end of the retainer B out of its slot C NOTE Do not remove the retainer entirely Leave the other side of it in the original position when removing and installing the lock cylinder C 3 Remove the...

Page 1500: ...v a l Installation Special Tools Required KTC trim tool set SOJATP2014 Available through the American Honda Tool and Equipment Program call 888 424 6857 Driver s NOTE Take care not to scratch the das...

Page 1501: ...performing repairs or servise NOTE When prying with a flat tip screwdriver wrap it with protective tape and apply protective tape around the related parts to prevent damage Have an assistant help you...

Page 1502: ...lip 1 6 Remove the SRS control unit see page 24 153 oval Installation cont d Driver s side 7 From under the dash disconnect the interior wire harness connector A brake switch connector B idle stop swi...

Page 1503: ...rs A power transistor connector B and engine wire harness connector C then release the wire harness clips D Passenger s side 10 From under the dash disconnect the passenger s door wire harness connect...

Page 1504: ...e reverse order of removal and note these items Apply liquid thread lock to the bolts securing the center bracket and the dashboard center frame before reinstallation Reinstall the center bracket on t...

Page 1505: ...ge 22 235 Audio HVAC Display module see page 23 69 Passenger s airbag see page 24 140 Glove box damper see step 4 on page 20 70 3 Without navigation system Detach the hooks by pulling both blind cover...

Page 1506: ...he connectors C 8 Remove the screws A B securing the dashboard C and steering hanger beam D and detach the clips E then separate the dashboard and steering hanger beam Fastener Locations A Screw 9 B S...

Page 1507: ...NT SEAT Passenger s Removal Installation page 20 80 Disassembly Reassembly Manual page 20 82 Linkage Disassembly Reassembly Manual page 20 84 Seat Cover Replacement page 20 89 FRONT SEAT Driver s Remo...

Page 1508: ...the appropriate tool from the KTC trim tool set to avoid damage when prying components 1 Make sure you have the anti theft codes for the radio and the navigation system and then write down the audio p...

Page 1509: ...te these items Apply liquid thread lock to the front seat mounting bolts before reinstallation Make sure each connector is plugged in properly Tighten the seat mounting bolts to the specified torque i...

Page 1510: ...ke care not to tear the seams or damage the seat covers Put on gloves to protect your hands Use the appropriate tool from the KTC trim tool set to avoid damage when prying components Apply multipurpos...

Page 1511: ...e seat covers Put on gloves to protect your hands Use the appropriate tool from the KTC trim tool set to avoid damage when prying components Apply multipurpose grease to the moving parts of the seat t...

Page 1512: ...nkage D i s a s s e m b l y R e a s s e m b l y Manual NOTE Put on gloves to protect your hands Apply oil to the pivot portions of the slide locks Apply multipurpose grease to the sliding portions of...

Page 1513: ...inkage D i s a s s e m b l y R e a s s e m b l y 8 Way P o w e r NOTE Apply multipurpose grease to the sliding and pivot portions SEAT CUSHION SPRING DRIVER S SEAT HARNESS 8 x 1 25 mm 22 N m 2 2 kgfm...

Page 1514: ...eat back frame see page 20 89 3 Remove the recline motor A 1 Release the push nut B from the motor side end of the connecting rod C 2 Gently tap on the motor side of the connecting rod to remove it fr...

Page 1515: ...damage when prying components Take care not to bend the cable Take care not to tear the seams or damage the seat covers Put on gloves to protect your hands 1 Remove these items Lumbar support knob se...

Page 1516: ...emoval and note these items Make sure the cable is connected securely To prevent wrinkles when installing a seat back cover make sure the material is stretched evenly over the pad before securing the...

Page 1517: ...OPDS sensor in the seat back pad and keep it away from oil Oil can corrode the sensor causing it to fail Put on gloves to protect your hands Seat back Cover 1 Remove the front seat see page 20 80 2 R...

Page 1518: ...e hooks C from the seat back frame and remove the panel Fastener Locations Clip 2 7 Release the hook strips A then loosen the seat back cover B 8 Pull the recline motor harness A seat back heater harn...

Page 1519: ...back frame D 10 Pull out the headrest guides A while pinching the tabs on the ends of the guides and remove them 11 From the back of the seat back pass both lower retainers A through the slots in the...

Page 1520: ...vent wrinkles when installing a seat back cover make sure the material is stretched evenly over the pad before securing the clips hooks and hook strips Replace any clips you removed with new ones A In...

Page 1521: ...over back and remove the wire ties 3 Remove these items from the front seat then remove the seat back manual seat see page 20 82 8 way power seat see page 20 83 Recline cover Center cover Front cover...

Page 1522: ...at cushion cover 9 Install the cover in the reverse order of removal and note these items To prevent wrinkles when installing a seat cushion cover make sure the material is stretched evenly over the p...

Page 1523: ...r kinks in the rear seat belts and center seat belt When installing the seat cushion slip the seat belt buckles through the slits in the seat cushion Fastener Locations A Bolt 1 B Bolt 3 COLLAR SEAT B...

Page 1524: ...from behind the seat back C 3 Release the clips A fastening the armrest back cover B o o o 4 Turn over the armrest back cover A 5 Remove the bolts then remove the armrest A Fastener Locations Bolt 4...

Page 1525: ...e page 20 95 2 Remove these items Armrest see page 20 96 Headrests 3 Remove the screws then remove the center belt guide Fastener Locations Screw 2 4 Release the clips A from under the armrest back co...

Page 1526: ...erial is stretched evenly over the pad before securing the fasteners hook strips and clips Replace any clips you removed with new ones Install them with commercially available upholstery ring pliers R...

Page 1527: ...new ones Install them with commercially available upholstery ring pliers B Rear S e a t A r m r e s t Cover R e p l a c e m e n t NOTE Take care not to tear the seams or damage the seat covers 1 Remo...

Page 1528: ...e armrest cover C B 7 Install the cover in the reverse order of removal and note these items To prevent wrinkles make sure the material is stretched evenly over the pad before securing the clips and h...

Page 1529: ...s shown 2 install the bumper in the reverse order of removal and note these items Make sure the front bumper engages the hooks of the side spacers and upper beams on both sides securely Replace any da...

Page 1530: ...the front bumper and body 1 Remove the front bumper see page 20 101 2 Remove the bolts and slide the front bumper air guide A back to release the hooks B then remove the air guide from the front bumpe...

Page 1531: ...ents Take care not to scratch the rear bumper and body Put on gloves to protect your hands 1 Remove the rear bumper as shown 2 Install the bumper in the reverse order of removal and note these items M...

Page 1532: ...hinges B Turn the hood edge cushions C as necessary to make the hood fit flush with the body at the front and side edges 4 Remove the front grille cover see step 1 on page 20 111 and release the uppe...

Page 1533: ...y the arrows 9 Reinstall the front grille cover and the support strut Hood S u p p o r t Strut Replacement 1 While an assistant supports the hood remove the pivot bolt A and hood side bolts then remov...

Page 1534: ...cratch the hood Fastener Locations O Clip 16 2 Install the seals in the reverse order of removal and replace any damaged clips Hood Insulator R e p l a c e m e n t 1 Using a clip remover detach the cl...

Page 1535: ...longated holes Take care not to hit the rear window when loosening the bolts C Turn the trunk lid edge cushions D in or out as necessary to make the trunk lid fit flush with the body at the rear and s...

Page 1536: ...bar A then remove the right torsion bar B A B 3 Remove the torsion bar center clip from the body 4 4 Install the torsion bars in the reverse order of removal and note these items The shapes of the le...

Page 1537: ...with the center of the tailgate opening and install the trunk lid weatherstrip all the way around in the direction shown Make sure there are no wrinkles in the weatherstrip 4 Check for water leaks Tr...

Page 1538: ...out until it s flush with the body and up or down as necessary to equalize the gaps 3 Tighten the hinge mounting bolts 4 Check that the fuel fill door opens properly and locks securely and check that...

Page 1539: ...care not to scratch the front grille cover and front grille 1 Remove the clips A B and detach the hooks C then remove the front grille cover D Fastener Locations A Clip 2 B Clip 8 C Hook 4 2 Remove th...

Page 1540: ...e clips fastening the front grille cover A and the front fender trim B Fastener Locations D Clip 3 2 Pull up the rear of the front grille cover then remove the front fender trim by releasing the hooks...

Page 1541: ...carefully pulling the passenger s cowl cover E upward and release the hooks F on the passenger s cowl cover from the driver s side then remove the cover Take care not to scratch the body 4 Disconnect...

Page 1542: ...e not to bend the roof molding Molding Replacement 1 Remove the cowl cover see page 20 113 2 Remove the windshield portion of the roof molding A 1 Carefully insert a plastic trim tool B under the mold...

Page 1543: ...B while heating it with a heat gun NOTE Do not heat the painted body surface around the retainers too much To keep the exterior resin parts near the A pillar from being overheated by the heat gun wra...

Page 1544: ...d the lower retainers B 1 Peel the adhesive backing away from the upper and lower retainers 2 Line up the retainers with the alignment marks C on the body and attach the retainers with adhesive tape D...

Page 1545: ...the front door molding remove the front door panel see page 20 7 and plastic cover To remove the rear door molding remove the rear door panel see page 20 15 and plastic cover 2 Release the clips A an...

Page 1546: ...cover H 3 Slide the side sill panel forward and remove it The side clips I will stay in the body 4 Remove the side clips from the body Fastener Locations A Screw 3 B Clip 1 E Clip 2 F t Clip 1 I Clip...

Page 1547: ...55 2 Open the trunk lid and remove the nuts from inside the trunk lid Fastener Locations 3 Close the trunk lid Pull the trunk lid spoiler A up to release the clips from the grommets B on the trunk li...

Page 1548: ...g on the surface 2 Apply the emblems sticker where shown When installing the ULEV sticker on the inside surface of the rear door quarter glass align rear edge of the application tape and bottom of the...

Page 1549: ...under the front bumper D remove the bolts E securing the front bumper splash shield F and front inner fender and remove the clip G securing the front bumper and front inner fender 3 From the wheel ar...

Page 1550: ...both wheel arches remove the bolts B and clips C securing the front inner fender D and splash shield to the body 2 From under the front bumper E remove the clips F 3 Pull the splash shield out Fastene...

Page 1551: ...front fender C Fastener Locations A C l i p 2 3 From the wheel arch remove the clip A and then release the clip B Fastener Locations A Clip 1 B t Clip 1 4 Remove the front fender fairing A 5 Install...

Page 1552: ...Fastener Locations Clip 3 5 2 Install the protector in the reverse order of removal and replace any damaged clips NOTE Take care not to scratch the body 1 Remove the screws then remove rear inner fend...

Page 1553: ...e Right Side 1 Remove these items Rear bumper see page 20 103 Right trunk side trim panel see page 20 53 2 Disconnect the air outlet duct A from the cooling fan B and right rear air outlet C then remo...

Page 1554: ...Openers C o m p o n e n t Location Index HOOD OPENER CABLE Replacement page 20 127 20 126...

Page 1555: ...the bolts A then remove the radiator upper bracket B Fastener Locations A Bolt 2 F Clip 7 3 Disconnect the hood opener cable C from the hood latch D see page 20 129 4 Move the radiator E as needed Usi...

Page 1556: ...ft side see page 20 53 Trunk lid trim see page 20 55 2 Pull back the carpet as necessary 3 Release the trunk lid opener fuel fill door opener cable A from the clip B Remove the cushion tape C Fastener...

Page 1557: ...the marks A on the opener cable B with the cable clips C as shown Replace any damaged clips Hood Latch Replacement 1 Remove the front grille see page 20 111 2 Remove the cover A from the hood latch B...

Page 1558: ...d latch switch connector is plugged in properly Adjust the hood latch alignment see step 4 on page 20 104 Make sure the hood opens properly and locks securely Hood Release Handle R e p l a c e m e n t...

Page 1559: ...ap B then remove it from the front door sill trim C and remove the opener lock cylinder D Fastener Location E Bolt 1 6 x 1 0 mm 9 8 N m 1 0 kgfm 7 2 Ibf ft 2 Remove the bolt E 3 Remove the front door...

Page 1560: ...erse order of removal and note these items Make sure the connector is plugged in properly and the opener cable is connected properly Make sure the trunk lid opens properly and locks securely Trunk Lid...

Page 1561: ...Frame F r a m e Brace Replacement LEFT FRONT STRUT BAR RIGHT FRONT STRUT BAR 20 133...

Page 1562: ...ONT SUBFRAME FRONT SUBFRAME MIDDLE MOUNTING RUBBER FRONT SUBFRAME REAR DAMPER 10 x 1 25 mm 49 N m 5 0 kgfm 36 Ibf ft Replace 12 x 1 25 mm 44 N m 4 5 kgfm 33 Ibf ft Replace 10 x 1 25 mm 49 N m 5 0 kgf...

Page 1563: ...g align both installation reference holes in the subframe with both reference holes in the body using a screwdriver or tapered punch as a guide After mounting the subframe and brackets loosely align t...

Page 1564: ...b f r a m e R e p l a c e m e n t cont d Rear Subframe Torque After removing the subframe mounting bolts be sure to replace them with new ones SPECIAL BOLTS 14 x 1 5 mm 103 N m 10 5 kgfm 76 Ibfft Repl...

Page 1565: ...20 137...

Page 1566: ...51 b2 For transmission mount 015 0 59 Left side 9 For front subframe 015 0 59 b3 For transmission mount 013 0 51 Left side h For front subframe 0I6 0 63 c l For engine side mount 015 0 59 Right side...

Page 1567: ...rame 014 4 0 57 o Rear damper center 052 2 05 p For rear subframe 014 4 0 57 q Locating hole 015 0 59 r Locating hole 025 0 98 s Locating hole 011 0 43 t1 t2 For rear subframe stay 09 0 35 v1 v2 For r...

Page 1568: ...For front upper arm 013 0 51 b2 For transmission mount 015 0 59 Left side g For front subframe 015 0 59 b3 For transmission mount 013 0 51 Left side h For front subframe 0I6 0 63 c l For engine side...

Page 1569: ...r rear subframe 014 4 0 57 o Rear damper center 052 2 05 p For rear subframe 014 4 0 57 q Locating hole 015 0 59 r Locating hole o25 0 98 s Locating hole 011 0 43 t1 t2 For rear subframe stay 09 0 35...

Page 1570: ...ould lead to personal injury or death in the event of a severe frontal or side collision all SRS service work must be performed by an authorized Honda dealer Improper service procedures including inco...

Page 1571: ...emperature Sensor Test 21 79 Heater Core Temperature Sensor Replacement 21 79 Power Transistor Test 21 80 Driver s Air Mix Control Motor Test 21 81 Driver s Air Mix Control Motor Replacement 21 81 Pas...

Page 1572: ...HVAC Heating Ventilation and Air Conditioning S p e c i a l Tools Ref No Tool Number Description Qty 07SAZ 001000A Backprobe Set 2 21 2...

Page 1573: ...ol C o m p o n e n t Location Index A C COMPRESSOR Replacement page 21 92 Clutch Check page 21 94 Clutch Overhaul page 21 95 Thermal Protector Replacement page 21 96 Relief Valve Replacement page 21 9...

Page 1574: ...page 22 72 A C DIODE A Test step 33 on page 21 68 UNDER HOOD FUSE RELAY BOX RADIATOR FAN RELAY Test page 22 72 A C CONDENSER FAN RELAY Test page 22 72 A C COMPRESSOR DRIVER Replacement page 21 99 A C...

Page 1575: ...stallation page 21 86 Component Replacement page 21 87 MODE CONTROL MOTOR Test page 21 83 Replacement page 21 84 DUST AND POLLEN FILTER Replacement page 21 85 RECIRCULATION CONTROL MOTOR Test page 21...

Page 1576: ...the negative cable from the battery whenever replacing air conditioning parts Keep moisture and dirt out of the system When disconnecting any lines plug or cap the fittings immediately don t remove t...

Page 1577: ...he new A C compressor REMOVED A C COMPRESSOR NEW A C COMPRESSOR SAME LEVEL DRAINING VOLUME Repairs needed if the wrong refrigerant oil was added Use only the required Polyol Ester POE refrigerant oil...

Page 1578: ...1 0 mm 9 8 N m 1 0 kgfm 7 2 Ibf ft Receiver line to the A C line 13 2 N m 1 4 kgfm 9 8 Ibf ft A C line to the evaporator 6 x 1 0 mm 9 8 N m 1 0 kgfm 7 2 Ibf ft Suction line to the A C line 31 9 N m 3...

Page 1579: ...s with the HDS 1 Make sure the ignition switch is OFF 2 Connect the HDS to the data link connector DLC A located under the driver s side of the dashboard 3 Turn the ignition switch ON II 4 Select DTCs...

Page 1580: ...ower motor can run at any speed regardless of what the panel is displaying With Navigation System Without Navigation System TEMPERATURE INDICATOR TEMPERATURE INDICATOR DRIVER S TEMPERATURE CONTROL DIA...

Page 1581: ...rcuit see page 21 38 H A short in the evaporator temperature sensor circuit see page 21 39 I An open in the driver s air mix control motor circuit see page 21 40 J A short in the driver s air mix cont...

Page 1582: ...t sensor Record the value displayed 4 To advance to the next sensor press the rear window defogger button Sensor Item Displayed Value 1 In car Temperature C 2 Outside Air Temperature C 3 Solar Radiati...

Page 1583: ...42 71 160 81 178 91 196 52 126 62 144 72 162 82 180 92 198 53 127 63 145 73 163 83 181 93 199 54 128 64 147 74 165 84 183 94 201 55 131 65 149 75 167 85 185 95 203 56 133 66 151 76 169 86 187 96 205 5...

Page 1584: ...display panel Signal error see page 21 40 B1234 A short in the driver s air mix control motor circuit Audio HVAC display panel Signal error see page 21 41 B1235 A problem in the driver s air mix cont...

Page 1585: ...htness of all terminals The A C compressor clutch does not engage but both fans run with the A C on A C compressor clutch circuit troubleshooting see page 21 71 HVAC DTCs see page 21 9 Blown fuse No 1...

Page 1586: ...as the button is pressed If the LED turns on and off go to self diagnostic see page 21 9 If the LED does not turn on or off replace the audio HVAC display panel Recirculation button does not work 1 Tu...

Page 1587: ...ature up down replace the audio HVAC display panel Passenger s TEMP dial does not work 1 Turn the ignition switch ON II 2 Press the AUTO button press the DUAL button then adjust the passenger s TEMP c...

Page 1588: ...PRESSURE VAPOR This vehicle uses HFC 134a R 134a refrigerant which does not contain chlorofluorocarbons Pay attention to the following service items Do not mix refrigerants CFC 12 R 12 and HFC 134a R...

Page 1589: ...pressure sensor converts A C pressure into electrical signals to the PCM SENSOR UNIT The response of the A C pressure sensor is shown in the graph v I VOLTAGE Vout 0 684 0 425 0 2945 99 0 196 3138 kP...

Page 1590: ...climate control module controls the hybrid compressor motor operation and actual motor speed is determined by the audio HVAC display panel via the PCM Intake Exhaust I Belt driven scroll I Motor driv...

Page 1591: ...a maximum of 1000 RPM to reduce under hood noise The speed will then slowly increase when additional cooling is called for Blower fan speed also adjusts with compressor speed Auxiliary Electric Water...

Page 1592: ...ation rate signals from the MCM PCM and HVAC climate control panel through a CAN Bus to meet the driving conditions and cooling request In case of a system failure the A C compressor driver will commu...

Page 1593: ...Dual Air Mix Control System cont d 21 23...

Page 1594: ...Climate Control S y s t e m Description cont d DEF 21 24...

Page 1595: ...un from the sunlight sensor to determine the appropriate mode position and temperature to be directed to each side NAVIGATION SYSTEM SUNLIGHT SENSOR RADIANT STRENGTH DATE LONGITUDE LATITUDE DIRECTION...

Page 1596: ...AUDIO HVAC DISPLAY PANEL CONNECTOR B 16P AUDIO HVAC DISPLAY PANEL CONNECTOR A 22P AUDIO UNIT CONNECTORS NAVIGATION DISPLAY CONNECTOR ANC CONTROL UNIT Without Navigation AUDIO HVAC DISPLAY PANEL CONNEC...

Page 1597: ...TEMPERATURE SENSOR OUTPUT 13 ORN SUNLIGHT SENSOR OUTPUT 14 BRN EVAPORATOR TEMPERATURE SENSOR OUTPUT 15 PUR SENSOR COMMON GROUND INPUT 16 YEL MODE 4 OUTPUT 17 WHT MODE 3 OUTPUT 18 LT BLU MODE 2 OUTPUT...

Page 1598: ...Climate Control Circuit Diagram UNDER HOOD FUSE RELAY BOX UNDER DASH FUSE RELAY BOX In the under hood fuse relay box 21 28...

Page 1599: ...ER TRANSISTOR A M P N K RED BLK P U R SUNLIGHT SENSOR 2 AMD P DRIVER S AIR MIX M HOT CONTROL MOTOR M COOL S5V S COM AMD P PASSENGER S AMD P AIR MIX M HOT CONTROL MOTOR M COOL AUDIO HVAC DISPLAY PANEL...

Page 1600: ...isplay panel is OK at this time DTC B1205 Climate Control Unit Lost Communication with Gauge Control Module VSP NE messages NOTE If you are troubleshooting multiple DTCs be sure to follow the instruct...

Page 1601: ...gauge control module c i r c u i t DTC B1207 Climate Control Unit Lost Communication with Gauge Control Module ILLUMI messages NOTE If you are troubleshooting multiple DTCs be sure to follow the instr...

Page 1602: ...erminals 1 I 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 i e X i 7 18 19 20 21 22 G R Y G R Y IN CAR T E M P E R A T U R E S E N S O R 2P C O N N E C T O R Wire side of female terminals Is there continuity YES...

Page 1603: ...el connector A 22P and body ground AUDIO HVAC DISPLAY PANEL CONNECTOR A 22P SZZ 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 X 17 18 19 20 21 22 GRY Wire side of female terminals Is there continuity YES Rep...

Page 1604: ...ensor see page 21 76 and test it see page 21 76 Is the outside air temperature sensor OK YES Goto step 6 NO Replace the outside air temperature sensor 6 Disconnect audio HVAC display panel connector A...

Page 1605: ...panel and recheck If the symptom indication goes away replace the original audio HVAC display p a n e l NO Repair open in the wire between the audio HVAC display panel and the outside air temperature...

Page 1606: ...check If the symptom indication goes away replace the original audio HVAC display p a n e l DTC B1229 or DTC indicator E An Open in the Sunlight Sensor Circuit 1 Clear the DTC by turning the ignition...

Page 1607: ...good audio HVAC display panel and recheck If the symptom indication goes away replace the original audio HVAC display p a n e l NO Replace the sunlight sensor see page 21 77 DTC B1230 or DTC indicato...

Page 1608: ...n the Evaporator Temperature Sensor Circuit 1 Clear the DTC by turning the ignition switch OFF and then ON II 2 Operate the climate control system in several modes 3 Check for DTCs using the HDS or se...

Page 1609: ...re continuity YES Check for loose wire or poor connections at audio HVAC display panel connector A 22P and at the evaporator temperature sensor 2P connector If the connections are good substitute a kn...

Page 1610: ...Circuit 1 Clear the DTC by turning the ignition switch OFF and then ON II 2 Operate the climate control system in several modes 3 Check for DTCs using the HDS or self diagnostic Is DTC B1233 or I indi...

Page 1611: ...d recheck If the symptom indication goes away replace the original audio HVAC display p a n e l NO Repair any open in the wire s between the audio HVAC display panel and the driver s air mix control m...

Page 1612: ...A1 A8 A9 A15 A20 A8 A9 A15 A20 A9 A15 A20 A15 A20 Is there continuity between any of the terminals YES Repair the short in the wires NO Go to step 10 10 Turn the ignition switch ON II and checkthe sa...

Page 1613: ...control motor see page 21 81 or repair the driver s air mix control linkage or door DTC B1236 or DTC indicator L An Open in the Passenger s Air Mix Control Motor Circuit 1 Clear the DTC by turning th...

Page 1614: ...nd recheck If the symptom indication goes away replace the original audio HVAC display panel NO Repair any open in the wire s between the audio HVAC display panel and the passenger s air mix control m...

Page 1615: ...terminals YES Repair the short in the wires NO Go to step 10 10 Turn the ignition switch ON II and check the same terminals for voltage AUDIO HVAC DISPLAY PANEL CONNECTOR A 2 2 P 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10...

Page 1616: ...ce the original audio HVAC display panel NO Replace the passenger s air mix control motor see page 21 83 or repair the passenger s air mix control linkage or door DTC B1239 or DTC indicator O An Open...

Page 1617: ...and audio HVAC display panel connector A 22P terminals No 6 7 15 16 17 18 and 19 individually AUDIO HVAC DISPLAY PANEL CONNECTOR A 22P PUR L T G R N 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 X 17 18 19...

Page 1618: ...titute a known good audio HVAC display panel and recheck If the symptom indication goes away replace the original audio HVAC display p a n e l DTC B1240 or DTC indicator P A Problem in the Mode Contro...

Page 1619: ...E R M O T O R 2 P C O N N E C T O R i s B L U B L K J U M P E R W I R E Wire side of female terminals 7 Turn the ignition switch ON II Does the blower motor run YES Go to step 8 NO Goto step 23 8 Tur...

Page 1620: ...r transistor NO Goto step 18 18 Check for continuity between the following terminals of audio HVAC display panel connector B 16P and the power transistor 4P connector 16P 4P No 1 No 1 No 2 No 3 AUDIO...

Page 1621: ...re side of female terminals Is there battery voltage YES Replace the blower motor NO Go to step 26 26 Turn the ignition switch OFF 27 Remove the blower motor relay from the under hood fuse relay box a...

Page 1622: ...29 7 5 A fuse in the under dash fuse relay box Is the fuse OK YES Goto step 2 NO Replace the fuse and recheck 2 Stop the engine for at least 1 hour 3 Clear the DTC by turning the ignition switch OFF a...

Page 1623: ...self diagnostic Is DTC B2990 B2998 X or Y indicated Y E S B2990 or X indicated go to step 6 B2998 or Y indicated go to the troubleshooting DTC B2998 or DTC indicator Y see page 21 61 NO Intermittent f...

Page 1624: ...and then start the engine 2 Operate the climate control system in several modes 3 Check for DTCs using the HDS or self diagnostic Is DTC B2992 or S indicated YES Goto step 4 NO Intermittent failure ch...

Page 1625: ...recheck If the symptom indication goes away replace the original audio HVAC display p a n e l NO Repair open in the wire s between the audio HVAC display panel and the A C compressor DTC B2993 or DTC...

Page 1626: ...Substitute a known good audio HVAC display panel and recheck If the symptom indication goes away replace the original audio HVAC display panel DTC B2995 or DTC indicator R A Problem in the Auxiliary E...

Page 1627: ...gnition switch OFF 14 Disconnect the auxiliary electric water pump 4P connector 15 Check for continuity between the auxiliary electric water pump relay 5P socket terminal No 2 and the auxiliary electr...

Page 1628: ...or 23 Disconnect audio HVAC display panel connector A 22P 24 Check for continuity between audio HVAC display panel connector B 16P terminals No 15 and No 16 AUDIO HVAC DISPLAY PANEL CONNECTOR B 16P 1...

Page 1629: ...P A N E L C O N N E C T O R A 22P Wire side of female terminals 2 3 4 5 1 1 2 1 3 1 4 1 5 1 6 1 7 1 8 19 2 0 2 1 2 2 HEATER C O R E T E M P E R A T U R E S E N S O R 2P C O N N E C T O R Wire side of...

Page 1630: ...connect audio HVAC display panel connector A 22P 7 Check for continuity between the audio HVAC display panel connector A 22P terminal No 21 and body ground AUDIO HVAC DISPLAY PANEL CONNECTOR A 22P 1 2...

Page 1631: ...compressor driver and recheck If the symptom indication goes away replace the original A C compressor driver see page 21 99 NO Intermittent failure DTC B2999 or DTC indicator Z A problem in the A C C...

Page 1632: ...the No 30 fuse in the under dash fuse relay box and the recirculation control m o t o r 6 Test the recirculation control motor see page 21 84 Is the recirculation control motor OK YES Goto step 7 NO...

Page 1633: ...display panel connector B 16P and the recirculation control motor IP connector 16P 7P No 10 No 5 No 11 No 7 AUDIO HVAC DISPLAY PANEL CONNECTOR B 16P Wire side of female terminals 1 2 4 6 X 8 10 11 XX...

Page 1634: ...tage 6 Check for continuity between audio HVAC display panel connector B 16P terminal No 6 and body ground AUDIO HVAC DISPLAY PANEL CONNECTOR B 16P _5Z BLK Wire side of female terminals Is there conti...

Page 1635: ...Goto step 3 NO Replace the A C condenser fan relay 3 Measure the voltage between the A C condenser fan relay 4P socket terminal No 1 and body ground A C CONDENSER FAN RELAY 4P SOCKET Is there battery...

Page 1636: ...denser fan relay and the PCM B 12 Disconnect the jumper wire 13 Reinstall the A C condenser fan relay 14 Disconnect the A C condenser fan 2P connector 15 Turn the ignition switch ON II then turn the A...

Page 1637: ...ignition switch OFF 27 Remove the radiator fan relay from the under hood fuse relay box 28 Check for continuity between the fan control relay 5P socket terminal No 4 and the radiator fan relay 4P sock...

Page 1638: ...C diode A from under the dashboard 33 Using the diode setting on a DVOM check for current flow in both directions between the No 1 and No 2 terminals of A C diode A A C DIODE A 1 O Is there current fl...

Page 1639: ...ground FAN CONTROL RELAY 5P SOCKET 1 2 5 4 3 BLU YEL Is there battery voltage YES Go to step 5 NO Goto step 9 5 Turn the ignition switch OFF 6 Check for continuity between the fan control relay 5P soc...

Page 1640: ...e A A C DIODE A Is there current flow in only one direction YES Goto step 11 NO Replace A C diode A 11 Turn the ignition switch ON II 12 Measure the voltage between the A C diode A 2P socket terminal...

Page 1641: ...if possible ECT Sensor 187 201 F 8 6 9 4 C TPS About 0 5 V RPM More than 680 Are the coolant temperature and idle speed OK YES Go to step 3 NO Troubleshoot and repair the cause of the high engine cool...

Page 1642: ...2 0 2 1 9 31 Wire side of female terminals Is there battery voltage YES Check for loose wires or poor connections at PCM connector E 31P If the connections are good check the PCM grounds If the groun...

Page 1643: ...ls is there 5 V or more 6 Turn the ignition switch OFF 7 Measure the evaporator temperature sensor resistance between the No 14 and No 15 terminals of audio HVAC display panel connector A 22P AUDIO HV...

Page 1644: ...he fuse and recheck 2 Disconnect the A C compressor driver 4P connector 3 Turn the ignition switch ON II 4 Measure the voltage between the A C compressor driver 4P connector No 4 terminal and body gro...

Page 1645: ...in the graph the resistance should be within the specifications for whatever the ambient temperature is IN CAR TEMPERATURE SENSOR 1 2 1 2 u u 12 11 10 9 8 RESISTANCE 7 IkQ 6 5 4 3 2 1 14 32 50 68 86...

Page 1646: ...tions shown in the graph the resistance should be within the specifications OUTSIDE AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR RESISTANCE 7 kQ 6 14 32 50 68 86 104 F 10 0 10 20 30 40 C TEMPERATURE 4 If the resistance is...

Page 1647: ...the light of a flashlight or a fluorescent lamp Voltage should be 3 6 3 7 V or more with the sensor out of direct sunlight 3 3 3 5 V or less with the sensor in direct sunlight 3 If the voltage is not...

Page 1648: ...ications shown in the graph the resistance should be within the specifications RESISTANCE kQ 32 50 68 86 F 0 10 20 30 C TEMPERATURE 5 If the resistance is not as specified replace the evaporator tempe...

Page 1649: ...h the specifications shown in the graph the resistance should be within the specifications RESISTANCE k Q 14 32 50 68 86 104 F 1 0 0 10 20 30 40 C TEMPERATURE 5 If the resistance is not as specified r...

Page 1650: ...ications replace the power transistor POWER TRANSISTOR 4 Carefully release the lock tab on the No 1 terminal LT GRN A in the 4P connector then remove the terminal and insulate it from body ground To 1...

Page 1651: ...he linkage or door sticks or binds repair them as needed If the driver s air mix control motor runs smoothly go to step 4 4 Measure the resistance between the No 5 and No 7 terminals It should be betw...

Page 1652: ...mmediately 3 If the passenger s air mix control motor did not run in step 2 remove it then check the passenger s air mix control linkage and door for smooth movement if the linkage and door move smoot...

Page 1653: ...r to the No 1 terminal of the mode control motor and ground the No 2 terminal the mode control motor should run smoothly and stop at Defrost If it doesn t reverse the connections the mode control moto...

Page 1654: ...d ground to the recirculation control motor will damage it Follow the instructions carefully 2 Connect battery power to the No 1 terminal of the recirculation control motor and ground the No 5 or No 7...

Page 1655: ...re the motor runs smoothly ra Dust a n d Pollen Filter R e p l a c e m e n t The dust and pollen filter should be replaced every 30 000 miles 48 000 km or 24 months whichever comes first Replace the f...

Page 1656: ...lt Cut the plastic cross brace C in the glove box opening with diagonal cutters in the area shown Retain these parts to be reinstalled later B Cut here 4 Disconnect the connectors A from the blower mo...

Page 1657: ...tion control motor runs smoothly see page 21 85 Evaporator Core R e p l a c e m e n t 1 Recover the refrigerant with a recovery recycling charging station see page 21 103 2 Remove the bolt then discon...

Page 1658: ...damage the paint if the refrigerant oil contacts the paint wash it off immediately Make sure that there is no air leakage Charge the system see page 21 105 Heater U n i t C o r e R e p l a c e m e n...

Page 1659: ...air mix control motor the passenger s air mix control motor the evaporator temperature sensor the heater core sensor the power transistor and the recirculation control motor then remove the wire harn...

Page 1660: ...ep 7 on page 21 88 Reset the power window control unit see page 22 200 Enter the anti theft codes for the radio and the navigation system then enter the customer s audio presets If the IMA battery lev...

Page 1661: ...d gently pull on the heater valve cable housing to take up any slack then install the heater valve cable housing into the cable clamp A Auxiliary Electric W a t e r P u m p Replacement 1 When the engi...

Page 1662: ...codes for the radio and the navigation system then write down the customer s audio presets 3 Turning off power to the high voltage circuit see page 12 3 4 Recover the refrigerant with a recovery recy...

Page 1663: ...the O rings with new ones at each fitting and apply a thin coat of refrigerant oil before installing them Be sure to use the correct O rings for HFC 134a R 134a to avoid leakage To avoid contamination...

Page 1664: ...to increase or decrease clearance Clearance 0 35 0 65 mm 0 014 0 026 in NOTE The shims are available in four thicknesses 0 1 mm 0 2 m m 0 4 m m and 0 5 mm 4 Remove the bolt and holder then disconnect...

Page 1665: ...then remove the rotor pulley B Be careful not to damage the rotor pulley and A C compressor 4 Remove the bolts and holders A then disconnect the thermal protector connectors B Remove the bolt from the...

Page 1666: ...nt with a recovery recycling charging station see page 21 103 2 Remove the relief valve cover A the relief valve B and the O ring C Plug the opening to keep foreign matter from entering the system and...

Page 1667: ...ove the air intake cover B and the air intake tube or duct C mi 6 Disconnect the connector A from the A C condenser Remove the A C compressor clutch connector B from the A C condenser shroud C then re...

Page 1668: ...hazard see page 21 6 Replace the O rings with new ones at each fitting and apply a thin coat of refrigerant oil before installing them Be sure to use the correct O rings for HFC 134a R 134a to avoid l...

Page 1669: ...t oil can be a safety hazard see page 21 6 A C C o m p r e s s o r Driver R e p l a c e m e n t NOTE Put on gloves to protect your hands IMA components are located in this area The IMA is a high volta...

Page 1670: ...the auto tensioner indicator A is within the standard range B as shown If it is out of the standard range replace the drive belt see page 21 100 Drive Belt R e p l a c e m e n t 1 Move the auto tensio...

Page 1671: ...that the tensioner moves smoothly and without any abnormal noise If the tensioner does not move smoothly or there is abnormal noise replace the auto tensioner see page 21 102 5 Remove the auto tensio...

Page 1672: ...fm 9 Ibfft 11 8 N m 1 2 kgfm 9 Ibfft 3 Install the auto tensioner in the reverse order of removal Drive Belt Auto tensioner Pulley Replacement 1 Remove the drive belt see page 21 100 2 Remove the pull...

Page 1673: ...be obtained from the refrigerant and lubricant manufacturers Do not recover refrigerant oil using the charging station 1 Connect an R 134a refrigerant recovery recycling charging station A to the hig...

Page 1674: ...installation or repair it must be evacuated using an R 134a refrigerant recovery recycling charging station If the system has been open for several days the receiver dryer should be replaced and the...

Page 1675: ...the refrigerant oil to the suction port of the compressor only Adding refrigerant oil with a refrigerant recovery recycling charging station may cause oil contamination 2 Connect an R 134a refrigeran...

Page 1676: ...ng station A to the high pressure service port B and the low pressure service port C as shown following the equipment manufacturer s instructions 2 Open high pressure valve to charge the system to the...

Page 1677: ...nstructions 2 Determine the relative humidity and air temperature no 3 Open the glove box Remove the damper from the glove box then let the glove box hang down see page 20 70 4 Insert a thermometer A...

Page 1678: ...livery temperature should fall between the two lines Complete the low side pressure test and high side pressure test in the same way Any measurements outside the line may indicate the need for further...

Page 1679: ...is restricted Frozen evaporator Run the fan with A C compressor off then check evaporator temperature sensor Expansion valve is frosted Clogged expansion valve Clean or replace Suction Low pressure ho...

Page 1680: ......

Page 1681: ...uld lead to personal injury caused by unintentional deployment of the airbags and or side airbags Do not bump or impact the SRS unit front impact sensors or side impact sensors when the ignition switc...

Page 1682: ...uit Diagram 22 128 Door Lock Actuator Test 22 131 Door Lock Knob Switch Test 22 132 Door Key Cylinder Switch Test 22 133 Control Unit Input Test 22 134 DTC Troubleshooting 22 140 Tripped Sensor Histor...

Page 1683: ...Air Temperature Indicator Test 22 236 Resetting Maintenance Required Indicator 22 237 DTC Troubleshooting 22 238 Safety Indicator System C o m p o n e n t Location Index 22 244 Circuit Diagram 22 245...

Page 1684: ...Body Electrical Special Tools Ref No Tool Number Description Qty 07WAZ 001010A 07TAZ 001020A MPCS MCIC Service Connector Back Probe Adaptor 1 1 22 2...

Page 1685: ...he wiring Handling Connectors Make sure the connectors are clean and have no loose wire terminals Make sure multiple cavity connectors are packed with dielectric grease except watertight connectors Al...

Page 1686: ...Secure wires and wire harnesses to the frame with their respective wire ties at the designated locations Remove clips carefully don t damage their locks A Slip pliers A under the clip base and through...

Page 1687: ...e circuit components to ground If several circuits fail at the same time the fuse or ground is a likely cause Based on the symptoms and your understanding of the circuit operation identify one or more...

Page 1688: ...or one color with another color stripe The second color is the stripe cont d How to Check for DTCs with the Honda Diagnostic System HDS 1 Connect the Honda Diagnostic System HDS to the Data Link Conne...

Page 1689: ...L A Y A B S T C S M O D U L A T O R C O N T R O L U N I T R A D I A T O R F A N R E L A Y R E L A Y C O N T R O L M O D U L E B u i l d i n t o t h e u n d e r h o o d f u s e r e l a y b o x A U X I...

Page 1690: ...Relay and Control Unit Locations D a s h b o a r d COMBINATION SWITCH CONTROL UNIT Built into the wiper washer switch AIR FUEL RATIO SENSOR RELAY 22 8...

Page 1691: ...cont d 22 9...

Page 1692: ...Relay and Control Unit Locations D a s h b o a r d cont d SRS UNIT 22 10...

Page 1693: ...BODY Rear MCM RELAY 1 Wire colors PNK BLU RED BLU WHT RED WHT and WHT MCM RELAY 2 Wire colors BLK GRN YEL GRN RED WHT and PNK BLU MOTOR CONTROL MODULE MCM FUEL PUMP CONTOL UNIT 22 11...

Page 1694: ...Relay and Control Unit Locations Door a n d S e a t Driver s Door DOOR MULTIPLEX CONTROL UNIT Built in the power window master switch Front Passenger s Seat OPDS UNIT 22 12...

Page 1695: ...C502 C601 G501 andG502 G504 see page 22 30 Dashboard wire harness right branch C251 C551 C552 C554through C557 C651 C731 andC732 C851 G503 G505 andG506 see page 22 34 PCM wire harness C201 through C20...

Page 1696: ...tery Ground Cable Connector or Terminal Ref Cavities Location Connects to Notes G1 10 Left side of engine compartment Body ground via battery ground cable 9 Battery Battery negative terminal Engine Gr...

Page 1697: ...22 15...

Page 1698: ...ine wire compartment Injector No 1 4 3 Middle of engine wire compartment Injector No 2 6 3 Middle of engine wire compartment Injector No 3 9 3 Middle of engine wire compartment Injector No 4 49 3 Midd...

Page 1699: ...E N G I N E W I R E H A R N E S S cont d 22 17...

Page 1700: ...nock sensor subharness see page 22 28 C155 3 6 Right side of engine compartment CKP sensor subharness see page 22 28 C161 27 10 Left side of engine compartment Transmission range switch subharness see...

Page 1701: ...ENGINE WIRE HARNESS 22 19...

Page 1702: ...e running lights relay 3 5 In auxiliary under hood fuse relay Canada box A Electric water pump relay 1 4 In auxiliary under hood fuse relay box A Fan control relay 2 5 In auxiliary under hood fuse rel...

Page 1703: ...22 21...

Page 1704: ...dlight Left headlight low 4 2 Behind left headlight MAF sensor 15 5 Left side of engine compartment Outside air temperature sensor 11 2 Middle of engine compartment Radiator fan motor 9 2 Left side of...

Page 1705: ...22 23...

Page 1706: ...mpact sensor 8 2 Right side of engine compartment Right front wheel sensor 2 2 Right side of engine compartment Washer fluid level switch 6 2 Behind right of front bumper Canada Windshield washer moto...

Page 1707: ...22 25...

Page 1708: ...elay box see page 22 59 Under hood fuse relay box connector D 7 9 Behind under hood fuse relay box see page 22 59 Under hood fuse relay box connector E 2 16 Behind under hood fuse relay box see page 2...

Page 1709: ...22 27...

Page 1710: ...switch 9 10 Transmission housing C161 8 10 Transmission housing Engine wire harness see page 22 16 CKP Sensor Subharness Connector or Terminal Ref Cavities Location Connects to Notes CKP sensor A B 3...

Page 1711: ...22 29...

Page 1712: ...ture sensor 13 2 Under middle of dash Left tweeter 3 2 Under left side of dash Navigation display unit connector A 17 10 Under midle of dash Navigation Navigation service check connector 7 2 Under lef...

Page 1713: ...cont d 22 31...

Page 1714: ...left side of dash Engine compartment wire harness see page 22 26 C406 Junction connector 6 28 Behind left side of dash C407 Junction connector 4 28 Behind left side of dash C408 Junction connector 5...

Page 1715: ...22 33...

Page 1716: ...s airbag inflator 28 4 Under right side of dash Front passenger s seat heater switch 35 6 Under console panel Glove box light 13 2 Under right side of dash Hazard warning switch 6 5 Middle of dash Na...

Page 1717: ...cont d 22 35...

Page 1718: ...10 28 Under right side of dash C556 Junction connector 12 28 Under right side of dash C557 Junction connector 11 28 Under right side of dash C651 16 6 Right side of dash Roof wire harness see page 22...

Page 1719: ...22 37...

Page 1720: ...of dash Dashboard wire harness see page 22 30 C531 12 2 Under rear floor Fuel pump subharness C532 21 2 Under rear floor Fuel pump subharness C681 11 8 Under midlle of dash Right floor wire harness se...

Page 1721: ...22 39...

Page 1722: ...eat Under hood fuse relay box connector B 6 1 Behind under hood fuse relay box C351 9 6 Left side of engine compartment EPS subharness see page 22 28 C551 17 21 Under right side of dash Dashboard wire...

Page 1723: ...22 41...

Page 1724: ...51 7 6 Under right side of rear IPU compartment wire harness shelf see page 22 46 C952 8 20 Under right side of rear IPU compartment wire harness shelf see page 22 46 G653 5 Right C pillar Body ground...

Page 1725: ...22 43...

Page 1726: ...7 2 Right side of rear shelf Without navigation Right rear turn signal light 11 3 Right side of trunk Right taillight 10 4 Right side of trunk Trunk key cylinder switch 14 3 Behind right side of trun...

Page 1727: ...22 45...

Page 1728: ...MCM relay 1 4 4 Behind the IPU cover MCM relay 2 3 4 Behind the IPU cover MPI module 18 16 Behind the IPU cover U phase motor current sensor 17 3 Behind the IPU cover V phase motor current sensor 15...

Page 1729: ...22 47...

Page 1730: ...3 Roof Driver s vanity mirror light 7 2 Roof Front passenger s vanity mirror light 2 2 Roof Individual map light 4 3 Roof Under dash fuse relay box connector 1 9 5 Under left side of dash see page 22...

Page 1731: ...ects to Notes Left side impact sensor 2nd 4 2 Left quarter panel Left side curtain airbag 5 2 Left C pillar 4 door Right side curtain airbag 2 2 Right quarter panel Right side impact sensor 2nd 3 2 Ri...

Page 1732: ...wer mirror 4 8 Driver s door Power mirror switch 3 13 Driver s door Power window master switch door 2 23 Driver s door multiplex control unit C631 5 20 Driver s door Driver s door subharness C632 8 17...

Page 1733: ...r s door lock knob switch 4 3 Front passenger s door Front passenger s door speaker 8 2 Front passenger s door Front passenger s power window motor 7 6 Front passenger s door Front passenger s power w...

Page 1734: ...s Location Connects to Notes Left rear power door lock actuator 4 2 Left rear door Left rear power door lock knob switch 5 3 Left rear door Left rear power window motor 2 6 Left rear door Left rear po...

Page 1735: ...otes Right rear power door lock actuator 2 2 Right rear door Right rear power door lock knob 1 3 Right rear door switch Right rear power window motor 4 6 Right rear door Right rear power window switch...

Page 1736: ...ne wire harness see page 22 16 C202 1 33 Left side of engine compartment Engine wire harness see page 22 16 C203 3 23 Left side of engine compartment Engine wire harness see page 22 16 C251 7 13 Under...

Page 1737: ...tor C 4 13 In steering column cover Cable reel connector B see page 22 30 Cruise control combination switch 5 In steering column cover Horn switch 3 1 In steering column cover Radio remote switch 2 In...

Page 1738: ...seat adjustment switch 6 12 Left side of driver s seat Driver s seat belt switch 4 3 Under driver s seat Driver s seat heater 5 4 Under driver s seat Front up down motor 7 2 Under driver s seat Rear u...

Page 1739: ...s Connector or Terminal Ref Cavities Location Connects to Notes OPDS unit C801 1 2 4 4 Front passenger s seat Under front passenger s seat Right floor wire harness see page 22 40 2 O P D S U N I T H A...

Page 1740: ...1 7 Under middle of dash Evaporator temperature sensor 2 2 Under middle of dash Front passenger s air mix control 5 7 Under middle of dash motor Heater Core Sensor 6 2 Under middle of dash Mode contr...

Page 1741: ...e page 22 26 D 4 9 Engine compartment wire harness see page 22 26 E 9 16 Engine compartment wire harness see page 22 26 F 10 20 Front engine compartment wire harness see page 22 22 G 6 2 Engine compar...

Page 1742: ...trol relay 2 3 1 4 5 5 Front engine compartment wire harness see page 22 20 Front engine compartment wire harness see page 22 20 Front engine compartment wire harness see page 22 20 AUXILIARY UNDER HO...

Page 1743: ...arness see page 22 38 1 10 5 Roof wire harness see page 22 48 Ignition coil relay 23 4 J 27 21 Driver s door subharness see page 22 50 K 26 12 Driver s door subharness see page 22 50 M 25 3 MICS MPCS...

Page 1744: ...h via A C compressor clutch relay 13 20 A RED ABS TCS modulator control unit Brake lights PCM High mount brake light Ignition key light Multiplex integrated control unit MICU 13 20 A Internal connecti...

Page 1745: ...BLK RED ABS TCS modulator control unit ACM unit ACM relay A F sensor Alternator ELD Engine mount solenoid valve Auxiliary transmission fluid pump ATFP control unit EVAP canister purge valve Idle stop...

Page 1746: ...Power Distribution F u s e to C o m p o n e n t s Index cont d UNDER HOOD FUSE RELAY BOX 22 64...

Page 1747: ...T MCM MCM relay 1 35 Not used Auxiliary Under Hood Fuse Relay Box B Fuse Number Amps Wire Color Component s or Circuit s Protected 36 40 A RED No 34 fuse in the auxiliary under hood fuse relay box No...

Page 1748: ...Wire Color Component s or Circuit s Protected 51 7 5 A LT BLU PCM 52 20 A WHT BLK Rear accessory power socket AUXILIARY FUSE HOLDER A Auxiliary Fuse Holder B Fuse Number Amps Wire Color Component s or...

Page 1749: ...lay control module TCS OFF switch Vanity mirror lights G501 connects to G601 via under dash fuse relay box Immobilizer control unit reciever PCM G502 Multiplex inteqrated control unit MICU G503 Climat...

Page 1750: ...der hood fuse reley box 8 Disconnect the connectors from the under hood fuse reley box Installation 1 Connect the connectors to the under hood fuse relay box then install the under hood fuse relay box...

Page 1751: ...Cycle the ignition switch OFF then ON 3 Check for DTCs by selecting the DTCs MENU DTCs from the HDS Is DTCB1055 B1056 B1057 B1058 B1059 B1060 B1061 B1062 and or B1063 indicated Y E S G o t o step 4 N...

Page 1752: ...nnect the connectors to the under dash fuse relay box then install the under dash fuse relay box in the reverse order of removal 3 Install the removed parts in the reverse order of removal 4 Connect b...

Page 1753: ...the case looks OK go to step 3 3 Check the indicator EYE If the EYE indicates the battery is charged go to step 4 If the EYE indicates a low charge go to step 7 4 Apply a 300 A load for 15 seconds to...

Page 1754: ...ype A C condenser fan relay Normally open type Ignition coil relay Normally open type Air fuel ratio sensor relay Normally open type PGM FI main relay 1 2 Normally open type Power window relay Normall...

Page 1755: ...ween the terminals There should be continuity between the No 1 and No 2 terminals when power and ground are connected to the No 3 and No 5 terminals There should be continuity between the No 1 and No...

Page 1756: ...the under dash fuse relay box 6 Check for continuity between the terminals in each switch position according to the table Terminal Position WHT RED ACC WHT BAT BLK YEL IG1 BLK RED IG2 BLK WHT ST 0 LO...

Page 1757: ...Multiplex Integrated Control System MICS C o m p o n e n t Location Index Built into the under dash fuse relay box Troubleshooting page 22 84 Input Test page 22 116 cont d 22 75...

Page 1758: ...ltiplex Integrated Control System MICS C o m p o n e n t Location Index cont d COMBINATION SWITCH CONTROL UNIT Built into the wiper washer switch Troubleshooting page 22 84 Input Test page 22 122 22 7...

Page 1759: ...nsmit and receive information in the form of structured messages that may be received by several different ECUs on the network at one time These message are transmitted and received across a communica...

Page 1760: ...itch Control Unit monitors the wiper switch When the wiper switch is placed in the low speed position the Combination Switch Control Unit transmits that message on the communication circuit The Relay...

Page 1761: ...ontrol Module PCM Multiplex Intergrated Control Unit Navigation Control Unit MICU Door Multiplex Control Unit Combination Switch Control Unit Climate Control Unit Optional Security Optional Unit B CAN...

Page 1762: ...multiplex control unit will transmit DTCs for the signal that it did not receive Door Multiplex Control Unit Door Lock Switch B CAN Gauge Control Module B CAN MICU K Line HDS B CAN Relay Control Modu...

Page 1763: ...er units will set loss of communication DTCs Use this chart to find the control unit that is not communicating 7 Find the Transmitting Unit that is in the same row as all of the loss of communication...

Page 1764: ...cylinder switch lock unlock Driver s door lock knob switch lock unlock Driver s door lock switch Driver s power window switches up down auto up auto down Passenger s power window switches up down Driv...

Page 1765: ...ancel resume master Dash lights Fuel gauge Gauge lights Indicator LEDs Speedometer Tachometer ECT gauge Warning buzzer Odometer Outside temperature display Climate Control Unit Input signal Output sig...

Page 1766: ...Power door locks Climate control Key interlock Dash light brightness Is the symptom related to the B CAN system YES Goto step 2 NO Go to the system troubleshooting for the system with the symptom 2 Co...

Page 1767: ...Loss of communicator DTCs Begin troubleshooting with the lowest number first Example if DTC B1006 and B1058 are retrieved begin by troubleshooting B1006 Signal error DTCs Entry light control Interior...

Page 1768: ...1 Using the Honda Diagnostic System HDS select the system that has the symptom from the BODY ELECTRICAL MENU 2 Select DTCs and then check for loss of communication DTCs Are loss of communication DTCs...

Page 1769: ...Check the relay if applicable then check for a short in the wire between the relay and the component relay and control unit or the component and control unit Are the relay and the wire harness OK YES...

Page 1770: ...onent Does the output device pass the function test YES Go to step 7 NO Replace the component 7 With the malfunctioning output device connected connect a voltmeter between the malfunctioning output de...

Page 1771: ...l unit X27 and combination switch control unit No 4 BRN YEL wire between multiplex integrated control unit N28 and gauge control module terminal No 25 If the wire is OK substitute a known good under d...

Page 1772: ...r is disconnected for too short or too long of a time or the ignition switch is turned OFF the system will return to Test Mode 2 MICU Item Driver s door switch OPEN Front passenger s door switch OPEN...

Page 1773: ...cylinder switch UNLOCK Driver s door lock switch LOCK Driver s door lock switch UNLOCK Driver s door lock knob switch LOCK Driver s door lock knob switch UNLOCK A second key is necessary to check the...

Page 1774: ...egrated Control Unit MICU and the gauge control module is normal To scroll through the DTCs press the RESET knob on the gauge control module Displaying the DTC The lower four digits is a decimal numbe...

Page 1775: ...or BUS Off Relay Control Module Loss of Communication see page 22 108 B1055 Relay Control Module lost communication with MICU Relay Control Module Loss of Communication see page 22 69 B1056 Relay Cont...

Page 1776: ...see page 22 210 B1126 Driver s power window motor B pulse malfunction Door Multiplex Control Unit Signal Error see page 22 210 B1127 Driver s door lock key cylinder switch malfunction Door Multiplex C...

Page 1777: ...177 Abnormal battery voltage 7 5 V Gauge Control Module Signal Error see page 22 243 B1178 F CAN communication circuit error Gauge Control Module Loss of Communication see page 22 113 B1200 Communicat...

Page 1778: ...ge door or motor Climate Control Unit Signal Error see page 21 43 B1236 Open in the passenger s air mix control motor circuit Climate Control Unit Signal Error see page 21 43 B1237 Short in the passen...

Page 1779: ...ation Switch Control Unit Signal Error see page 22 218 B1284 Windshield wiper switch HIGH position circuit malfunction Combination Switch Control Unit Signal Error see page 22 218 B2989 A problem in t...

Page 1780: ...Washer command off OFF Power window Driver s Door Switch Door open ON Door closed OFF Front Passenger s Door Switch Door open ON Door closed OFF P W Main Switch Passenger s window activated ON Passeng...

Page 1781: ...Door closed OFF DRL Signal Canada Ignition Key Cylinder Light Command Light on command ON Light off command OFF Interior Light Command Light on command ON Light off command OFF Left Turn Signal Comman...

Page 1782: ...ON Indicator command off OFF EBD Brake Light Indicator Indicator command on ON Indicator command off OFF Cruise Master Switch ON Indicator Switch pushed on ON Switch pushed off OFF MIL Indicator Indi...

Page 1783: ...Belt Buckle Switch Unbuckled ON Buckled OFF Washer Fluid Level Switch Canada Fluid level low ON Fluid level normal OFF Driver s Door Switch Door open ON Door closed OFF Front Passenger s Door Switch...

Page 1784: ...Lock Knob Switch UNLOCK Knob up ON Knob up OFF Door lock Door LOCK Command Lock command ON Other OFF Door lock Door UNLOCK Command Unlock command ON Other OFF Door lock Driver s Door UNLOCK Command Un...

Page 1785: ...OCK Knob up ON Knob down OFF Keyless Trunk Key Cylinder Switch UNLOCK Key turned to unlock ON Neutral position OFF Keyless Door LOCK Command Lock command ON Other OFF Keyless Door UNLOCK Command Unloc...

Page 1786: ...ey turned to unlock ON Neutral position OFF Security Door LOCK Command Lock command ON Other OFF Security Door UNLOCK Command Unlock command ON Other OFF Security Driver s Door UNLOCK Command Unlock c...

Page 1787: ...Brightness Control Gauge Turns key chime on off Key Chime Gauge Turns headlight chime on off Headlight Chime Gauge Turns seatbelt chime on off Seatbelt Reminder Chime Lighting Turns ignition key cyli...

Page 1788: ...Multiplex Integrated Control System MICS Circuit Diagram UNDER HOOD FUSE RELAY BOX IGNITION SWITCH UNDER DASH FUSE RELAY BOX _Q_ G601 G502 G601 22 106...

Page 1789: ...OLLER BODY CONTROLLER AREA NETWORK TRANSCEIVER ODO TRIP A B OUTSIDE AIR TEMPERATURE DISPLAY DTC CODE DISPLAY BRN I No 27 20 A FUSE In the under dash fuse relay box No 21 7 5 A FUSE In the under dash f...

Page 1790: ...ar the DTCs using the HDS 2 Cycle the ignition switch to OFF and then back ON 3 Check for DTCs using the HDS Are DTC s B1050 B1100 B1150 B1200 or B1250 indicated Y E S G o to step 4 NO Intermittent fa...

Page 1791: ...back ON 3 Operate the door lock LOCK UNLOCK 4 Check for DTCs using the HDS Is DTC B1001 or B1002 indicated YES Faulty MICU replace the under dash fuse relay box NO Intermittent failure the MICU is OK...

Page 1792: ...odule If the circuit is OK replace the MICU If the circuit is bad repair the open H DTC B1006 MICU Lost Communication with Door Multiplex Control Unit Door Lock Switch Message 1 Clear the DTCs using t...

Page 1793: ...een the MICU and the combination switch control unit If the circuit is OK replace the MICU If the circuit is bad repair the open DTC B1008 MICU Lost Communication A T Message with the Gauge Control Mo...

Page 1794: ...in the communication circuit between the MICU and the combination switch control unit If the circuit is OK replace the MICU If the circuit is bad repair the open B DTC B1010 MICU Lost Communication P...

Page 1795: ...168 Gauge Control Module Lost Communication with PCM Engine Messages DTC B1169 Gauge Control Module Lost Communication with the PCM A T Messages 1 Clear the DTCs using the HDS 2 Turn the ignition swit...

Page 1796: ...place the original PCM B NO The original gauge control module is faulty replace the gauge control module see page 22 235 DTC B1080 Power Supply Circuit IG1 line Input Error for Relay Control Module an...

Page 1797: ...on see page 22 71 and the charging system DTC B1255 Combination Switch Control Unit Lost Communication With MICU 1 Clear the DTCs using the HDS 2 Cycle the ignition switch to OFF and then back ON 3 Ch...

Page 1798: ...UNDER DASH FUSE RELAY BOX CONNECTOR I 5P ii i r 1 J 2 4 5 GRN RED UNDER DASH FUSE RELAY BOX CONNECTOR K 12P LT BLU BRN GRN WHT 1 2 1 3 4 5 6 4 9 10 11 i 12 3 UNDER DASH FUSE RELAY BOX CONNECTOR J 21P...

Page 1799: ...connector disconnected Check for continuity to ground There should be no continuity Short to ground J4 GRN Under all conditions Check for continuity between terminal J4 and power window master switch...

Page 1800: ...own No 13 20 A fuse in the under hood fuse relay box Blown LED An open in the wire 14 GRN RED Ceiling light switch in the middle position all doors closed Attach to ground The ceiling light should com...

Page 1801: ...OK replace the gauge control module Cavity Wire Test Condition Test Desired result Possible cause if result is not obtained 5 YEL Ignition switch ON II Check for voltage to ground There should be batt...

Page 1802: ...er switch see page 22 209 BLK POWER MASTER SWITCH CONNECTOR 23P GRN WHT 1 2 3 4 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 GRN YEL Wire side of female terminals 3 Inspect the connector and sock...

Page 1803: ...1 An open in the wire 10 GRN WHT Under all conditions Check for voltage to ground There should be battery voltage Blown No 27 20 A fuse in the under dash fuse relay box An open in the wire 20 YEL Igni...

Page 1804: ...tion switch control unit must be faulty replace the wiper washer switch Cavity Wire Test condition Test Desired result Possible cause if result is not obtained 3 BLK Under all conditions Check for con...

Page 1805: ...the system If all the input tests prove OK the relay module must be faulty replace the under hood fuse relay box Cavity Wire Test condition Test Desired result Possible cause if result is not obtaine...

Page 1806: ...page 22 132 RIGHT REAR DOOR LOCK ACTUATOR KNOB SWITCH Actuator Test page 22 131 Knob Switch Test page 22 133 DRIVER S DOOR LOCK ACTUATOR KNOB SWITCH Actuator Test page 22 131 Knob Switch Test page 22...

Page 1807: ...HOOD SWITCH Test page 22 148 Replacement page 20 129 22 125...

Page 1808: ...trol unit continues to receive a ground signal 0 V it senses that the vehicle is not closed and locked and the system will not arm A switch that is slightly misadjusted can cause the alarm to sound fo...

Page 1809: ...s the button a second time The doors will not lock with the remote transmitter if a door is not fully closed or if the key is in the ignition switch If the UNLOCK button is pressed released then press...

Page 1810: ...s Security System Circuit Diagram UNDER HOOD FUSE RELAY BOX BATTERY 0 No 22 100A No 23 IG 50A No 15 40 A IGNITION SWITCH WHT hO O j BLK YEL U N D E R D A S H FUSE RELAY BOX No 21 7 5 A Fuse relay box...

Page 1811: ...DOOR LOCK ACTUATOR Y UNDER DASH FUSE RELAY BOX H10 E8 N9 YEL GRN K2 LOCK UNLOCK UNLOCK Q BRN KEY FRONT PASSENGER S DOOR LOCK KNOB SWITCH DOOR LOCK KNOB n o BLK UNLOCK LOCK g o PNK UNLOCK PUR FRONT PAS...

Page 1812: ...SWITCH Closed Hood open G201 FRONT PARKING LIGHTS TAILLIGHTS DASH LIGHTS UNDER DASH FUSE RELAY BOX BLU RED BLU RED HORN W HORN High VIV Low MULTIPLEX INTEGRATED CONTROL UNIT MICU GRN WHT O AUDIO HVAC...

Page 1813: ...only momentarily Terminal Position 1 2 LOCK e UNLOCK 0 4 If the actuator does not operate as specified replace it Passenger s door 1 Remove the passenger s door panel see page 20 7 2 Disconnect the 2...

Page 1814: ...en the No 1 and No 3 terminals when the door lock knob switch is in the UNLOCK position and no continuity when the switch is in the LOCK position 4 If the continuity is not as specified replace the do...

Page 1815: ...connect the 3P connector from the key cylinder switch 3 Check for continuity between the terminals There should be continuity between the No 2 and No 3 terminals when the door key cylinder switch is i...

Page 1816: ...12 13 14 Y E L G R N Y E L G R N Y E L LT G R N R E D x G R N W H T U N D E R D A S H F U S E R E L A Y B O X C O N N E C T O R N 45P U N D E R D A S H F U S E R E L A Y B O X C O N N E C T O R K 1 2...

Page 1817: ...K positive terminal to K12 The driver s door lock actuator K2 terminal and K2 actuator should lock An open in the wire K12 terminal to H9 unlock terminal N7 YEL BLK Connect the battery Check actuator...

Page 1818: ...ch Short to ground P25 PNK BLK Front passenger s door lock switch locked Check for voltage to ground There should be less than 1V Poor ground G503 Faulty front passenger s door lock switch An open in...

Page 1819: ...pen Check for voltage to ground There should be less than 1V Faulty front passenger s door switch An open in the wire H12 LT GRN RED Front passenger s door closed Check for voltage to ground There sho...

Page 1820: ...tor from the power window master switch WHT BLK WHT RED 1 DL IV 1 2 3 4 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 rr WHT YEL RED Wire side of female terminals 10 Inspect the connector and socket...

Page 1821: ...d 21 WHT Driver s door key Check for voltage to ground Faulty driver s door key cylinder switch in There should be less than 1V cylinder switch UNLOCK Poor ground G501 Driver s door key Check for volt...

Page 1822: ...LOCK are changed when the passenger s door lock switch is in the LOCK and UNLOCK positions Does the information show the correct ON and OFF indications when the door lock switch in the LOCK and UNLOCK...

Page 1823: ...ey cylinder switch is turned to UNLOCK position with the key Does the information show ON when the trunk key cylinder switch is turned to UNLOCK position and show OFF when the trunk key cylinder switc...

Page 1824: ...y Cylinder Switch LOCK Driver s Door Key Cylinder Switch UNLOCK information indicator ON when the key cylinder is in the LOCK UNLOCK position and OFF when the key is returned to the neutral position Y...

Page 1825: ...nder switch 3P connector and body ground DRIVER S DOOR KEY CYLINDER SWITCH 3P CONNECTOR UNLOCK WHT LOCK WHT RED Terminal side of male terminals Is there continuity YES Repair a short in the WHT RED LO...

Page 1826: ...witch LOCK and Driver s Door Lock Switch UNLOCK in the DATA LIST Are both information indicators OFF YES Goto step 7 NO Check the door lock switch If the driver s door lock switch is OK faulty door mu...

Page 1827: ...ndicator OFF and Driver s Door Lock knob Switch UNLOCK information indicator ON with the door lock knob switch in UNLOCK position YES Substitute a known good power window master switch If the code is...

Page 1828: ...last tripped sensor data 1 Select HISTORY DATA from the security system test mode menu 2 Select CURRENT DATA 3 Confirm that the VIN matches the Vehicle then press the enter button 4 Scroll through th...

Page 1829: ...1 2 UNLOCK e 0 3 If the trunk lid opener solenoid does not work as specified replace it 1 Remove the trunk lid trim see page 20 55 2 Disconnect the 3P connector from the key cylinder switch 3 Check fo...

Page 1830: ...switch is in the neutral position There should be continuity between the No 1 and No 9 terminals when the door lock switch is in UNLOCK position There should be no continuity between the No 1 and No 9...

Page 1831: ...the locks work the transmitter is O K B If the locks don t work go to step 2 2 Open the transmitter and check for water damage If you find any water damage replace the transmitter If there is no water...

Page 1832: ...1 to 4 sec turn the ignition switch OFF 7 Within 1 to 4 sec turn the ignition switch ON II 8 Within 1 to 4 sec press the transmitter lock or unlock button with the transmitter aimed at the keyless rec...

Page 1833: ...Horns C o m p o n e n t Location Index HORNS Test Replacement page 22 152 22 151...

Page 1834: ...A RELAY CONTROL MODULE CONTROL BLOCK BLU RED CABLE REEL H HORN High HORN SWITCH BLU RED HORN Low 1 Remove the front bulkhead cover see page 20 111 2 Disconnect the 1P connector A from each horn B 3 T...

Page 1835: ...o 13 20 A fuse in the under hood fuse relay box Relay control module in the under hood fuse relay box Horns see page 22 152 An open in the wire 4 Reconnect the cable reel 13P connector A to the dashbo...

Page 1836: ...22 154...

Page 1837: ...Exterior Lights C o m p o n e n t Location Index FRONT TURN SIGNAL SIDE MARKER LIGHTS Bulb Replacement page 22 172 cont d 22 155...

Page 1838: ...Exterior Lights C o m p o n e n t Location Index cont d TAILLIGHTS and BRAKE LIGHTS Replacement page 22 173 REAR TURN SIGNAL LIGHT Replacement page 22 173 22 156...

Page 1839: ...DRL INDICATOR Canada BRAKE PEDAL POSITION SWITCH Test page 22 169 22 157...

Page 1840: ...Exterior Lights Circuit Diagram USA UNDER HOOD FUSE RELAY BOX 22 158...

Page 1841: ...I and START III No 7 10 A No 21 7 5 A X35 OVBU QIG OB CAN X27 WHT YEL LTGRN o o BRN 6 O COMBINATION SWITCH CONTROL UNIT Q Q Q O WIPER WASHER 1 SWITCH HIGH PASSING COMBINATION LIGHT SWITCH PG1 y MICU S...

Page 1842: ...Exterior Lights Circuit Diagram cont d Canada UNDER HOOD FUSE RELAY BOX BATTERY 22 160...

Page 1843: ...I GRN WHT WHT RED No 7 No 21 10 A C 7 5 A No 3 10A D14 OVBU OlG V B CAN WHT YEL LTGRN O O 6 c COMBINATION SWITCH CONTROL UNIT O Q LOW 0 I p A PASSING O WIPER WASHER 1 SWITCH O HIGH DIMMER OFF D COMBIN...

Page 1844: ...c r x o WHT IGIMITION SWITCH BAT O O j BLK YEL IG1 UNDER DASH FUSE RELAY BOX IG1 HOT in ON II and START III WHT RED WHT RED v NAVIGATION UNIT 3 LEFT A BACK UP V LIGHT 2 21W BLK 3 RIGHT BACK UP y LIGH...

Page 1845: ...RAKE PEDAL POSITION SWITCH Closed Pedal pressed LTGRN LTGRN WHT BLK ABS MODULATOR CONTROL UNIT CRUISE CONTROL UNIT MICU PCM WHT BLK 3 LEFT BRAKE LIGHT 21 W WHT BLK WHT BLK 3 RIGHT BRAKE LIGHT 2 21W WH...

Page 1846: ...e relay box connector I and the wiper washer switch 8P connector 9 Check for continuity between the No 6 terminal of the relay control module 10P connector and the No 1 terminal of the wiper washer sw...

Page 1847: ...eadlights come on YES Goto step 6 NO Go to step 9 6 Turn the headlight switch OFF 7 Select LIGHTING SYSTEM from the HDS and enter the DATA LIST 8 Check the ON OFF information of the DRL Relay Command...

Page 1848: ...HEADLIGHT 2P CONNECTORS HIGH BEAM Wire side of female terminals Is there continuity YES Go to step 12 NO Repair an open in the WHT YEL left headlight or WHT GRN right headlight wire 12 Check for cont...

Page 1849: ...nds 6 Turn the parking small light switch ON and wait for 2 seconds 7 Turn the headlight light switch LOW ON and wait for 2 seconds 8 Change the dimmer switch position from low beam to high beam and w...

Page 1850: ...age 22 176 Is the combination light switch OK YES Faulty combination switch control unit replace the wiper washer switch NO Replace the combination light switch DTC B1280 Turn Signal Switch Circuit Ma...

Page 1851: ...position switch B 1 2 4 I 2 Check for continuity between the No 1 and No 2 terminals There should be continuity when the brake pedal is pressed There should be no continuity when the brake pedal is r...

Page 1852: ...ce Make sure the tire pressures are correct The driver or someone who weighs the same should sit in the driver s seat 1 Clean the outer lens so that you can see the center A of the headlights 2 Park t...

Page 1853: ...ont bumper see page 20 101 2 Remove the connectors A from the headlight assembly B A 3 Remove the five mounting bolts and the harness clip then remove the headlight 4 Remove the bolt and the corner up...

Page 1854: ...urn the bulb socket B 45 counterclockwise to remove the bulb 4 Install a new bulb in the reverse order of removal Front Turn Signal Side Marker Lights 1 Remove the inner fender see page 20 121 2 Disco...

Page 1855: ...ays compressed 7 Install the taillight and tighten the nuts to 5 N m 0 5 kgf m 4 Ibf ft 8 After installing the taillight run water over it to make sure it does not leak Inner Taillight 1 Open the trun...

Page 1856: ...c e m e n t 1 Pull the license plate light assembly o u t and disconnect the 2P connector A from the light License Plate Light 5 W 2 Separate the lens B and housing C then remove the bulb 3 Install th...

Page 1857: ...lid and disconnect the 2P connector A from the bulb socket B High Mount Brake Light 21 W 2 Turn the bulb socket B 45 counterclockwise to remove the bulb Housing Replacement 1 Remove the rear shelf see...

Page 1858: ...move the dashboard lower cover see page 20 67 2 Remove the steering column covers see page 17 9 3 Disconnect the 12P connector A from the wiper washer switch B 4 Remove the two screws then slide out t...

Page 1859: ...ontinuity between the terminals in each switch position according to the tables If the continuity is not as specified replace the switch Light switch Terminal 1 2 3 8 1 12 Position 1 2 3 8 1 12 OFF f...

Page 1860: ...II A T GEAR POSITION CONSOLE LIGHT AUDIO UNIT LIGHT HAZARD WARNING SWITCH LIGHT V RED BLK G501 G601 YEL WHT GAUGE CONTROL MODULE DASH LIGHT BRIGHTNESS CONTROLLER POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT CONTROLLER AREA N...

Page 1861: ...Turn Signal Hazard Flasher C o m p o n e n t Location Index 22 179...

Page 1862: ...R HOOD FUSE RELAY BOX BATTERY No 22 100A No 23 IG 50A H C T J c r j No 15 40A No 16 15A IGNITION SWITCH WHT f O C H BLK YEL IG1 HOT in ON II and START III UNDER DASH FUSE RELAY BOX COMBINATION LIGHT S...

Page 1863: ...CONTROLLER In the gauge control module HAZARD WARNING SWITCH m BODY RED BLU LEFT TURN SIGNAL LIGHT p REAR 21W 2 BLK _CL G701 RED BLU RED BLU FRONT 21W BRN TURN SIGNAL INDICATOR BLK _LL G301 RIGHT TURN...

Page 1864: ...signal hazard relay A from the under dash fuse relay box B 2 Inspect the relay and fuse relay box socket terminals to be sure they are all making good contact If the terminals are bent loose or corro...

Page 1865: ...wn bulb Poor ground G201 G701 or G702 An open in the wire 4 Ignition switch ON II and turn signal switch in Left position Check for voltage to ground There should be about 10 V Poor ground G501 G601 F...

Page 1866: ...A from the hazard warning switch B 1 2 3 4 5 3 Push out the hazard warning switch from behind the upper panel 4 Check for continuity between the terminals in each switch position according to the tab...

Page 1867: ...lacement page 22 188 AMBIENT LIGHT Replacement page 22 189 t PASSENGER S VANITY MIRROR LIGHTS Replacement page 22 191 GLOVE BOX LIGHT PASSENGER S DOOR COURTESY LIGHT Replacement page 22 191 A T GEAR P...

Page 1868: ...DASH FUSE RELAY BOX BATTERY 0 No 22 100A O V J 0 No 15 40A No 4 15 A RELAY CONTROL MODULE CONTROL BOX 1 Q BLK WHT BLU COMBINATION MICU LIGHT SWITCH RED BLK RED BLK A T GEAR POSITION CONSOLE LIGHT P j...

Page 1869: ...BODY 22 187...

Page 1870: ...ully pry off the lens A with a small screwdriver Front Map Light 8 W x 2 2 Remove the two mounting screws 3 Disconnect the 3P connector B from the housing C 4 Disconnect the 8P connector D from the am...

Page 1871: ...switch OFF 22 188 2 Carefully pry off the lens A with a small 2 Disconnect the 8P connector A from the ambient screwdriver light 3 Carefully pry off the ambient light assembly B 5 Install in the reve...

Page 1872: ...e should be continuity If there is no continuity check the bulb C If the bulb s is OK replace the trunk light 1 Open the trunk lid 2 Disconnect the 3P connector A from the trunk lid latch B 3 Check fo...

Page 1873: ...ty between the No 1 and No 2 terminals With the vanity mirror cover B opened there should be continuity With the vanity mirror cover closed there should be no continuity 5 If the continuity is not as...

Page 1874: ...CH RIGHT REAR DOOR SWITCH MICU Built into under dash fuse relay box Input Test page 22 194 DOOR MULTIPLEX CONTROL UNIT Built into the power window master switch Input Test page 22 194 IGNITION KEY SWI...

Page 1875: ...ROL UNIT MICU FRONT PASSENGER S DOOR COURTESY J H LIGHT DRIVER S DOOR SWITCH Closed Door open _0_ G601 FRONT I PASSENGER S DOOR SWITCH Closed Door open LEFT REAR DOOR SWITCH Closed Door open POWER WIN...

Page 1876: ...wire side of female terminals UNDER DASH FUSE RELAY BOX CONNECTOR E 16P p 1 2 3 1 1 1 8 j 9 11 12 13 14 15 16 L BLK PUR GRN UNDER DASH FUSE RELAY BOX CONNECTOR I 5P GRN RED BRN UNDER DASH FUSE RELAY B...

Page 1877: ...Desired result Possible cause if result is not obtained E15 GRN Driver s door open Check for voltage to ground There should be less than 1 V Faulty driver s door switch An open in the wire E15 GRN Dr...

Page 1878: ...ge to ground There should be less than 1 V Faulty driver s door lock actuator Poor ground G501 An open in the wire 7 WHT BLK Driver s door lock knob locked Check for voltage to ground There should be...

Page 1879: ...ty with the key in the ignition switch There should be no continuity with the key removed 1 Remove the steering column upper and lower covers see page 17 9 2 Disconnect the 6P connector 1 2 3 4 5 3 Th...

Page 1880: ...ENGER S WINDOW MOTOR Test page 22 208 FRONT PASSENGER S WINDOW SWITCH Test Replacement page 22 209 RIGHT REAR WINDOW MOTOR Test page 22 208 RIGHT REAR WINDOW SWITCH Test Replacement page 22 209 DRIVER...

Page 1881: ...s released The windows do not close with the LOCK button Anti trap Power Window Operation The system is composed of the power window master switch the power window master switch and the driver s windo...

Page 1882: ...Diagnostic System HDS to the vehicle s DLC 2 Turn the ignition switch ON II then enter the vehicle s VIN and mileage at the prompts 3 Select Body Electrical from the System Selection menu 4 From the...

Page 1883: ...tch 8 Repeat steps 4 7 three more times 9 Wait 1 second 10 Confirm that AUTO UP and AUTO DOWN do not work If AUTO UP and DOWN work go back to step 1 1 1 Move the driver s window all the way down by ho...

Page 1884: ...Power Windows Circuit Diagram U N D E R H O O D F U S E R E L A Y BOX IGNITION SWITCH B A T IG1 IG1 HOT in ON II and START U N D E R D A S H FUSE RELAY BOX DRIVER S WINDOW MOTOR G601 G501 22 202...

Page 1885: ...AR DOWN f UP RIGHT REAR MAIN SWITCH o o o DOOR MULTIPLEX CONTROL UNIT GRY RED No 24 20 A FUSE No 25 20 A FUSE T GR YEL RED WHT LTGRN WHT7BLK YEL BLU ORN 1 LEFT REAR SWITCH YEL BLU WHT 5 LTGRN DOWN A V...

Page 1886: ...P connector A from the power window switch B BLK GRY BLK BLU LT BLU RED WHT RED GRN WHT 1 2 3 4 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 R E D Y E L RED PNK PUR YEL RED BLK LTGRN WHT BLK ORN...

Page 1887: ...ow motor An open in the wire 9 LT BLU Connect the No 10 and No 9 terminals with a jumper wire and the No 3 terminal to body ground Check the front passenger s window motor operation The window should...

Page 1888: ...een the No 17 and No 2 terminals There should be 0 V about 5 V 0 V about 5 V repeatedly a digital voltmeter reads about 2 5 V while the window moves Blown No 21 7 5 A fuse in the under dash fuse relay...

Page 1889: ...run the window motor down or up The voltmeter needle should move back and forth alternately a digital voltmeter should show the average voltage between 0 5 V Connect an analog voltmeter between the N...

Page 1890: ...ect the 6P connector A from the window motor A 3 Test the motor by connecting battery power and ground according to the table When the motor stops running disconnect one lead immediately Terminal Dire...

Page 1891: ...eset the power window control unit see page 22 200 6 Reprogram the keyless remotes see page 22 150 P a s s e n g e r s W i n d o w S w i t c h T e s t R e p l a c e m e n t 1 Carefully pry off the doo...

Page 1892: ...ge 22 204 Are all the wire harnesses OK YES Substitute a known good power window master switch and recheck If DTC is gone the original master switch is faulty replace it If the DTC is still indicated...

Page 1893: ...MBINATION SWITCH CONTROL UNIT Control Circuit Input Test page 22 219 Replacement page 22 218 WINDSHIELD WIPER MOTOR Test page 22 220 Replacement page 22 221 WINDSHIELD WIPER NOZZLE WASHER RESERVOIR Re...

Page 1894: ...No 23 IG 50A c r j D f K T V J No 15 40A RELAY CONTROL MODULE BLK L L G302 WHT IGNITION SWITCH BAT fo o H IG1 BLK YEL IG1 HOT in ON II and START III CONTROL BLOCK J2 J4 YEL WINDSHIELD WIPER MOTOR BLK...

Page 1895: ...X No 20 7 5A No 21 7 5 A o x x No 7 10A No 11 30 A L O 6 INT YEL X34 X35 D11 WHT X27 WINDSHIELD M WASHER MOTOR 4 WIPER WASHER SWITCH COMBINATION SWITCH CONTROL MODULE H l C r V MIST OFF WASHER SWITCH...

Page 1896: ...step 9 9 Disconnect the relay control module 10P connector and the wiper washer switch 8P connector 10 Check for continuity between the No 5 terminal of the relay control module 10P connector and the...

Page 1897: ...ith FR WIPER LOW and FR WIPER HIGH Does the windshield wiper motor run YES Goto step 10 NO Goto step 18 10 Turn the windshield wiper switch OFF and stop the wiper arms at the park position If the wipe...

Page 1898: ...Wire side of female terminals Is there continuity YES Repair a short in the WHT wire NO Faulty windshield wiper motor replace it 17 Check the No 7 10 A No 11 30 A and No 21 7 5 A fuses in the under d...

Page 1899: ...OX 5P CONNECTOR J Wire side of female terminals BLU T 1 i i 3 4 5 WINDOW SHIELD WIPE MOTOR 5P CONNECTOR Wire side of female terminals Is there continuity YES Repair an open in the BLU or YEL wire B NO...

Page 1900: ...conds 7 Turn the windshield wiper switch in HIGH and wait for 2 seconds 8 Check for DTCs using the HDS Is DTC B1281 31282 B1283 or B1284 indicated YES Replace the windshield wiper washer switch NO Int...

Page 1901: ...result is not obtained 3 BLK Under all conditions Check for continuity to ground There should be continuity Poor ground G501 G601 An open in the wire 8 WHT Under all conditions Check for voltage to gr...

Page 1902: ...he motor should run at high speed If the motor does not run or fails to run smoothly replace the motor 6 Connect an analog voltmeter between the No 4 and No 1 terminals and run the motor at low or hig...

Page 1903: ...ge assembly C 5 Scribe a line A across the link and windshield wiper linkage to show the original adjutment Separate the windshield wiper linkage B from the wiper motor C 6 Install in the reverse orde...

Page 1904: ...2 Ibf ft 4 Install the reservoir in the reverse order of removal Canada 1 Remove the right inner fender see page 20 121 2 Disconnect the 2P connector A from the washer fluid level switch B Terminal si...

Page 1905: ...Remove the right inner fender see page 20 121 2 Remove the windshield washer nozzles and clips then remove the tube 3 Install in the reverse order of removal Take care not to pinch the washer tube Ch...

Page 1906: ...Gauges C o m p o n e n t Location Index BRAKE FLUID LEVEL SWITCH page 19 11 22 224...

Page 1907: ...TEMPERATURE INDICATOR COOLANT TEMPERATURE GAUGE 22 225...

Page 1908: ...dly NOTE While in the self diagnostic mode the dash lights brightness controller operates normally While in the self diagnostic mode the trip reset button is used to start the Beeper Drive Circuit Tes...

Page 1909: ...hile in the self diagnostic mode the Communication Line Check starts after the odo trip LCD Segments Check If all segments comes on the communication line is OK If the word Error 1 is indicated there...

Page 1910: ...CONTROLLER AREA NETWORK CONTROLLER BODY CONTROLLER AREA NETWORK TRANSCEIVER SELECT RESET SWITCH DASH LIGHTS BRIGHTNESS CONTROLLER FIRST CONTROLLER AREA NETWORK TRANSCEIVER ODO TRIPA B OUTSIDE AIR TEMP...

Page 1911: ...and DIMMING CIRCUIT POINTER BRIGHTNESS CONTROL and DIMMING CIRCUIT DIAL ODO TRIP BRIGHTNESS CONTROL and DIMMING CIRCUIT L V V V i L A W i L M A A LED LED LED POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT CONTROLLER AREA NETWO...

Page 1912: ...Gauges Circuit Diagram cont d Canada GAUGE CONTROL MODULE 22 230...

Page 1913: ...BODY GAUGE CONTROL MODULE WARNING DRIVE CIRCUIT POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT CONTROLLER AREA NETWORK CONTROLLER KG YEL RED ENGINE OIL PRESSURE SWITCH Closed Engine stopped Open Engine running cont d 22 231...

Page 1914: ...ONTROL MODULE V WV pAA H SRS INDICATOR LED FAILSAFE CIRCUIT A T GEAR POSITION INDICATOR CRUISE DIMMING CIRCUIT o A T CONTROL DETECTION CIRCUIT POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT CONTROLLER AREA NETWORK CONTROLLER C...

Page 1915: ...ATTERY For ODO TRIP For DIAL LED LED 10 V REGULATOR LED POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT CONTROLLER AREA NETWORK CONTROLLER INTERFACE INTERFACE INTERFACE LG TCS O F SWITCH IMMOBILIZER CONTROL UNIT RECEIVER ORN h...

Page 1916: ...IGNAL LIGHTS RED BLU RED Bl RIGHT TURN SIGNAL LIGHTS GAUGE CONTROL MODULE EPS INDICATOR LIGHT LED LEFT TURN SIGNAL INDICATOR LED RIGHT TURN SIGNAL INDICATOR LED SIDE AIRBAG CUTOFF INDICATOR LED V EPS...

Page 1917: ...he gauge control module the ODO value on the ODO TRIP display will appear as making the ODO function unusable and the HDS will be unable to retrieve additional ODO values Rewriting is not possible on...

Page 1918: ...turn the ignition switch to ON II the display immediately updates to the measured outside air temperature The outside air is cooler than when the ignition switch was turned OFF ACC or LOCK position I...

Page 1919: ...ue 68 F 20 C Desired correction valve 2 F 1 C Correct valve 70 F 21 C Desired correction valve 2 F 1 C Correct valve 66 F 19 C NOTE To recalibrate the display to the true temperature remove the outsid...

Page 1920: ...and the charging system DTC B1155 Gauge Control Module Lost Communication Headlight Switch Message with the Combination Switch Control Unit 1 Clear the DTCs using the HDS 2 Cycle the ignition switch...

Page 1921: ...y selecting the DTCs MENU DTCs from the HDS Is DTC B1156 indicated YES Goto step 4 IMO Intermittent failure The gauge control system is OK at this time Check pinfits and connections 4 Check for DTCs b...

Page 1922: ...also indicated Y E S G o t o Multiplex Integrated Control Unit Input Test see page 22 116 NO Go to Gauge Control Module Input Test see page 22 119 DTC B1158 Gauge Control Module Lost Communication wi...

Page 1923: ...rated Control Unit Input Test see page 22 116 NO Go to Gauge Control Module Input Test see page 22 119 DTC B1160 Gauge Control Module Lost Communication Door Lock Switch Message with the Door Multiple...

Page 1924: ...10 12 13 14 15 16 17 19 20 21 24 25 26 28 29 GAUGE CONTROL MODULE 30P CONNECTOR Wire side of female terminals 4 Check for continuity between the No 3 and No 4 terminals of the gauge control module 30...

Page 1925: ...em repair 6 With the gauge control module 30P connector still connected turn the ignition switch to ON and check for voltage between the No 5 terminal and body ground GAUGE CONTROL MODULE 30P CONNECTO...

Page 1926: ...tem C o m p o n e n t Location Index SAFETY INDICATOR Input Test page 22 246 DRIVER S DOOR SWITCH FRONT PASSENGER S DOOR SWITCH RIGHT REAR DOOR SWITCH LEFT REAR DOOR SWITCH TRUNK LID LATCH SWITCH Test...

Page 1927: ...REAR DOOR INDICATOR LED TRUNK INDICATOR LED FAILURE DISPLAY DRIVE CIRCUIT POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT CONTROLLER AREA NETWORK CONTROLLER BODY CONTROLLER AREA NETWORK TRANSCEIVER BRN UNDER DASH FUSE RELAY BO...

Page 1928: ...d P NOTE All connectors are wire side of female terminals UNDER DASH FUSE RELAY BOX CONNECTOR E 16P p _ 1 2 3 I 1 n 7 8 u 9 11 12 13 14 15 16 L PUR GRN UNDER DASH FUSE RELAY BOX CONNECTOR H 14P n 1 2...

Page 1929: ...or voltage to ground There should be less than 1 V Faulty left rear door switch An open in the wire E14 GRN YEL Left rear door closed Check for voltage to ground There should be about 5 V Faulty left...

Page 1930: ...Reminder Systems Key Light Timer and Engine Oil Pressure Indicator Systems Circuit Diagram UNDER HOOD FUSE RELAY BOX UNDER DASH FUSE RELAY BOX G502 G601 G501 22 248...

Page 1931: ...are wire side of female terminals U N D E R D A S H F U S E R E L A Y B O X C O N N E C T O R F 1 4 P P j 2 3 _ r 5 6 9 10 11 12 13 14 B L U R E D B R N B L K U N D E R D A S H F U S E R E L A Y B O...

Page 1932: ...HT Ignition key in the ignition switch Check for voltage to ground There should be 1 V or less Faulty ignition switch Poor ground G501 An open in the wire P13 WHT Ignition key out of the ignition swit...

Page 1933: ...There should be less than 1V Faulty parking brake switch An open in the wire 13 GRN ORN Parking brake lever released Check for voltage to ground There should be about 5 V or more Faulty parking brake...

Page 1934: ...gger C o m p o n e n t Location Index Without Navigation With Navigation REAR WINDOW DEFOGGER RELAY Test page 22 72 Rear window defogger switch is built into the climate control unit audio HVAC displa...

Page 1935: ...CONTROL BLOCK BLK YEL WHT BLK 0 REAR WINDOW DEFOGGER G603 WHT BLK YEL IGNITION SWITCH BAT IG2 IG2HOT in ON II MICU 0 LTBLU BLK RED REAR WINDOW DEFOGGER SWITCH Rear window defogger switch is built int...

Page 1936: ...ositive terminal If there is voltage go to step 2 About 2 5 V About 6 V About 9 5 V 2 Disconnect the negative terminal B from the rear window defogger 3 Check for continuity between the negative termi...

Page 1937: ...efully mask above and below the broken portion of the defogger wire B with cellophane tape C 3 Using a small brush apply a heavy coat of silver conductive paint commercially available extending about...

Page 1938: ...Accessory Power Sockets C o m p o n e n t Location Index 22 256...

Page 1939: ...NITION SWITCH BAT ACC ACC HOT in ACC I and ON II BLK RED AUXILIARY FUSE HOLDER A G503 No 52 20 A WHT RED No 9 20 A No 32 7 5 A WHT BLK REAR ACCESSORY POWER SOCKET RELAY D REAR ACCESSORY POWER SOCKET G...

Page 1940: ...the ignition switch to ACC I and check for voltage between the No 2 terminal and body ground There should be battery voltage If there is battery voltage go to step 5 If there is no battery voltage che...

Page 1941: ...he ignition switch to ACC I and check for voltage between the No 2 terminal and body ground There should be battery voltage If there is battery voltage go to step 6 If there is no battery voltage chec...

Page 1942: ...Power Seats C o m p o n e n t Location Index Test page 22 263 SLIDE MOTOR Test page 22 263 22 260...

Page 1943: ...20 A UNDER DASH FUSE RELAY BOX WHT BLU WHT RED DRIVER S POWER SEAT ADJUSTMENT SWITCH DOWN UP BACK WARD FOR WARD DOWN a UP BACK WARD FOR WARD BLK RED RED YEL YEL BLU GRN GRN YEL BLU BLK FRONT UP DOWN...

Page 1944: ...1 12 2 Disconnect the 12P connector from the power seat adjustment switch B 3 Reinstall the adjustment switch knobs to the switch 4 Check for continuity between the terminals in each switch position a...

Page 1945: ...by applying battery voltage and body ground to the terminals Slide motor Front up down motor Terminal 7 11 Position Forward 0 Backward e 0 Recline motor Terminal Position 6 12 Forward 0 Backward 0 0 T...

Page 1946: ...Seat Heaters C o m p o n e n t Location Index DRIVER S SEAT HEATER SWITCH SEAT HEATER SWITCH Test Replacement page 22 267 Test Replacement page 22 267 22 264...

Page 1947: ...1 F 45 55 C BR BREAKER ON 8 4 1 0 2 F 2 9 3 9 C OFF 100 118 F 3 8 4 8 C HI High LO Low UNDER DASH FUSE RELAY BOX H J CH BLK RED 1 IG2 HOT in ON II 3 No 15 j No 30 b120 A 7 5 A SEAT HEATER RELAY RELAY...

Page 1948: ...continuity between the A1 andA2 terminals and the A1 and B2 terminals There should be continuity 5 If the continuity check is not as specified replace the seat heater Front Passenger s Seat 1 Remove...

Page 1949: ...eater switch A then remove the switch 1 F l 2 3 4 5 6 3 Check for continuity between the terminals in each switch position according to the table Terminal Position 1 2 3 4 5 6 ON HIGH O o o o o o ON L...

Page 1950: ...Power Mirrors C o m p o n e n t Location Index POWER MIRRORS Function Test page 22 270 Replacement page 20 28 Power Mirror Actuator Test page 22 271 Mirror Actuator Replacement page 22 272 22 268...

Page 1951: ...S H FUSE RELAY BOX Canada No 30 7 5A c r _ x BLK Y E L BLK YEL 6 POWER MIRROR SWITCH Op DEFOGGER SWITCH INDICATOR LIGHT LED LIGHT LED AMr LEFT RIGHT DOWN O UP J g l x o LEFT T T RIGHT LEFT T T RIGHT...

Page 1952: ...on switch ON II If the mirror does not tilt down or does not swing left check for an open in the RED BLU or GRN WHT wire between the left mirror and the 13P connector If the wire is OK check the left...

Page 1953: ...not as specified replace the power mirror switch P o w e r Mirror Actuator T e s t 1 Remove the door panel see page 20 7 2 Disconnect the 8P connector A from the power mirror actuator B 3 Check actua...

Page 1954: ...A then remove the two screws from the mirror connector B 5 Record the terminal locations and wire colors 6 Cut the wire harness with the wire cutter 7 Remove the three screws and separate the mirror h...

Page 1955: ...a BLK WHT LT BLU BLU RED LT BLU BLK WHT LT BLU Left uI Right BLU RED LT BLU O O I 1 Y o_ 0 o_ 0 YEL BLK LT GRN YEL WHT GRY YEL WHT ORN YEL RED BLK Donelly made BLU GRN PNK BLU BLK BLK 12 Reassemble in...

Page 1956: ...Immobilizer System C o m p o n e n t Location Index Substitute known good for testing page 11 6 22 274...

Page 1957: ...R PCM FUEL SUPPLY PCM SYSTEM IGNITION KEY Has built in transponder KEY CYLINDER If the proper key has been used the immobilizer indicator light will come on for about 2 seconds then go off If the wron...

Page 1958: ...HOT in ON II and START III UNDER DASH FUSE RELAY BOX IMOCD Q YEL A25 PCM No 21 7 5 A No 19 15A No 7 10 A FUEL PUMP RELAY BLK YEL WHT BLK YEL B IMMOBILIZER CONTROL UNIT RECEIVER LG3 Q H BRAKE SW Q GAUG...

Page 1959: ...o to step 25 6 Check to see if the immobilizer indicator comes on and blinks Does the indicator blink Y E S G o t o step 24 NO Goto step7 7 Disconnect the 7P connector from the immobilizer control uni...

Page 1960: ...dash fuse relay box If the fuse is OK check for an open in the wire between the immobilizer control unit receiver and under dash fuse relay box H 16 Remove the gauge control module and disconnect its...

Page 1961: ...ity between the immobilizer control unit receiver 7P connector No 1 LG3 terminal and body ground IMMOBILIZER CONTROL UNIT RECEIVER 7P CONNECTOR 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 BRN Wire side of female terminals Is there...

Page 1962: ...iver 32 Disconnect the 31P E connector from the PCM 33 Check for continuity between the immobilizer control unit receiver 7P connector No 2 IMOCD terminal and body ground IMMOBILIZER CONTROL UNIT RECE...

Page 1963: ...IZER CONTROL UNIT RECEIVER 7P CONNECTOR Wire side of female terminals 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 Y E L 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 29 31 YEL PCM CONNECTOR A 31P Wire sid...

Page 1964: ...company s one Key failure transponder failure The communication was not good between the antenna and the immobilizer key by influence of metal such as key chains The communication was not good betwee...

Page 1965: ...A 3 KEY CODE MISMATCH No key code or non immobilizer key 1 Ignition switch was turn on with another type of immobilizer key or aftermarket key 2 Interference from metal such as key chains 3 Low batter...

Page 1966: ...ing column covers see page 17 9 3 Disconnect the 7P connector A from the immobilizer control unit receiver B 4 Remove the two screws and the immobilizer control unit receiver from the ignition key cyl...

Page 1967: ...3 71 Audio HVAC Display Panel Disassembly Reassembly 23 71 Audio HVAC Subdisplay Clock Replacement 23 73 Speaker Replacement 23 73 Radio Remote Switch Test 23 75 Antenna Mast XM Antenna Replacement 23...

Page 1968: ...07PAZ 0010100 SCS Service Connector 1 07AAZ SDBA100 Diagnostics CD 1 07AAZ SDBA200 ABEX TCD 725B Skip Test CD 1 07AAZ SDBA300 ABEX TCD 721 Skip Test CD 1 07AAZ SDAA100 Radio Test Harness Breakout Box...

Page 1969: ...D RIGHT REAR SPEAKER Replacement page 23 74 DRIVER S DOOR SPEAKER Replacement page 23 73 RADIO REMOTE SWITCH Test page 23 75 AUDIO HVAC DISPLAY MODULE Audio unit attached to back side Removal Installa...

Page 1970: ...ent passes its audio signal to the audio unit In addition it communicates with the audio unit via the GA Net bus Any open connection in this circuit will cause audio and navigation functions to appear...

Page 1971: ...NIT CLIMATE CONTROL UNIT NAVIGATION UNIT Outputs 1 Audio voice prompts guidance 2 Voice control climate audio and AM FM XM on GA NET bus 3 Color signal for display unit COLOR SIGNAL RGB NAVIGATION DIS...

Page 1972: ...ies listed in the following table With Navigation AUDIO HVAC DISPLAY PANEL CONNECTOR B AUDIO HVAC DISPLAY PANEL CONNECTOR A NAVIGATION DISPLAY CONNECTOR ACTIVE NOISE CONTROL UNIT CONNECTOR c p 1 2 3 4...

Page 1973: ...hield ground B5 ORN XM receiver Right B6 GRY XM receiver Left B7 YEL X M receiver constant power B8 RED BLK Lights on signal B9 BLU XM receiver bus B10 GRN XM receiver bus B11 BLK X M receiver ground...

Page 1974: ...e cavities listed in the following table Without Navigation AUDIO HVAC DISPLAY PANEL CONNECTOR A 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 AUDIO UNIT CONNECTOR B AUDIO HVAC DISPLAY PANEL CONNECTOR B ACTIVE NOI...

Page 1975: ...r A19 RED Dash lights brightness controller A20 BLK Ground G504 UJDIO UNIT CONNECTOR B with XM radio Cavity Wire Connect to B1 WHT XM receiver constant power B2 LT BLU XM receiver ACC power B3 BLK XM...

Page 1976: ...or Terminal Signal Terminal Signal 1 SWD VDD 14 D GND 2 CD LED G 15 CD LED R 3 ANTI IND 16 EJECT 4 TUNE VOL UP 17 TUNE VOL DN 5 KEY CLK 18 KEY DATA 6 KEY IN 19 KEY PS 7 ENC VOL UP 20 ENC VOL DN 8 IS B...

Page 1977: ...8 RED LED 4 ILLUMI8V 4 9 GREEN LED 5 VOL B 10 VOL A 20P Connector Terminal Signal Terminal Signal 1 ILLUMI GND 1 11 ILLUMI 8 V 1 2 ILLUMI GND 3 12 LCD CK 3 ILLUMI8V 3 13 LCD CE 4 ILLUMI GND 2 14 LCD D...

Page 1978: ...an audio HVAC subdisplay clock connector match the wires to the cavities listed in the following table With Navigation o W 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 Cavity Wire Connect to 1 BLK GND 5V 2 BLU 5 V 3 BLK GND...

Page 1979: ...e Connect to A1 PNK Constant power A2 LT BLU XM receiver ACC power A3 BLK Bus ground A4 BRN Audio shield ground A5 GRN Audio unit R i g h t A6 BLU Audio unit Left A7 Not used A8 Not used A9 BLU Audio...

Page 1980: ...io u n i t F 3 ORN Active noise control front microphone MIC F 4 WHT Active noise control rear microphone MIC R 5 RED Active noise control rear microphone MIC R 6 Not used 7 BLK Ground G503 8 YEL ACC...

Page 1981: ...ont Cavity Wire Connect to 1 ORN Active noise control unit MIC F IN 2 BRN Active noise control unit MIC F IN 3 BLK Ground G601 4 RED ACC active noise control front microphone power supply 5 Not used R...

Page 1982: ...BLU BLK BLU WHT BLU YEL PNK v DASH LIGHTS BRIGHTNESS CONTROLLER In the gauge control module LEFT REAR SPEAKER 1 t j A17 J A7 GRY GRN YEL LTGRN GRN BLK LTGRN GRN BLK GRY GRN YEL GRY GRN YEL RIGHT REAR...

Page 1983: ...LTIPLEX UNIT CONTROL UNIT INTEGRATED G503 PCM ENGINE MOUNT CONTROL CONTROL G503 C1 C2 C3 C4 C5 SOLENOID VALVE PCM UNIT MICU ANC F ANC F ANC R ANC R ANC CHK2 AUDIO UNIT LCH RCH RCH LCH SH GND GND B U S...

Page 1984: ...Audio System Circuit Diagram cont d Shielding With navigation I j With navigation DASH LIGHTS BRIGHTNESS CONTROLLER In the gauge control module 23 18...

Page 1985: ...ff the entire LCD to show the presence or absence of an LCD failure SEEK SKIP bar Display IS BUS communication verification status Displays the verification of the communication between the climate co...

Page 1986: ...E M P SEEK SKIP Display EEPROM Bus Faulty c U b b H TEMP SEEK SKIP Display Tuner Bus OK TEMP N C L J 1 S U V C L O C K SEEK SKIP Display Tuner Bus Faulty T E M P C L O C K T E M P i a 3 H l a o SCAN...

Page 1987: ...hat button Preset 1 button Active noise control ANC system check mode Pressing the preset 1 button toggles the active control function between ON and OFF After each toggle to OFF in order to repeat th...

Page 1988: ...check for loose or poor connections How to check the active noise control system in this check mode With the engine stopped and while in DIAG mode turn the ANC ON to OFF by pressing the No 1 button a...

Page 1989: ...adio is acquiring audio or program information Wait until the radio has received the information XM OFF AIR XM channel not in service Try another XM channel XM NO SIGNAL Loss of signal Both terrestria...

Page 1990: ...avigation Symptom Troubleshooting see page 23 38 Volume does not change without navigation Symptom Troubleshooting see page 23 39 Disc does not load Symptom Troubleshooting see page 23 40 Disc does no...

Page 1991: ...cations Is the reception interference the same YES Goto step 3 NO Multipath interference or weak station Operation is n o r m a l 3 Check to see if the problem is interference while the engine is runn...

Page 1992: ...audio unit lead and the antenna cable 3P connector No 2 terminal of the antenna mast lead ANTENNA MAST 3P CONNECTOR Terminal side of female terminals is there continuity YES Goto step 9 NO Replace the...

Page 1993: ...Substitute a known good audio HVAC display module and retest NO Repair the open in the wire between the audio unit and the antenna mast B Disc changer does not move between discs with navigation 1 Ins...

Page 1994: ...ails again repair the short to ground in the harness 5 Remove the audio HVAC display module see page 22 69 6 Turn the ignition switch ON II 7 Measure voltage between the audio unit connector A 20P ter...

Page 1995: ...0 5 Measure voltage between audio unit connector A 20P No 10 terminal and body ground AUDIO UNIT CONNECTOR A 20P PNK n n n n 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 15 16 17 18 19 20 Wire side of female termin...

Page 1996: ...tage YES Check for short to power on YEL wire NO Replace the audio unit No sound is heard from speakers display is normal NOTE Set the fader and balance positions to the center Before performing sympt...

Page 1997: ...Speaker Terminal Wire color Driver s door speaker Left tweeter A 8 GRN BLK Driver s door speaker Left tweeter A18 LTGRN Front passenger s door speaker Right tweeter A 7 GRN YEL Front passenger s door...

Page 1998: ...receiver connector Wire color A6 BLU A14 WHT A5 GRN A13 RED A9 BLU A10 RED A2 LT BLU Is there continuity YES Repair a short to ground in the wire between the audio unit and the XM receiver NO Goto st...

Page 1999: ...s there battery voltage YES Goto step 5 NO Repair an open in the wire between fuse No 5 10 A under dash fuse relay box and XM receiver connector A 14P No 1 terminal 5 Check for voltage between XM rece...

Page 2000: ...receiver 8 Turn the ignition switch ON II 9 Check the voltage between XM receiver connector A 14P No 2 terminal and body ground XM RECEIVER CONNECTOR A 14P LT BLU 1 2 3 4 5 6 9 10 11 13 14 X Wire side...

Page 2001: ...the vehicles tires are properly inflated 2 Check customer s CD for scratches fingerprints and marks NOTE The following test should be performed with the audio unit bass and treble set to customer s li...

Page 2002: ...e track number s the CD starts skipping Perform the same test on a known good vehicle Does the CD skip on same track s number as known good vehicle YES Operation is n o r m a l NO Replace the audio un...

Page 2003: ...or high resistance in the circuit between the audio unit and the radio remote switch If the wires are OK replace the cable reel see page 24 150 5 Check for continuity between the No 3 terminal of the...

Page 2004: ...e YES Replace the audio unit see page 23 71 NO Goto step 4 4 Remove the audio unit see page 23 71 5 Connect test harness 070AZ SDAA100 test harness A to radio test harness breakout box 07 AAZ SDAA100...

Page 2005: ...e does not change without navigation 1 Set the fader and balance position to the center 2 Operate the volume knob to see if the volume changes accordingly Does it change YES Operation is n o r m a l N...

Page 2006: ...10 Turn the volume knob clockwise one click at a time The resistance should change as follows with each turn of the knob 0 kQ infinity 0 kQ infinity 0 kQ Does the resistance change as indicated YES Re...

Page 2007: ...to step 3 NO Go to step 4 3 Replace the disc with a different one and recheck Does the problem continue YES Faulty audio unit B NO Faulty disc 4 Remove the audio unit see page 23 71 5 Connect the test...

Page 2008: ...erent one and recheck Does the problem continue YES Replace audio unit B NO Faulty CD disc B 4 Remove the audio unit see page 23 71 5 Connect the test harness 070AZ SDAA200 to the radio test harness b...

Page 2009: ...find the appropriate switch for each button Then perform the following test to identify the switch that does not work by operating various buttons which only belong to that switch Switch List Switch A...

Page 2010: ...hat do not function all belong to switch E Are they all switch E s Disc LED does not turn ON or OFF 1 Check the disc load indicator Green indicator Ready to load disc Red indicator Loading on unloadin...

Page 2011: ...voltage between audio unit connector A 20P terminal No 10 and body ground There should be battery voltage AUDIO UNIT CONNECTOR A 20P PNK n n p i n 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 15 16 17 18 19 20 Wire...

Page 2012: ...e POWER button and check for continuity between the POWER and GND terminals Is there continuity YES Replace the audio unit B NO Replace the audio HVAC display panel see page 23 71 fl Wire side of fema...

Page 2013: ...re voltage between audio unit connector A 20P terminal No 10 and body ground There should be battery voltage AUDIO UNIT CONNECTOR A 20P PNK n ri n n 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 15 16 17 18 19 20 Wir...

Page 2014: ...the POWER button and check for continuity between the POW SW and GND terminals Is there continuity YES Replace the audio unit B NO Replace the audio HVAC display panel see page 23 71 Special Tools Re...

Page 2015: ...the connections at the audio HVAC subdisplay clock 10P connector and the audio unit connector D 10P Are the connectors and terminals connected properly Y E S G o t o step 3 NO Repair the connection an...

Page 2016: ...subdisplay work properly YES Replace the original audio HVAC subdisplay clock NO Substitute a known good audio HVAC display panel and retest If the problem is gone replace the original audio unit see...

Page 2017: ...t the audio unit switches correctly respond to your operation Do they function correctly YES Faulty audio unit replace the audio unit see page 23 71 NO Faulty audio HVAC display panel replace the audi...

Page 2018: ...for the No 32 7 5 A fuse in the under dash fuse relay box Is the fuse OK YES Goto step 8 NO Replace the fuse and recheck 8 Turn the ignition switch OFF 9 Disconnect the active noise control front mic...

Page 2019: ...or 5P connector and body ground G601 H 13 Turn the ignition switch OFF p ORr c p 1 2 4 ORr 1 2 3 4 BLK ORrJ YEL 14 Check for continuity between body ground and the active noise control front or rear...

Page 2020: ...e control front microphone 5P connector 21 Check continuity between the active noise control unit 16P connector No 3 terminal and the active noise control front microphone 5P harness connector No 1 te...

Page 2021: ...the active noise control front microphone 5P connector No 2 terminal 23 Disconnect the active noise control rear microphone 4P connector 24 Check continuity between the active noise control unit 16P...

Page 2022: ...the under dash fuse relay box Is the fuse OK YES Go to step 27 NO Replace the fuse and recheck 27 Disconnect the active noise control unit 16P connector 28 Check for voltage between the active noise...

Page 2023: ...tep 34 34 Turn the ignition switch OFF 35 Disconnect the active noise control unit 16P connector and audio unit connector C 5P 36 Check for continuity between the active noise control unit 16P connect...

Page 2024: ...m i n a l NO Replace the audio unit see page 23 71 38 Perform the Self diagnostic Procedure see page 23 19 39 Press and release the SCAN button with navigation or the No 1 button without navigation 40...

Page 2025: ...any open in the wire s between the active noise control unit 16P connector and audio unit connector C 5P B 44 Check for continuity between body ground and the active noise control unit 16P connector...

Page 2026: ...e of female terminals i r 1 2 3 4 5 8 9 10 11 12 14 15 16 BLU RED 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 29 31 I BLU RED PCM CONNECTOR A 31P Wire side of female termin...

Page 2027: ...hannel ID is correct for each side go to phase test see page 23 61 If the channel ID is not correct check for Shorted speaker wire Faulty audio unit Special Tools Required Diagnostics CD 07AAZ SDBA100...

Page 2028: ...gher than normal volume level 5 Operate any electrical device that may causes noise from the audio system including starting the engine 6 Play track No 6 SNR at a normal or slightly higher than normal...

Page 2029: ...Required Diagnostics CD 07AAZ SDBA100 Sound Balance Test Perform this test to identify a faulty channel or speaker 1 Insert the audio diagnostic CD T N 07AAZ SDBA 100 into the audio unit 2 Confirm th...

Page 2030: ...e audio unit this will help you isolate the cause 5 Replace or insulate the source of the vibration or if the speaker is the source of the poor sound quality replace it Special Tools Required Diagnost...

Page 2031: ...sories may reduce radio reception Changes in cloud cover and other atmospheric conditions will affect the ability of the audio unit to receive radio signals 1 Park the client s vehicle in an open area...

Page 2032: ...f poor radio reception of interference see page 23 25 A u d i o H V A C Display Module Illumination Troubleshooting NOTE If the display is blank when the headlights are off the problem is not in the i...

Page 2033: ...full bright position 8 Measure the voltage between the No 19 and No 20 terminals of audio unit connector A 20P Is there 0 1 V or less YES Check connections at audio unit connector A 20P If connection...

Page 2034: ...more YES Goto step 4 NO Replace the X M receiver see page 23 76 4 Turn the ignition switch OFF 5 Reconnect X M receiver connector B 2P 6 Disconnect the X M antenna module unit 2P connector 7 Turn the...

Page 2035: ...n gloves to protect your hands Take care not to scratch the dashboard and related parts Lay a shop towel under the parts when working on them to protect the face panel from scratches or other damage D...

Page 2036: ...nna lead B then remove the audio HVAC display module C by releasing the three clips D With Navigation Without Navigation Install the audio HVAC display module and note these items Make sure the discon...

Page 2037: ...g screws and the audio brackets A from the audio unit B With Navigation Without Navigation 3 Install in the reverse order of removal 1 Remove the audio HVAC display panel see page 23 71 2 Remove the a...

Page 2038: ...ystem Remove the mounting screws and display unit A from the printed circuit board B With Navigation 5 Remove the mounting screws and control knobs A then remove the printed circuit board B With Navig...

Page 2039: ...order of removal Speaker R e p l a c e m e n t Front Speaker 1 Remove the door panel see page 20 7 NOTICE If you pull the speaker out too far from the door you will damage the lower clips C 2 Pull th...

Page 2040: ...C from the tweeter 3 Remove the tweeter from the tweeter speaker grille 4 Install in the reverse order of removal Rear Speaker 1 Remove the rear speaker cover by prying straight up to release the clip...

Page 2041: ...UP About 100 Q VOL DOWN 4 If the resistance is not as specified replace the remote switch 5 Check for continuity between the terminals in each switch position according to the table Terminal Position...

Page 2042: ...4 Disconnect the 14P connector A and 2P connector B from the XM receiver C and remove the receiver 5 Install in the reverse order of removal Active Noise Control Unit R e m o v a l Installation 1 Rem...

Page 2043: ...the connector A then remove the screws and the active noise control microphone B 3 Install in the reverse order of removal Rear 1 Remove the rear shelf see page 20 51 2 Disconnect the connector A the...

Page 2044: ...Navigation System C o m p o n e n t Location Index 23 78...

Page 2045: ...engine stopped and the vehicle stopped such as by ferry or tow truck or if the vehicle is spun on a turn table Tire slippage changes in tire rolling diameters and some driving situations may cause dis...

Page 2046: ...be affected by direct sunlight cont d Symptom Duplication When the symptom can be duplicated verify that it is not a characteristic of the system Review the navigation manual and compare it to a know...

Page 2047: ...is acquiring its G P S signal This could take up to 10 minutes Engine must be running Vehicle must be parked outside away from buildings Do not move the vehicle at this time If this procedure is not...

Page 2048: ...or you need a yearly updated DVD there are two ways to purchase one You can either call 888 291 4675 or order on line at www honda com Both methods require a credit card The DVD for this model has an...

Page 2049: ...ed As you drive to that destination the system provides both visual and audio guidance This navigation system also has voice recognition that allows voice control of most of the navigation functions T...

Page 2050: ...APHIC COLOR SIGNAL RGB REVERSE SIGNAL ILLUMINATION DAY NIGHT MODES A A A A I ILLUMINATION BUTTONS AUDIO UNIT DISPLAY BUS GA NET II CLIMATE CONTROL UNIT GA NET II BUS XM RECEIVER SAT LAND ANTENNA VOICE...

Page 2051: ...Data process concerning m a p a n d vehicle position Map scroll C h a n g e of reduced scale of m a p Guide processing D I S P L A Y U N I T Vehicle Speed Pulse The vehicle speed pulse is sent by the...

Page 2052: ...an external force The oscillation gyro functions by utilizing this characteristic of the piezoelectric parts and Coriolis force Coriolis force deflects moving objects as a result of the earth s rotati...

Page 2053: ...CON NUMBER OF SATELLITES CONDITION DESCRIPTION No GPS icon shown 2 or less Impossible to detect vehicle position GPS function is normal The satellite signals received by the GPS are too few to detect...

Page 2054: ...s adjusted to the GPS vehicle position Distance Tuning The distance tuning reduces the difference between the travel distance signal from the VSP and the distance data on the map The navigation unit c...

Page 2055: ...on the front of the LCD is an infrared type with 20 vertical and 9 horizontal infrared rays to produce 180 sensing points The display unit transmits the signal from each button and the touch screen c...

Page 2056: ...n The road name will appear at the bottom of the navigation screen If the user drives off road the navigation system will display Not on a digitized road and if 1 2 mile then breadcrumbs will appear D...

Page 2057: ...onal Identification Number A random 4 digit number created by the customer to protect personal information POi Point Of Interest These are the businesses schools etc found under the places option on t...

Page 2058: ...e information VSP Vehicle Speed Pulse This pulse signal coming from the PCM is used to update the Vehicle position on the map and to calculate the trip computer fuel economy These pulses do not indica...

Page 2059: ...mmediately after the globe screen white This items above the map screen show various methods to begin a destination such as Go Home Once you begin driving to your destination you are provided with map...

Page 2060: ...page 23 144 to get to the System Links screen then selecting Return Simultaneously pressing and holding the MENU MAP GUIDE and CANCEL buttons The diagram shows the available menu choices starting at...

Page 2061: ...r the display is inoperative when lights on If short to ground Blows fuse 4 in under hood fuse relay box 8 WHT CAN H F CAN bus Pulses 2 5 6 V If open CAN high communication with the gauge control modu...

Page 2062: ...short to ground No change to display 18 BLK CAN L F CAN bus Pulses 2 5 6 V If open CAN low communication with the gauge control module average 3 V 1 System Links FI ECU and Meter both show NG 2 F CAN...

Page 2063: ...tional Setup Mic Level 10 PUR STRG SW Steering switches Steering switch output 4 5 V Talk button depressed 2 5 3 V Back button depressed If open Steering wheel Talk and Back switch buttons do not work...

Page 2064: ...avigation unit 0 V If open No effect on system If short to ground No effect on system 5 WHT RED BACK LT Back light Reverse signal of select laver from Multiplex Integrated Control Unit A T or backup l...

Page 2065: ...escription Voltage about Symptom 1 GPS GPS signal 5 V in GPS signal out 5V If open GPS icon on screen is white system links screen ANT shows NG If short to ground Same as open 2 GNDGPS Ground for GPS...

Page 2066: ...ll LCD segments do not work display backlight on 5 PUR CLOCK 0 0 04 V If open Randomly displays some characters display backlight on If short to ground Randomly displayed characters display backlight...

Page 2067: ...ssing see RGB Color diagnostic If short to ground Green color missing see RGB Color diaqnostic 10 BLK GND Ground Ground for display unit 0 V If open No change to display If short to qround No chanqe t...

Page 2068: ...hort to ground All LCD segments do not work display backlight on 5 YEL CLOCK 0 0 04 V If open Randomly displays some characters display backlight on If short to ground Randomly displayed characters di...

Page 2069: ...nit connectors DISPLAY UNIT CONNECTOR B 20P DISPLAY UNIT CONNECTOR A 10P AUDIO HVAC DISPLAY MODULE CONNECTOR A 10P 1 2 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 CONNECTOR B 20P 1 2 5 8 9 10 14 15 17 18 19 20 Wire side of female...

Page 2070: ...tors CONNECTOR E 2P COOLING FAN CONNECTOR B 14P CONNECTOR C 8P CONNECTOR A 20P CONNECTOR D N A CONNECTOR A 20P CONNECTOR B 14P 1 2 3 i 5 8 9 10 11 12 13 18 20 5 6 10 X 11 12 13 14 CONNECTOR C 8P CONNE...

Page 2071: ...Audio HVAC subdisplay unit 10P connector 10P CONNECTOR 10P CONNECTOR 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 Wire side of female terminals cont d 23 105...

Page 2072: ...5 V RESET CLOCK DATA CE SH SIG GND SIG LCD B L LCD BL GND G503 DISPLAY UNIT Built in the Audio HVAC Display module ACC RSIG B GSIG GND BSIG CS1G 5 V GND SIG RESET SH SIG CLOCK DISP BUS DATA DISP BUS C...

Page 2073: ...S C S I G G N D S I G C A N H S H S I G C A N L DISP B U S DISP B U S M I C S I G SH DISP B U S G N D M I C S H M I C S T R G S W R G L G N D R G S H R G C 6 C 7 C 8 C 4 A 8 A 1 8 B 6 B 1 4 B 1 3 B 1...

Page 2074: ...the display changes to the Select Diagnosis Items menu select the item you want to check and the diagnostic will start To return to the previous screen select RETURN Navi System Link F CAN System link...

Page 2075: ...Use the troubleshooting index and other diagnostic screens to help locate the problem The indication on the screen will not change until the ignition switch is cycled After repairing the affected cab...

Page 2076: ...troubleshooting the F CAN refer to the multiplex system F C A N System Link 1 Return F C A N ERROR ACTIVE I Q K B CAN System Link B CAN Body Controller Area Network communication moves at a slower spe...

Page 2077: ...ow troubleshooting of the display unit Select the item you want to troubleshoot and follow the diagnostic instructions Monitor 1 Return RGB Color Test Pattern J Gray Tone Monitor Adjustment White Rast...

Page 2078: ...one of these areas should cause its color to reverse and sound a beep If any areas of the screen either don t respond or respond at some other location when touched then replace the display unit The D...

Page 2079: ...uch sensor is NG then check for zeros in the X or Y values The version represents the software version in the display The 1 following the X indicate the 20 working vertical infrared beams receptors fr...

Page 2080: ...und in Setup Screen 4 by selecting System Information Serial No should be the same as the serial number found on the underside of the navigation unit This number is needed to obtain the security code...

Page 2081: ...backwards when in reverse This signal is needed because the Speed Pulse has no direction indication CHG CAN Charge indicator from PCM using F CAN bus Pin 8 18 of navigation unit A connector a OFF 0 wh...

Page 2082: ...levation in meters If there are less than 3 satellites the elevation can be grossly inaccurate The Date Time field shows the current date and also a time that includes daylight savings and other offse...

Page 2083: ...utput voltage HIGHER than the Offset voltage indicates that the vehicle is turning to the right A sensor output voltage LOWER than the Offset voltage indicates that the vehicle is turning to the left...

Page 2084: ...f the tuning At navigation initialization it begins at 0 and increases to 10 as the navigation system is used The Auto Tuning is factory set to O N and should remain on The LEVEL indicates the tuning...

Page 2085: ...0 Make changes slowly when changing this value Trip Calibrate I Return Calc RANGE xxx xkm xxx xmiles Disp RANGE xxx xkm xxx xmiles RANGE Tuning xxkm Set Solar Angle This screen is used to graphically...

Page 2086: ...PS Offset Time This screen is for factory use only It allows adjustment of the GPS time This display updates in real time GPS Time is the time as received from the GPS satellites It is in Greenwich Me...

Page 2087: ...If it does not briefly change to green then check the wiring from the steering wheel BACK button to the navigation unit NOTE The Mic Level indicator must reach the 6th bar or greater to pass the test...

Page 2088: ...er from a CD DVD or from a PC card The D Ram Program version should always be greater than or equal to the Disc Program version The mapped database version is the date of the database on the DVD The M...

Page 2089: ...rn off until the temperature cools down The system will turn back on when the display cools down Outside temperature is low system will take a while to start up The temperature is below 30 C and the n...

Page 2090: ...ate Troubleshooting see page 23 133 Navigation unit GPS antenna cable Harness fuses switches Voice guidance cannot be heard Troubleshooting see page 23 133 Navigation unit Audio unit amplifier Harness...

Page 2091: ...nitialization Troubleshooting see page 23 143 Navigation unit Harness fuses switches Some set up and information functions of the navigation system have items that are grayed out Customer did not sele...

Page 2092: ...103 7 Turn the ignition switch ON II Measure the voltage between body ground and navigation unit connector C 8P terminals No 1 and No 2 individually NAVIGATION UNIT CONNECTOR C 8P B WHT ACC YEL 1 2 4...

Page 2093: ...tch OFF 15 Remove the audio HVAC display module see page 23 69 16 Disconnect display unit connector B 20P from the display unit see page 23 103 17 Turn the ignition switch ON II 18 Measure the voltage...

Page 2094: ...or A 20P and display unit 20P connector Are there loose terminals YES Repair the terminal NO Goto step 6 6 Check for continuity between the appropriate terminals of navigation unit connector A 20P to...

Page 2095: ...ections or loose terminals Before troubleshooting get the navigation system anti theft codes After troubleshooting enter the navigation system anti theft codes 1 Check for electronic aftermarket acces...

Page 2096: ...the ignition switch to ACC I 2 Go into the Diagnostic mode and use the Touch Panel test under Monitor Check see page 23 111 and if necessary the Display test under Unit Check see page 23 113 Do the b...

Page 2097: ...ground DISPLAY UNIT CONNECTOR B 20P GND BLK 1 2 5 8 9 10 I 14 15 17 18 19 20 Wire side of female terminals Is there continuity YES Goto step 11 NO Repair the open in the wire between the display unit...

Page 2098: ...and navigation units If a poor connection or loose terminal is found replace the affected shielded harness 16 Check for continuity between display unit connector B 20P terminal No 15 and navigation un...

Page 2099: ...recheck Substitude a known good navigation unit see page 23 145 and recheck Voice guidance cannot be heard NOTE Always check the connectors for poor connections or loose terminals Before troubleshooti...

Page 2100: ...ation unit connector B 14P terminal No 5 and the audio unit connector A 20P terminal No 13 NAVIGATION UNIT CONNECTOR B 14P Wire side of female terminals RG L WHT C 5 6 10 X 11 12 13 14 r 1 l r 2 3 4 5...

Page 2101: ...d navigation system anti theft codes After troubleshooting enter the radio and navigation system anti theft codes and the audio presets Before assuming that a voice complaint is hardware related ensur...

Page 2102: ...con on the navigation picture Is the GPS icon white YES Do the troubleshooting for GPS icon does not indicate see page 23 133 NO Goto step 2 2 Go into the Diagnostic Menu and use the Yaw Rate test see...

Page 2103: ...ways check the connectors for poor connections or loose terminals Before troubleshooting get the navigation system anti theft codes After troubleshooting enter the navigation system anti theft codes I...

Page 2104: ...values greater than zero YES The system is OK m NO Check the CAN system for DTCs If OK replace the navigation unit see page 23 145 Navigation cannot control A C NOTE Always check the connectors for po...

Page 2105: ...the display change to day and night modes using the headlights YES The system is OK at this t i m e B NO Goto step 3 3 Go into the Diagnostic Menu and use the Car Status test to check for an ILL signa...

Page 2106: ...NOTE Always check the connectors for poor connections or loose terminals Before troubleshooting get the navigation system anti theft code After troubleshooting re enter the anti theft code and re init...

Page 2107: ...e been removed Check the navigation unit connector C 8P for a non factory jumper wire in series with the factory cable Is there a jumper wire YES Remove the jumper wire and re test NO Goto step 3 3 Th...

Page 2108: ...e page 23 145 and recheck Can the navigation control audio disc YES Replace the original navigation unit see page 23 145 NO Do the audio system troubleshooting see page 23 19 Navigation cannot control...

Page 2109: ...minal No 4 No 5 No 6 No 7 and navigation unit connector A 10P terminal No 4 No 5 No 6 No 7 Are the circuits OK YES Replace the navigation unit see page 23 145 NO Repair the circuits Navigation frequen...

Page 2110: ...efer to No picture is displayed see page 23 109 NOTE When the DVD ROM is re inserted or replaced a map match must be done see page 23 82 1 Turn the ignition switch ON II 2 Open the front cover A locat...

Page 2111: ...nter lower console see page 20 65 2 Remove the navigation unit with the bracket A A 3 Remove the brackets B from the navigation unit C 4 Install the unit in the reverse order of removal G P S A n t e...

Page 2112: ...Remove the voice control switch cover A from the left side of steering wheel 2 Remove the two screws B from the voice control switch C then remove the voice control switch 3 Disconnect the voice cont...

Page 2113: ...Index 24 30 System Description 24 31 Circuit Diagram 24 34 DTC Troubleshooting 24 36 Symptom Troubleshooting 24 132 Component Replacement Inspection After Deployment 24 136 Driver s Airbag Replacemen...

Page 2114: ...4011A SRS Inflator Simulator 1 2 07TAZ 001020A Backprobe Adapter 17 m m 2 07XAZ S1A0200 SRS Simulator Lead E 1 07XAZ SZ30100 SRS Simulator Lead F 1 07YAZ S3AA100 SRS Simulator Lead H 1 070AZ SAA0100 S...

Page 2115: ...Seat Belts Component Location Index Inspection page 24 9 FRONT SEAT BELT BUCKLES Replacement page 24 6 24 3...

Page 2116: ...the audio presets 2 Slide the front seat forward fully 3 Disconnect the negative cable from the battery and wait at least 3 minutes before beginning work 4 Remove the lower anchor cap A and remove th...

Page 2117: ...e sure there are no twists or kinks in the front seat belt Make sure the seat belt tensioner connector is plugged in properly Reconnect the negative cable to the battery If the IMA battery level gauge...

Page 2118: ...age 20 80 4 Manual seat Remove the center cover see page 20 82 5 Detach the seat belt switch connector A and harness clip B Manual seat 8 way power seat 6 Remove the center anchor bolt A and detach th...

Page 2119: ...ion W A V E W A S H E R T O O T H E D C E N T E R A N C H O R L O C K W A S H E R B O L T S P R I N G W A S H E R C E N T E R A N C H O R Rear Seat Belt Replacement NOTE Check the rear seat belts for...

Page 2120: ...or bolt B then remove the center belt C and retractor D 5 Remove the protector A A 6 Install the seat belt and seat buckles in the reverse order of removal and note these items Apply liquid thread loc...

Page 2121: ...at belt can be pulled out freely 2 Make sure that the seat belt does not lock when the retractor A is leaned slowly up to 15 from the mounted position The seat belt should lock when the retractor is l...

Page 2122: ...Check that the seat belt does not lock when pulled out slowly The seat belt is designed to lock only during a sudden stop or impact 5 Make sure that the seat belt will retract automatically when relea...

Page 2123: ...R S SIDE AIRBAG Replacement page 24 141 Disposal page 24 146 FRONT PASSENGER S SEAT BELT TENSIONER Replacement page 24 4 Disposal page 24 146 MEMORY ERASE T SIGNAL MES CONNECTOR 2P SRS UNIT Replacemen...

Page 2124: ...SRS C o m p o n e n t Location Index cont d LEFT SIDE IMPACT SENSOR SECOND Replacement page 24 155 24 12...

Page 2125: ...ts start the engine and hold it between 3 500 rpm and 4 000 rpm without load in Park or Neutral until the BAT displays at least three segments Steering related Precautions Cable Reel Alignment Misalig...

Page 2126: ...ith the pad surface up Never put anything on the airbag To prevent damage to the airbag keep it away from any oil grease detergent or water Store the removed airbag on a secure flat surface away from...

Page 2127: ...sembly is a long jointed part containing an inflator A a flexible bag B an adapter pipe C and a center bracket D When removing or installing the side curtain airbag inflator assembly never handle the...

Page 2128: ...t 3 minutes before beginning installation or replacement of the SRS unit or disconnecting the connectors from the SRS unit Be sure the SRS unit front impact sensors and side impact sensors are install...

Page 2129: ...nd locations are clean and securely fastened for optimum metal to metal contact Poor grounding can cause intermittent problems that are difficult to diagnose Precautions for Electrical Inspections Whe...

Page 2130: ...side connector in the direction shown As the two connector halves are pressed together the sleeve A is pushed back by the pawl B Do not touch the sleeve 2 When the connector halves are completely con...

Page 2131: ...ts own function to prevent airbag deployment The circuit may need to be opened when diagnosis is performed on the circuit Insert the short canceller No 070AZ SAA0100 in the specified cavities when it...

Page 2132: ...e connector Seats with Side Airbags Seats with side airbags have a SIDE AIRBAG label on the seat back Because the component parts seat back cover cushion etc of seats with and without airbags are diff...

Page 2133: ...FRONT IMPACT SENSOR ENGINE COMPARTMENT WIRE HARNESS LEFT FRONT IMPACT SENSOR ENGINE COMPARTMENT WIRE HARNESS ENGINE COMPARTMENT WIRE HARNESS RIGHT FRONT IMPACT SENSOR RIGHT FRONT IMPACT SENSOR LEFT FL...

Page 2134: ...m the cable reel Front Passenger s Airbag 3 Remove the glove box see page 20 70 then disconnect the front passenger s airbag 4P connector A from the dashboard wire harness Side Airbag 4 Disconnect bot...

Page 2135: ...Seat Belt Tensioner SRS Unit 24 23...

Page 2136: ...ceed with the troubleshooting procedure for that code Precautions Use only a digital multimeter to check the system If it s not a Honda multimeter make sure its output is 10 mA 0 01 A or less when swi...

Page 2137: ...ES 2P connector B Do not use a jumper wire 3 Turn the ignition switch ON II 4 The SRS indicator comes on for about 6 seconds and then goes off Remove the SCS service connector from the MES connector 2...

Page 2138: ...follows 1 Read the DTC see Reading the DTC 2 Erase the DTC memory see Erasing the DTC Memory 3 Set the parking brake then start the engine and let it idle 4 The SRS indicator comes on for about 6 seco...

Page 2139: ...senqer s seat belt tensioner see page 24 50 22 11 X Short to another wire in front passenqer s seat belt tensioner see page 24 52 22 30 X Decreased resistance in front passenqer s seat belt tensioner...

Page 2140: ...und or short to power open in right side impact sensor first see page 24 89 44 20 44 30 X Internal failure of the right side impact sensor first see page 24 92 44 AO 44 BO X Internal failure of the ri...

Page 2141: ...OPDS unit not initialized see page 24 118 85 78 X OPDS unit not initialized see page 24 118 85 79 X OPDS sensor drift check failure see page 24 118 86 1x X Faulty OPDS seat back sensor see page 24 12...

Page 2142: ...nd no DTCs are stored or side airbag cutoff indicator is flashing Make sure nothing is on the front passenger s seat If the side airbag cutoff indicator stays on after the ignition switch is turned ON...

Page 2143: ...t back They help protect the upper torso of the driver or front seat passenger during a moderate to severe side impact Side impact sensors first F in each door sill and in the SRS unit detect such an...

Page 2144: ...tion The main circuit in the SRS unit senses and judges the force of impact and if necessary ignites the inflator charges If battery voltage is too low or power is disconnected due to the impact the v...

Page 2145: ...ONT IMPACT SENSOR RIGHT FRONT IMPACT SENSOR TRIGGER CIRCUIT DRIVER S AIRBAG SECOND INFLATOR FRONT FRONT PASSENGER S PASSENGER S AIRBAG FIRST AIRBAG SECOND INFLATOR INFLATOR Self diagnostic System A se...

Page 2146: ...A 1 9 I 17 DASHBOARD WIRE HARNESS DRIVER S AIRBAG RED flRST DRIVER S AIRBAG SECOND INFLATOR AIRBAG FIRST INFLATOR GRN RED GRN BLK GRN WHT G R N Y E L B L U Y E L YEL B L U R E D BLU BLK AIRBAG SECOND...

Page 2147: ...DE A A G N BLU BLU BLK RED RED YEL ORN GRN BLK Y SUBHARNESS 1 2 LEFT RIGHT SIDE CURTAIN SIDE CURTAIN AIRBAG AIRBAG INFLATOR INFLATOR LEFTSIDE IMPACT S E N S O R SECOND 12 18 BLU OR I YEL BLK 1 RIGHT S...

Page 2148: ...switch OFF Disconnect the battery negative cable and wait for 3 minutes 4 Disconnect the driver s airbag 4P connector A from the cable reel 07XAZ SZ30100 07SAZ TB4011A 5 Connect the SRS inflator simul...

Page 2149: ...e the dashboard wire harness DTC 11 11 Short to Another Wire in Driver s Airbag First Inflator DTC 11 30 Decreased Resistance in Driver s Airbag First Inflator DTC 11 41 Short to Another Wire in Drive...

Page 2150: ...hort in the cable reel replace the cable reel see page 24 150 15 Turn the ignition switch OFF Disconnect the battery negative cable and wait for 3 minutes 16 Disconnect SRS unit connector A 28P from t...

Page 2151: ...ion switch OFF Disconnect the battery negative cable and wait for 3 minutes 4 Disconnect the driver s airbag 4P connector A from the cable reel 5 Connect the SRS inflator simulator 2 Q connectors and...

Page 2152: ...see page 24 153 NO Short to power in the dashboard wire harness replace the dashboard wire harness DTC 11 90 Short to Ground in Driver s Airbag First Inflator DTC 11 B0 Short to Ground in Driver s Ai...

Page 2153: ...15 NO Short to ground in the cable reel replace the cable reel see page 24 150 15 Turn the ignition switch OFF Disconnect the battery negative cable and wait for 3 minutes 16 Disconnect SRS unit conne...

Page 2154: ...ect the SRS inflator simulator 2 Q connectors and simulator lead F to the dashboard wire harness 6 Reconnect the battery negative cable 7 Erase the DTC memory 8 Read the DTC see page 24 24 Is DTC 12 1...

Page 2155: ...Connect the SRS inflator simulator 2 Q connectors and simulator lead F to the dashboard wire harness 6 Reconnect the battery negative cable 7 Erase the DTC memory 8 Read the DTC see page 24 24 Is DTC...

Page 2156: ...ator 2 Q connectors and simulator lead F to the dashboard wire harness 6 Reconnect the battery negative cable 7 Erase the DTC memory 8 Read the DTC see page 24 24 Is DTC 12 80 or 12 AO indicated YES G...

Page 2157: ...ulator 2 Q connectors and simulator lead F to the dashboard wire harness 6 Reconnect the battery negative cable 7 Erase the DTC memory 8 Read the DTC see page 24 24 Is DTC 12 90 or 12 BO indicated YES...

Page 2158: ...lator 2 Q connectors and simulator lead F to the left floor wire harness 6 Reconnect the battery negative cable 7 Erase the DTC memory 8 Read the DTC see page 24 24 Is DTC 21 10 indicated YES Goto ste...

Page 2159: ...or lead F to the left floor wire harness 6 Reconnect the battery negative cable 7 Erase the DTC memory 8 Read the DTC see page 24 24 is DTC 21 11 or 21 30 indicated YES Goto step 9 NO Short in the dri...

Page 2160: ...C see page 24 24 Is DTC 21 80 indicated YES Goto step 9 NO Short to power in the driver s seat belt tensioner replace the driver s seat belt see page 24 4 9 Turn the ignition switch OFF Disconnect the...

Page 2161: ...onnect the battery negative cable 7 Erase the DTC memory 8 Read the DTC see page 24 24 Is DTC 21 90 indicated YES Goto step 9 NO Short to ground in the driver s seat belt tensioner replace the driver...

Page 2162: ...TB4011A 5 Connect the SRS inflator simulator 2 Q connectors and simulator lead F to the right floor wire harness 6 Reconnect the battery negative cable 7 Erase the DTC memory 8 Read the DTC see page...

Page 2163: ...or wire harness 2P connector C685 There should be 2 0 3 0 Q RIGHT FLOOR WIRE HARNESS 2P CONNECTOR C685 1 2 RED BLK RED YEL Wire side of female terminals Is the resistance as specified YES Open or incr...

Page 2164: ...SRS inflator simulator 2 Q connectors and simulator lead F to the right floor wire harness 6 Reconnect the battery negative cable 7 Erase the DTC memory 8 Read the DTC see page 24 24 Is DTC 22 11 or...

Page 2165: ...eft floor wire harness 2P connector C685 There should be an open circuit or at least 1 M Q LEFT FLOOR WIRE HARNESS 2P CONNECTOR C685 RED BLK RED YEL Terminal side of male terminals Is the resistance a...

Page 2166: ...the DTC memory 8 Read the DTC see page 24 24 Is DTC 22 80 indicated Y E S G o t o step 9 NO Short to power in the front passenger s seat belt tensioner replace the front passenger s seat belt see page...

Page 2167: ...nector C685 and body ground and between the No 2 terminal and body ground There should be 0 5 V or less LEFT FLOOR WIRE HARNESS 2P CONNECTOR C685 RED BLK RED YEL Terminal side of male terminals Is the...

Page 2168: ...simulator lead F to the right floor wire harness 6 Reconnect the battery negative cable 7 Erase the DTC memory 8 Read the DTC see page 24 24 Is DTC 22 90 indicated YES Goto step 9 NO Short to ground...

Page 2169: ...tor C685 and body ground and between the No 2 terminal and body ground There should be an open circuit or at least 1 M f i LEFT FLOOR WIRE HARNESS 2P CONNECTOR C685 Terminal side of male terminals Is...

Page 2170: ...r and simulator lead E to the left floor wire harness 6 Reconnect the battery negative cable 7 Erase the DTC memory 8 Read the DTC see page 24 24 Is DTC 31 10 indicated YES Goto step 9 NO Open or incr...

Page 2171: ...floor wire harness 6 Reconnect the battery negative cable 7 Erase the DTC memory 8 Read the DTC see page 24 24 Is DTC 31 11 or 31 30 indicated YES Goto step 9 NO Short to another wire in the driver s...

Page 2172: ...or wire harness 6 Reconnect the battery negative cable 7 Erase the DTC memory 8 Read the DTC see page 24 24 Is DTC 31 80 indicated Y E S G o t o step 9 NO Short to power in the driver s side airbag in...

Page 2173: ...oor wire harness 6 Reconnect the battery negative cable 7 Erase the DTC memory 8 Read the DTC see page 24 24 Is DTC 31 90 indicated YES Goto step 9 NO Short to ground in the driver s side airbag infla...

Page 2174: ...the SRS inflator simulator 2 Q connector and simulator lead E to the right floor wire harness 6 Reconnect the battery negative cable 7 Erase the DTC memory 8 Read the DTC see page 24 24 Is DTC 32 10...

Page 2175: ...ire harness 2P connector C683 There should be 1 0 or less LEFT FLOOR WIRE HARNESS 2P CONNECTOR C683 1 2 WHT BLU WHT BLK Wire side of female terminals Is the resistance as specified YES Open or increas...

Page 2176: ...or 2 2 connector and simulator lead E to the right floor wire harness 6 Reconnect the battery negative cable 7 Erase the DTC memory 8 Read the DTC see page 24 24 Is DTC 32 11 or 32 30 indicated YES Go...

Page 2177: ...Is the resistance as specified YES Short in the left floor wire harness replace the left floor wire harness NO Short in the right floor wire harness replace the right floor wire harness 24 65...

Page 2178: ...ulator lead E to the right floor wire harness 6 Reconnect the battery negative cable 7 Erase the DTC memory 8 Read the DTC see page 24 24 Is DTC 32 80 indicated Y E S G o t o step 9 NO Short to power...

Page 2179: ...the voltage as specified YES Short to power in the left floor wire harness replace the left floor wire harness NO Short to power in the right floor wire harness replace the right floor wire harness 24...

Page 2180: ...ulator 2 Q connector and simulator lead E to the right floor wire harness 6 Reconnect the battery negative cable 7 Erase the DTC memory 8 Read the DTC see page 24 24 Is DTC 32 90 indicated YES Goto st...

Page 2181: ...resistance as specified YES Short to ground in the left floor wire harness replace the left floor wire harness NO Short to ground in the right floor wire harness replace the right floor wire harness...

Page 2182: ...E to the side curtain airbag subharness 6 Reconnect the battery negative cable 8 Read the DTC see page 24 24 Is DTC 33 10 indicated YES Goto step 9 NO Open or increased resistance in the left side cur...

Page 2183: ...d E to the side curtain airbag subharness 6 Reconnect the battery negative cable 7 Erase the DTC memory 8 Read the DTC see page 24 24 Is DTC 33 11 or 33 30 indicated YES Goto step 9 NO Short to anothe...

Page 2184: ...ead E to side curtain airbag subharness 6 Reconnect the battery negative cable 7 Erase the DTC memory 8 Read the DTC see page 24 24 Is DTC 33 80 indicated YES Goto step 9 NO Short to power in the left...

Page 2185: ...r lead E to the side curtain airbag subharness 6 Reconnect the battery negative cable 7 Erase the DTC memory 8 Read the DTC see page 24 24 Is DTC 33 90 indicated YES Goto step 9 NO Short to ground in...

Page 2186: ...E to the side curtain airbag subharness 6 Reconnect the battery negative cable 7 Erase the DTC memory 8 Read the DTC see page 24 24 Is DTC 34 10 indicated YES Goto step 9 NO Open or increased resista...

Page 2187: ...ator lead E to the side curtain airbag subharness 6 Reconnect the battery negative cable 7 Erase the DTC memory 8 Read the DTC see page 24 24 Is DTC 34 11 or 34 30 indicated YES Goto step 9 NO Short t...

Page 2188: ...ead E to the side curtain airbag subharness 6 Reconnect the battery negative cable 7 Erase the DTC memory 8 Read the DTC see page 24 24 Is DTC 34 80 indicated YES Goto step 9 NO Short to power in the...

Page 2189: ...r lead E to the side curtain airbag subharness 6 Reconnect the battery negative cable 7 Erase the DTC memory 8 Read the DTC see page 24 24 Is DTC 34 90 indicated YES Goto step 9 NO Short to ground in...

Page 2190: ...nections between SRS unit connector A 28P and the SRS unit between the engine compartment wire harness 2P connector and the left front impact sensor see page 24 157 and at connector C403 see page 22 3...

Page 2191: ...ive cable 10 Turn the ignition switch ON II 11 Check for voltage between the No 15 terminal of SRS unit connector A 28P and body ground and between the No 27 terminal and body ground There should be 1...

Page 2192: ...23 24 25 26 27 28 BRN YEL RED Wire side of female terminals Is the resistance as specified YES Faulty left front impact sensor or SRS unit replace the left front impact sensor see page 24 157 If the p...

Page 2193: ...en the engine compartment wire harness 2P connector and the right front impact sensor see page 24 157 and at connector C403 see page 22 30 Are the connections OK YES Goto step 4 NO Repair the poor con...

Page 2194: ...t the battery negative cable 10 Turn the ignition switch ON II 11 Check for voltage between the No 16 terminal of SRS unit connector A 28P and body ground and between the No 28 terminal and body groun...

Page 2195: ...N Q GRN Wire side of female terminals Is the resistance as specified YES Faulty right front impact sensor or SRS unit replace the right front impact sensor see page 24 157 If the problem is still pres...

Page 2196: ...to Troubleshooting Intermittent Failures see page 24 26 If another DTC is indicated go to the DTC Troubleshooting Index DTC 41 AO 41 BO Internal Failure of the Left Front Impact Sensor 1 Erase the DT...

Page 2197: ...rmittent Failures see page 24 26 If another DTC is indicated go to the DTC Troubleshooting Index DTC 42 AO 42 BO Internal Failure of the Right Front Impact Sensor 1 Erase the DTC memory see page 24 25...

Page 2198: ...ery negative cable and wait for 3 minutes 4 Check the connection between the left floor wire harness 2P connector and the left side impact sensor first Is the connection OK YES Goto step 5 NO Repair t...

Page 2199: ...e battery negative cable 11 Turn the ignition switch ON II 12 Check for voltage between the No 19 terminal of SRS unit connector B 28P and body ground and between the No 20 terminal and body ground Th...

Page 2200: ...O S A A 11 12 S m 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 PNK BLU GRY RED Wire side of female terminals Is the resistance as specified YES Faulty left side impact sensor first or SRS unit replace the left s...

Page 2201: ...ait for 3 minutes 4 Check the connection between the right floor wire harness 2P connector and the right side impact sensor first Is the connection OK YES G o to step 5 NO Repair the poor connection a...

Page 2202: ...connect the battery negative cable 11 Turn the ignition switch ON II 12 Check for voltage between the No 25 terminal of SRS unit connector B 28P and body ground and between the No 26 terminal and body...

Page 2203: ...em is still present replace the SRS unit see page 24 153 NO Go to step 16 16 Disconnect the left floor wire harness 2P connector C684 A from the right floor wire harness connector C684 B C684 B 17 Che...

Page 2204: ...bleshooting Intermittent Failures see page 24 26 If another DTC is indicated go to the DTC Troubleshooting Index DTC 44 20 44 30 44 AO 44 BO Internal Failure of the Right Side Impact Sensor first 1 Er...

Page 2205: ...es 4 Check the connection between the side curtain airbag subharness 2P connector and the left side impact sensor second Is the connection OK YES Goto step 5 NO Repair the poor connection and retest I...

Page 2206: ...0 Reconnect the battery negative cable 11 Turn the ignition switch ON II 12 Check for voltage between the No 9 terminal of SRS unit connector C 16P and body ground and between the No 10 terminal and b...

Page 2207: ...11 12 13 14 15 16 ORN Wire side of female terminals Is the resistance as specified YES Faulty left side impact sensor second or SRS unit replace the left side impact sensor second see page 24 155 If t...

Page 2208: ...le and wait for 3 minutes 4 Check the connection between the side curtain airbag subharness 2P connector and the right side impact sensor second Is the connection OK YES G o t o step 5 NO Repair the p...

Page 2209: ...negative cable 11 Turn the ignition switch ON II 12 Check for voltage between the No 15 terminal of SRS unit connector C 16P and body ground and between the No 16 terminal and body ground There shoul...

Page 2210: ...9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 YEL BLK YEL Wire side of female terminals Is the resistance as specified YES Faulty right side impact sensor second or SRS unit replace the right side impact sensor second see p...

Page 2211: ...mittent Failures see page 24 26 If another DTC is indicated go to the DTC Troubleshooting Index DTC 46 20 46 30 46 AO 46 BO Internal Failure of the Right Side Impact Sensor second 1 Erase the DTC memo...

Page 2212: ...to Troubleshooting Intermittent Failures see page 24 26 If another DTC is indicated go to the DTC Troubleshooting Index DTC 51 22 51 23 51 42 51 50 Internal Failure of the SRS Unit NOTE Before trouble...

Page 2213: ...rmittent Failures see page 24 26 If another DTC is indicated go to the DTC Troubleshooting Index DTC 53 20 53 21 53 22 53 30 Internal Failure of the SRS Unit NOTE Before troubleshooting any of these D...

Page 2214: ...to Troubleshooting Intermittent Failures see page 24 26 If another DTC is indicated go to the DTC Troubleshooting Index DTC 53 35 53 36 53 37 53 38 Internal Failure of the SRS Unit NOTE Before trouble...

Page 2215: ...g Intermittent Failures see page 24 26 If another DTC is indicated go to the DTC Troubleshooting Index DTC 53 80 53 81 53 82 53 83 Internal Failure of the SRS Unit NOTE Before troubleshooting any of t...

Page 2216: ...me Go to Troubleshooting Intermittent Failures see page 24 26 If another DTC is indicated go to the DTC Troubleshooting Index DTC 53 89 53 8A 53 8B Internal Failure of the SRS Unit NOTE Before trouble...

Page 2217: ...goes off DTC E4 11 F1 11 F2 11 F3 11 F4 11 Airbags Side Airbags Side Curtain Airbags and or Seat Belt Tensioners Deployed The SRS unit must be replaced after any airbags and or tensioners have deploy...

Page 2218: ...the ignition switch OFF 5 Disconnect the driver s seat wire harness 3P connector from the driver s seat belt buckle switch 3P connector A 6 Buckle the driver s seat belt Check resistance between the N...

Page 2219: ...page 24 6 then clear the DTC B 8 Check resistance between the No 3 terminal of the driver s seat wire harness 3P connector and body ground There should be 0 1 Q DRIVER S SEAT WIRE HARNESS 3P CONNECTO...

Page 2220: ...e faulty harness 13 Check resistance between the No 11 terminal of SRS unit connector B 28P and the No 2 terminal of the driver s seat wire harness 3P connector There should be 0 1 Q DRIVER S SEAT WIR...

Page 2221: ...r DTC is indicated go to the DTC Troubleshooting Index 4 Turn the ignition switch OFF 5 Disconnect the driver s seat harness 3P connector from the driver s seat belt buckle switch 3P connector A 6 Che...

Page 2222: ...as specified YES Goto step 8 NO Replace the driver s seat belt buckle assembly see page 24 6 then clear the DTC 8 Unbuckle the driver s seat belt Check resistance between the No 2 and No 3 terminals...

Page 2223: ...between the No 2 terminal of the driver s seat wire harness 3P connector and body ground There should be an open circuit or at least 1 M f i DRIVER S SEAT WIRE HARNESS 3P CONNECTOR EE3 2 TE El BLU RE...

Page 2224: ...OFF 5 Disconnect the front passenger s seat belt buckle switch 3P connector A from the right floor wire harness 6 Buckle the front passenger s seat belt Check resistance between the No 1 and No 3 ter...

Page 2225: ...the front passenger s seat belt buckle assembly see page 24 6 then clear the DTC Check resistance between the No 1 terminal of the right floor wire harness 3P connector and body ground There should b...

Page 2226: ...d YES Goto step 13 NO Open in the left or right floor wire harness replace the faulty harness 13 Check resistance between the No 12 terminal of SRS unit connector B 28P and the No 2 terminal of the ri...

Page 2227: ...go to the DTC Troubleshooting Index 4 Turn the ignition switch OFF 5 Disconnect the front passenger s seat belt buckle switch 3P connector A from the right floor wire harness 6 Check for continuity b...

Page 2228: ...ied YES Goto step 8 NO Replace the front passenger s seat belt buckle assembly see page 24 6 then clear the DTC 8 Unbuckle the front passenger s seat belt Check resistance between the No 1 and No 2 te...

Page 2229: ...from the SRS unit see page 24 23 13 Check resistance between the No 2 terminal of the right floor wire harness 3P connector and body ground There should be an open circuit or at least 1 M S RIGHT FLO...

Page 2230: ...tor go off YES The system is OK B NO Replace the OPDS unit see page 24 156 DTC 85 79 OPDS Sensor Drift Check Failure 1 Erase the DTC memory see page 24 25 2 Turn the ignition switch ON II and check th...

Page 2231: ...s the connection OK YES Go to step 5 NO Repair the poor connection and retest If DTC 85 61 or 85 62 is still present go to step 5 5 Turn the ignition switch OFF 6 Check the No 10 7 5 A fuse in the und...

Page 2232: ...l of the OPDS unit 8P connector D and body ground There should be 0 1 0 Q OPDS UNIT 8P CONNECTOR D 3 4 7 8 WHT BLU Wire side of female terminals Is the resistance as specified YES G o t o step 16 NO O...

Page 2233: ...eck resistance between the No 27 terminal of SRS unit connector B 28P and the No 7 terminal of the OPDS unit 8P connector D There should be 0 1 0 SRS UNIT CONNECTOR B 28P OPDS UNIT 8P CONNECTOR D O S...

Page 2234: ...e OPDS unit harness replace the OPDS unit harness NO Open in the GRN ORN wire of the dashboard wire harness or right floor wire harness replace the faulty harness 23 Disconnect right floor wire harnes...

Page 2235: ...lights laptop computers etc used near the front passenger s seat back can interfere with the seat back sensors and cause a false DTC 86 1x or 86 2x If one of these devices was used erase the DTC opera...

Page 2236: ...page 24 26 If another DTC is indicated go to the DTC Troubleshooting Index DTC 87 32 Side Airbag Cutoff Indicator Stays ON or OFF 1 Erase the DTC memory see page 24 25 2 Turn the ignition switch ON II...

Page 2237: ...ve the gauge control module see page 22 235 Disconnect gauge control module connector 30P A from the gauge control module 9 Check resistance between the No 3 terminal of the OPDS unit harness 8P conne...

Page 2238: ...time Go to Troubleshooting Intermittent Failures see page 24 26 If another DTC is indicated go to the DTC Troubleshooting Index DTC 91 20 Short to Ground in SRS Indicator Circuit 1 Erase the DTC memo...

Page 2239: ...ce the dashboard wire harness 7 Reconnect the gauge control module connector 30P A 8 Check resistance between the No 19 terminal of SRS unit connector A 28P and body ground There should be an open cir...

Page 2240: ...onnect SRS unit connector A 28P from the SRS unit see step 7 on page 24 23 4 Reconnect the battery negative cable 5 Connect a voltmeter between the No 17 terminal of SRS unit connector A 28P and body...

Page 2241: ...CONNECTOR A 28P 0 o SDA 0 0 10 15 16 17 WHT 19 22 23 24 25 26 27 WHT Wire side of female terminals Is the resistance as specified YES Open in the under dash fuse relay box or poor contact between conn...

Page 2242: ...onnect SRS unit connector A 28P from the SRS unit see step 7 on page 24 23 8 Reconnect the battery negative cable 9 Turn the ignition switch ON II and wait for 30 seconds Then turn the ignition switch...

Page 2243: ...Turn the ignition switch OFF 16 Disconnect under dash fuse relay box connector S 2P 17 Check resistance between the No 2 terminal of the under dash fuse relay box connector S 2P and the No 18 termina...

Page 2244: ...body ground within the first 6 seconds after turning the ignition switch ON II There should be about 1 0 V for 6 seconds and then about 11V GAUGE CONTROL MODULE CONNECTOR 30P B L U 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9...

Page 2245: ...nect a voltmeter between the No 5 terminal of the gauge control module connector 30P and body ground Turn the ignition switch ON II and measure the voltage There should be battery voltage GAUGE CONTRO...

Page 2246: ...minutes 2 Disconnect SRS unit connector A 28P from the SRS unit see step 7 on page 24 23 3 Remove the gauge control module see page 22 235 Disconnect gauge control module connector 30P A from the gaug...

Page 2247: ...R WIRE 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 12 13 14 15 16 17 19 20 21 X 23 24 25 26 28 29 Wire side of female terminals Does the SRS indicator go off YES Faulty SRS unit or poor contact at SRS unit connector A 28P a...

Page 2248: ...rst for the side s that deployed Side impact sensor s second for the side s that deployed After a collision where the side curtain airbag s deployed replace these items SRS unit Deployed side curtain...

Page 2249: ...is any damage replace the cable reel After the vehicle is completely repaired turn the ignition switch ON II If the SRS indicator comes on for about 6 seconds and then goes off the SRS is OK If the in...

Page 2250: ...then 15 mm To check the overlap do this 1 Install the headliner A and the pillartrim B 24 138 After Deployment cont d 3 Remove the pillar trim and measure the headliner overlap If the overlap is less...

Page 2251: ...n 1 Connect the horn switch connector 1P A to the driver s airbag C 9 8 N m 1 0 kgfm 7 2 Ibf ft B A 2 Place the new driver s airbag B in the steering wheel and secure it with new Torx bolts C 3 Connec...

Page 2252: ...tip screwdriver to lift the front passenger s airbag B out of the dashboard NOTE The airbag lid has pawls on each side which attach it to the dashboard A Installation 1 Place the new front passenger s...

Page 2253: ...install the harness wires so that they are not pinched or interfering with other parts 1 Place the new side airbag on the seat back frame A Tighten the side airbag mounting nuts B 2 Install the seat b...

Page 2254: ...e page 24 13 The side curtain airbag system consists of the side curtain airbag module including the roof trim and front grab handle When the side curtain airbag has been deployed these parts should b...

Page 2255: ...cont d 24 143...

Page 2256: ...t attempt to repair an airbag When you install the airbag make sure it is not twisted and not caught between the inflator brackets by the bracket bolts Make sure that the side curtain airbag inflator...

Page 2257: ...ear the DTCs see page 24 25 5 After installing the side curtain airbag confirm proper system operation Turn the ignition switch ON II the SRS indicator should come on for about 6 seconds and then go o...

Page 2258: ...ehicle is to be entirely scrapped its airbags side airbags side curtain airbags and seat belt tensioners should be deployed while still in the vehicle These parts should not be considered as salvageab...

Page 2259: ...ctor A from the floor wire harness Pull the seat belt out all the way and cut it A 9 Cut off each connector strip the ends of the wires and connect the deployment tool alligator clips A to the wires P...

Page 2260: ...come hot enough to burn you Wait 30 minutes after deployment before touching the airbags 12 Dispose of the complete airbag No part of it can be reused Place it in a sturdy plastic bag A and seal it se...

Page 2261: ...ators 3 Package the component in exactly the same packaging that the new replacement part came in 4 Mark the outside of the box DAMAGED AIRBAG NOT DEPLOYED DAMAGED SIDE AIRBAG NOT DEPLOYED DAMAGED SID...

Page 2262: ...connect the connector A from the cable reel then remove the steering wheel bolt B 5 Align the front wheels straight ahead then remove the steering wheel with a steering wheel puller see step 6 on page...

Page 2263: ...ase the lower lock tab C and slide the cable reel off the column Installation 1 Before installing the steering wheel align the front wheels straight ahead 2 Disconnect the battery negative cable and w...

Page 2264: ...engages the pins D of the cable reel and tabs of the canceling sleeve Do not tap on the steering wheel or steering column shaft when installing the steering wheel B 8 Install the steering wheel with...

Page 2265: ...he connectors and remove the Torx bolts A then pull out the SRS unit A Installation 1 Install the new SRS unit A with Torx bolts B then connect the connectors C to the SRS unit push them into position...

Page 2266: ...20 48 5 Disconnect the left or right floor wire harness 2P connector from the side impact sensor first 6 Using a Torx T30 bit remove the Torx bolts A then remove the side impact sensor first B Instal...

Page 2267: ...or A from the side impact sensor second 6 Using a Torx T30 bit remove the Torx bolts B then remove the side impact sensor second C Installation 1 Install the new side impact sensor second A with the T...

Page 2268: ...ws E and the OPDS unit Installation 1 Place the new OPDS unit A on the seat back frame Tighten the two screws B and connect the OPDS unit harness 8P connector D and sensor connectors C to the OPDS uni...

Page 2269: ...ire harness 2P connector A and using a Torx T30 bit remove the two Torx bolts B then remove the front impact sensor C 4 Installation 1 Install the new front impact sensor with Torx bolts A then connec...

Page 2270: ......

Page 2271: ...pection 14 337 A T Clutch Pressure Control Solenoid Valves Test 14 210 213 218 Replacement 14 216 221 A T Clutch Waved plate Inspection 14 336 A T Countershaft Assembly System Description 14 23 26 Dis...

Page 2272: ...oval 18 12 Battery Test 22 71 Battery Module Removal Installation 12 146 Blower Motor Replacement 21 87 Blower Power Transistor Test 21 80 Blower Unit Removal Installation 21 86 Brake Booster Test 19...

Page 2273: ...178 Dash Vents Removal Installation 20 72 Dashboard Removal Installation 20 73 Dashboard Lower Cover Removal Installation 20 67 72 Dashboard Under Cover Removal Installation 20 67 Dashboard Upper Pane...

Page 2274: ...Sensor Replacement 21 78 Test 21 78 Exhaust Pipe Replacement 9 7 F Fan Controls Component Location Index 10 13 Circuit Diagram 10 15 Fender Fairing Front Replacement 20 123 Fender Trim Replacement 20...

Page 2275: ...allation 12 153 IMA System Description 12 11 Circuit Diagram 12 24 Component Location Index 12 30 IMA System Indicator Circuit Troubleshooting 12 133 Immobilizer Control Unit Receiver Replacement 22 2...

Page 2276: ...light Replacement 22 188 MAP Sensor Replacement 11 218 MCM Motor Control Module Removal Installation 12 140 MIL How to Information 11 63 MIL Circuit Troubleshooting 11 199 Mirrors Component Location I...

Page 2277: ...ower Window Switches Passenger s Test Replacement 22 209 Power Windows Component Location Index 22 198 Description 22 199 Circuit Diagram 22 202 R Radiator Test 10 3 Replacement 10 12 Radiator and A C...

Page 2278: ...uspension 18 38 Stall Speed Test 14 201 Starter Test 4 11 Replacement 4 12 Overhaul 4 14 Starter Solenoid Test 4 10 Starting System Component Location Index 4 2 Circuit Diagram 4 4 Troubleshooting 4 5...

Page 2279: ...ion 6 56 Vanity Mirror Lights Test 22 191 Variable Cylinder Management Component Location Index 11 266 Voice Control Switch Removal Installation 23 146 VTEC Solenoid Valve Replacement 11 280 VTEC Sole...

Page 2280: ...Service Manual Index cont d 4th Clutch Transmission Fluid Pressure Switch Replacement 14 226...

Page 2281: ......

Page 2282: ...Portions of materials contained herein have been reprinted under license from America Honda Motor Co Inc License Agreement AH220...

Search results

Summary of Contents for 2005 Accord Hybrid

Reviews:

Related manuals for 2005 Accord Hybrid

Brands by name

Popular brands

Honda 2005 Accord Hybrid, Service Manual

Search results

Summary of Contents for 2005 Accord Hybrid

Reviews:

Related manuals for 2005 Accord Hybrid

Brands by name

Popular brands